+ All documents
Home > Documents > ESCORTED TOURS - AWS

ESCORTED TOURS - AWS

Date post: 18-Mar-2023
Category:
Upload: khangminh22
View: 2 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
172
SMALL GROUPS • QUALITY ACCOMMODATION • SIGNATURE EXPERIENCES ESCORTED TOURS 2018-19 Worldwide 260 YEARS OF DISCOVERY
Transcript

S M A L L G R O U P S • Q UA L I T Y A C C O M M O DAT I O N • S I G N AT U R E E X P E R I E N C E S

ESCORTED TOURS

2018-19 Worldwide

260 YEARS OF DISCOVERY

Cox &

Kings

Escorted T

ours Worldw

ide • 2018-19

WW18 page 1 Cover (8.3mm spine + UV page).indd 1 22/09/2017 09:19

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 2 22/09/2017 09:24

Inspiring Travel for 260 Years

Design & production: Cox & Kings Travel LtdPrinting: Taylor BloxhamPhotography: iStock, Shutterstock, Bigstock, Alamy, Getty Images, Cox & Kings Travel Ltd

In an age that has witnessed an explosion in the popularity of travel, when new travel companies appear and disappear with bewildering frequency, Cox & Kings is, above all else, a travel company you can trust. Our experience, knowledge, service and business ethics are all underpinned by 260 years of heritage.

Cox & Kings’ illustrious history is extraordinary, not just in its longevity but in how it has reinvented itself as the world around it has changed. You can read more about our company’s story online at coxandkings.co.uk/history.

A common strand running through the entire history is the spirit of innovation, which has remained a driving force for the business to this day. Our company may be old but it’s full of youthful energy.

I am proud that we continue to build on the tradition of high quality service, attention to detail and innovation that made Richard Cox so successful 260 years ago. I very much hope that this brochure will inspire and that you will entrust your next adventure to Cox & Kings.

Peter KerkarManaging Director

Why entrust your holiday to Cox & Kings?• Our extraordinary heritage –

founded in 1758

• Award-winning holidays

• Big company value & small company service

• Equal expertise at organising small group tours and private tailor-made travel

• The best guides to bring a destination to life

• Our worldwide network of experienced representatives on the ground

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 3 22/09/2017 09:24

Introduction

6 What makes our tours special8 Our most popular tours by season10 Cox & Kings escorted tours explained12 Flight options13 Private travel

Europe

14 Russia • Classic Russia16 Russia • St Petersburg: Pictures & Palaces • Arts & Culture18 Estonia, Latvia & Lithuania • Journey through the Baltic States20 Romania • Timeless Romania22 Italy • Classic Sicily24 Italy • Sicily: Crossroads of the Mediterranean26 Italy • Puglia & Basilicata28 Italy • Bay of Naples: Pompeii & Herculaneum • Arts & Culture30 Italy • Ravenna: Mosaics & Marble • Arts & Culture32 Spain • Splendours of Andalucía34 Portugal • Grand Tour of Portugal36 Croatia, Slovenia & Bosnia Herzegovina • Grand Tour of the Balkans38 Albania • Land of the Eagle40 Greece • Classical Greece42 Greece • The Wonders of Ancient Crete 44 Central Europe • Imperial Cities: Prague, Vienna & Budapest

Middle East

46 Morocco • Moroccan Explorer: Imperial Cities to Desert48 Jordan • Splendours of Jordan50 Oman • An Arabian Odyssey52 Uzbekistan • Heart of Central Asia54 Uzbekistan • The Golden Road to Samarkand • Arts & Culture56 Iran • Treasures of Persia

India & Beyond

58 Rajasthan & the North • The Golden Triangle & Shimla60 Rajasthan & the North • Grand Tour of India62 Rajasthan & the North • Passage through Rajasthan64 Passage through Rajasthan tour extensions66 Indian Himalaya • Journey through the Himalayan Foothills68 Eastern India • Taj, Tigers & Trains70 Central India • An Indian Wildlife Odyssey72 The Deccan Plateau & Tamil Nadu • Treasures of Southern India74 Kerala • Passage through Kerala76 Passage through Kerala tour extensions78 Sri Lanka • The Enchanted Island80 Sri Lanka • Summer Explorer82 Bhutan • The Dragon Kingdom

Contents

4

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 4 22/09/2017 09:25

Far East

84 China • The Grand Tour86 Japan • Japan’s Cultural Treasures88 Taiwan • The Beautiful Island90 Burma • The Golden Land of Burma92 Vietnam, Laos & Cambodia • Grand Tour of Indochina94 Vietnam • Spirit of Vietnam

Latin America

96 Peru • Train to Machu Picchu 98 Train to Machu Picchu tour extensions100 Peru & Galapagos • Conquistadores, Incas & Islands102 Argentina & Chile • Patagonia: Untouched Wilderness104 Argentina & Brazil • Wonders of the New World106 Chile • Splendours of Chile108 Splendours of Chile tour extensions110 Chile, Argentina & Brazil • Splendours of South America112 Chile, Bolivia & Peru • A Journey through the Andes114 Peru, Bolivia, Argentina & Brazil • Grand Tour of South America 116 Colombia • Treasures of Colombia118 Cuba • Splendours of Cuba120 Cuba • A Journey through Cuba122 Mexico • Highlights of Mexico124 Costa Rica • Natural Splendours of Costa Rica126 Natural Splendours of Costa Rica tour extensions128 Central America • Splendours of Central America

Canada

130 British Columbia & Alberta • Passage through the Rockies132 British Columbia & Alberta • Enchanting Rockies134 British Columbia & Alberta • Rockies Explorer136 Quebec & Ontario • Discover Eastern Canada

Africa

138 South Africa • A Taste of South Africa140 South Africa • Safari & Cape142 Safari & Cape tour extensions144 Namibia, Botswana & Zimbabwe • A Journey from Windhoek to Victoria Falls146 Namibia • Untouched Wilderness148 Sudan • Treasures of Ancient Nubia150 Kenya & Zimbabwe • Kenya & Victoria Falls152 Ethiopia • Ethiopian Odyssey154 Madagascar • Madagascar Wildlife Adventure

Australasia

156 Australia • Australian Highlights158 Australia • East Coast Beaches & Reef160 New Zealand • New Zealand Splendour162 New Zealand • Contrasts of New Zealand164 New Zealand • Small Group Tours

Information

166 Booking conditions169 Travel insurance170 Documents & health

5

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 5 22/09/2017 09:25

6 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

INTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTION

Cox & Kings’ escorted group tours cover some of the most fascinating destinations on Earth. Many people travel with us year after year, however, for most, each trip is a precious, once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to discover the destination. Ensuring our clients get the most out of their travels is our mission, so when our experts design the tour itineraries they strive to strike the perfect balance between visiting iconic landmarks and exploring lesser-known gems; glimpsing layers of history and getting an authentic taste of modern life; and filling days with exceptional experiences combined with enough time to unwind or explore independently.

There is an art to creating and delivering the highest quality tours, which Cox & Kings has been refining for generations. These are some of the elements that make Cox & Kings tours so special…

Small Group Sizes

We keep our groups compact and manageable, with an average group size of 14 and a maximum of 26*. This means that the whole group can gather close enough to the guide to benefit from the information they share during excursions and, when it is time to move on, it does not take long for everyone to reconvene.

*May not apply to all non-exclusive group tours.

Local Tour Managers

We employ experienced, local, English-speaking tour managers for their in-depth knowledge of the places, people and cultures encountered along the way. Working with locals also benefits the wider community and economy. Generally, our tour managers accompany the group from arrival in the destination to departure back home.

On some multi-country tours we use the services of local guides in each country. Where this is the case, it is highlighted on the tour page.

Excellent Value for Money

By its nature, high quality travel is not cheap. It can also seem as if there is a big difference in price between what, on the surface, are similar holidays. It is always important to compare like with like and, taking into account the number and quality of services included, you can be confident that Cox & Kings’ touring holidays represent excellent value for money for those seeking a top quality touring experience.

High Quality Accommodation

We take great care in our selection of accommodation. Typically, we feature well located, 4- and 5-star, character hotels where possible. However, our tours are primarily about exploration and, in parts of the world where tourist infrastructure is less developed, we use the best available accommodation. Please see page 10 for details about the different types and grades of group tour organised by Cox & Kings.

Balanced Pace

Our aim on all tours is to include as many experiences as possible, while building in enough free time either to relax or to explore further, independently of the group. It is a fine line to tread, because we are aware that many people may only get to visit the destination once and will not want to miss any of the key sights. However, we try not to make the journey arduous and, where long road journeys are necessary to get from A to B, we aim to build in breaks at places of interest en route.

Cox & Kings Signature Experiences

Each tour in this brochure includes a number of exceptional experiences. These may include meals in spectacular settings; hands-on lessons in local cooking or crafts; stays in characterful, historic buildings; opportunities to meet the local people and encounters with remarkable wildlife; traditional performances of music, dance or drama; or maybe

glimpses behind doors that are closed to the general public. These are the extra touches that make our tours particularly special, which we call our ‘Signature Experiences’.

Pre- & Post-Tour Flexibility

Cox & Kings is unusual in being equally experienced at organising escorted group tours and tailor-made private travel. We have included suggestions for extending your holiday on the tour pages. However, if you have your own ideas, our expert tour consultants will be delighted to design a fully personalised pre- or post-tour private extension. We are also delighted to arrange flights out of regional airports to join up with the published airline out of London, or on an alternative carrier, whether direct or via one of the international hubs. If you would prefer to make a land-only booking and arrange your flights independently of Cox & Kings, that is also fine.

Full Holiday Protection & Emergency Support

We are members of AITO and ABTA and our air holidays are fully ATOL protected. We also follow British Foreign & Commonwealth Office (FCO) advice regarding destination safety. When you are abroad you will have the full support of the tour manager and our local representatives. You will also be provided with 24-hour phone numbers, not just for our local agents but also our UK emergency phone, manned by one of our management team.

Ronda, Andalucía, Spain

What Makes OurTours Special

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 6 22/09/2017 09:25

7For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

INTRODUCTION

Monks at Angkor Wat, Cambodia

Machu Picchu, Peru Leopard, Kruger National Park, South Africa

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 7 22/09/2017 09:25

8 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

INTRODUCTION

Sri Lanka: The Enchanted Island14 Days & 12 Nights from £1,995 – Page 78The lush island of Sri Lanka, just off the southern tip of India, lies close to the equator and is an ideal winter escape. Its combination of ancient Buddhist temples, dramatics hills cloaked in tea-plantations, abundant wildlife and glorious beaches is perfect for a beautifully balanced tour. It is also just a short hop from the Maldives, for those in search of a classic desert island paradise to unwind at the end of the tour.

Our Most Popular Tours by Season

The Golden Land of Burma12 Days & 9 Nights from £2,525 – Page 90Myanmar, formerly Burma, sits alongside India to the east and during our winter months its climate is at its best: hot, relatively dry and not too humid. The country has a long, eventful history and, as a result, a fascinating cultural heritage. Visit the highlights including the thousands of pagodas in ancient Pagan (Bagan), the floating villages of Inle lake and the former royal capital of Rangoon (Yangon).

Splendours of Chile15 Days & 12 Nights from £3,695 – Page 106Wintertime in the northern hemisphere is summertime in Chile, making it ideal for exploring the full length of the country, including the icy wilderness of Patagonia in the far south, which is inhospitably cold during our summer. This tour also takes in the stunning landscapes of the Atacama desert in the far north; Santiago, set against the backdrop of the Andes; and the Lake District, dotted with snow-capped volcanoes.

Splendours of Jordan8 Days & 7 Nights from £1,495 – Page 48Springtime is perfect for discovering the spectacular desert kingdom of Jordan. The warm days are ideal for exploring its ancient sites before the heat of summer becomes overwhelming. This tour visits the classical city of Jerash, the biblical site of Mount Nebo, and magnificent Petra, the rock-hewn city. The shifting sands of Wadi Rum and the curative waters of the Dead Sea complete the experience.

Peru: Train to Machu Picchu16 Days & 14 Nights from £2,995 – Page 96The jewel in South America, Peru is a wonderful destination at almost any time of year. However, in our spring months it is heading into its drier, cooler period. The highlight of this tour is Machu Picchu, perhaps the most breathtaking archaeological site in the world. Yet Peru also offers a wealth of other magnificent ancient, colonial and natural sights including Cuzco and Arequip;, the Colca Canyon, home of the mighty condor; and Lake Titicaca.

Japan’s Cultural Treasures12 Days & 9 Nights from £4,655 – Page 86Springtime in Japan is the time of hanami, literally meaning ‘flower viewing’, when the cherry blossoms are in full bloom. This stunning journey through the country’s main island of Honshu explores Tokyo and the nearby Hakone National Park, the tranquil Kenroku-en garden and the castle of Kanazawa, before heading to the imperial city of Kyoto, the picturesque island of Miyajima, with its celebrated torii gate, and Himeji, famed for its castle and Japanese gardens.

Spring: March, April & May

Winter: December, January & February

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 8 22/09/2017 09:25

9For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

INTRODUCTION

Classic Russia8 Days & 7 Nights from £1,385 – Page 14Summer in Russia is the season of the ‘white nights’, when daylight stretches long into the night and many festivals and cultural celebrations take place. This tour visits Russia’s two greatest cities, which are at the heart of country’s rich and diverse cultural and historical heritage. Moscow is now the epicentre of the ‘new Russia’, while St Petersburg is renowned for its magnificent palaces, world-class museums,

Timeless Romania10 Days & 9 Nights from £1,295 – Page 20With its wealth of folkloric heritage, picturesque villages and wonderful scenery, Romania is fascinating to explore, and the warm summer months are the ideal time of year to visit. This tour discovers the country’s highlights, including Transylvania’s fortified Saxon churches, Bucovina’s exquisite painted monasteries, dramatic castles and palaces, medieval towns and the beautiful Carpathian mountains.

Madagascar Wildlife Adventure13 Days & 10 Nights from £3,745 – Page 154Our summer months coincide with Madagascar’s dry season. Much of the island’s flora and fauna is found nowhere else on Earth and this tour reveals its extraordinary natural history, stunning scenery, idyllic beaches and fascinating culture, which is based on a mix of Christianity and ancient spiritual beliefs. The tour is well paced, allowing for a wildlife focus in Andasibe, Ranomafana and Isalo National Parks.

India: The Golden Triangle & Shimla13 Days & 11 Nights from £2,075 – Page 58After the heat, humidity and rains of the monsoon months subside, the autumn marks the start of the prime months for visiting India. Discover the highlights of the north on this outstanding introductory tour of the country’s most celebrated sights. Exploring the Golden Triangle, this journey combines imperial Delhi with the legendary Taj Mahal at Agra and a 3-night stay in the princely city of Jaipur, culminating in the beautiful hills of Shimla.

Uzbekistan: Heart of Central Asia12 Days & 10 Nights from £1,795 – Page 52Set on the Silk Road, Uzbekistan has played host to waves of conquerors and nomads. On this tour, see the legacy they left behind in the towering fortresses of Khiva and Bukhara and the Islamic architecture of Samarkand, once some of the most powerful cities in the world. The remnants of more recent Soviet history are evident in the capital city Tashkent. This is a ‘Discovery tour’, best suited to those who prioritise history and culture over luxury.

Ethiopian Odyssey14 Days & 11 Nights from £3,035 – Page 152October marks the end of Ethiopia’s rainy season and the beginning of a lush period when the Simien mountains are swathed in wild flowers. The only African country that has never been colonised, Ethiopia is also unusual for its rich Orthodox Christian heritage, which was maintained even when all its neighbours embraced Islam in the seventh century. This journey discovers the spectacular scenery and layers of history that characterise this enthralling land.

Autumn: September, October & November

Summer: June, July & August

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 9 22/09/2017 09:25

10 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Cox & Kings tours are designed to give an authentic, in-depth experience of each destination, focusing on its history, traditions, cultures, modern life and, in many cases, the natural history.

Our tours fall into one of four categories – Luxury, Superior, Standard and Discovery – based on the level of comfort you can expect. On certain tours, we include some departures in one category and some in another. The categorisation(s) is displayed immediately below the tour title.

LuxuryThese are our most comfortable tours and will usually feature 5-star de luxe accommodation throughout.

SuperiorMost Cox & Kings tours fall within this category and are based in 4- or 5-star accommodation where available, or the best alternative elsewhere.

StandardSimpler in emphasis, these itineraries typically

feature 4-star or good 3-star accommodation throughout, or the best alternative elsewhere.

DiscoveryThis type of tour is best suited to the hardier traveller as it will typically include some quite basic accommodation, possibly longer and rougher road journeys and, in some cases, more strenuous activities, such as trekking. The specific factors that qualify an itinerary as a ‘Discovery’ tour are explained in the ‘important information’ at the end of the tour description.

Exclusive & non-exclusive group toursThe majority of our tours are designed and operated by Cox & Kings, exclusively for Cox & Kings clients – this is the case for all tours unless stated otherwise beneath the tour title. In some places, however, we offer high quality tours operated by other companies. These tours are labelled ‘non-exclusive group tours’ and the participants may not all be Cox & Kings clients. The maximum number on the tour may also be higher than on our exclusive tours.

Arts & Culture tours In addition to our main group tours, we also offer a range of expert-accompanied Arts & Culture tours, which focus on some of mankind’s greatest creative achievements in fascinating destinations worldwide. Look out for the Arts & Culture logo beneath the tour title.

Art, architecture, archaeology, design, jewellery, music, fashion, cuisine and gardens are all covered in this programme and the tours suit all ‘culture vultures’, enthusiasts and experts alike. All the tours are accompanied by experts who work with Cox & Kings’ own in-house specialists to design the itineraries, often including private visits that would not be available to the wider public. These trips typically have a greater focus on specific themes than regular Cox & Kings holidays and the experts are on hand to provide colour and depth of understanding throughout the tour, both during informal talks and at sites along the way. The tours are also accompanied by local tour managers to ensure they run smoothly and, in many places, local guides share their particular knowledge and expertise during excursions.

Cox & Kings Escorted Tours Explained

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 10 22/09/2017 09:26

11For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

be opportunities to join up with other members of the group if you choose.

DestinationsOur 2018 Solo Travellers collection includes tours to the following destinations:

Europe: Russia, Romania, Italy, Portugal and Finland.

Latin America: Peru, Panama and Costa Rica.

India & the Subcontinent: Northern India, southern India and Sri Lanka.

The Middle East: Morocco, Jordan and Iran.

Africa: South Africa and Tanzania.

The Far East: China, Burma (Myanmar), Vietnam and Cambodia.

Please ask your travel agent for more information about these tours or to make a reservation.

Cox & Kings publishes a separate brochure of escorted group tours specially created for solo travellers who enjoy exploring fascinating parts of the world in the company of like-minded people.

Our aim in creating these solo holidays is to offer the opportunity to discover extraordinary places in style, at sensible prices, in good company and with complete peace of mind. These are just some of the benefits of joining a Cox & Kings Solo Travellers tour:

Airport representativesFor all group departures where six or more people are travelling on the same flight from London Heathrow or Gatwick, a Cox & Kings representative is available to assist with check in and any seat requests you may have during the main check-in period.

Local tour managersCox & Kings tour managers are carefully selected for their travel experience and organisational abilities. Your tour manager will meet your group on arrival in the destination and will escort you throughout the journey. In some destinations such as China, Peru and Russia, different tour managers accompany different legs of the trip.

Expert local guidesOn most tours, in addition to the services of the tour manager, Cox & Kings escorted group tours also benefit from the knowledge of local guides who accompany each excursion. In some cases, where appropriate, the tour manager will also act as the local guide. Where possible, your entrance fees are included in the holiday price.

Generous rooms without single supplementsAll accommodation on our Solo Travellers holidays is based on single occupancy of twin / double rooms. There are no single supplements and we have sought out good quality hotels that offer the most reasonable prices for individual travellers.

Flexibility at meal timesCox & Kings aims to strike a good balance between organising meals for the group and giving people the freedom to choose where and with whom to eat. Our Solo Travellers tours generally include breakfast daily, a welcome dinner at the beginning and a farewell dinner at the end of the trip as standard, plus some other meals. The organised meals offer the chance to get to know other members of the group while, on occasions when meals are not included, there should

Solo Travellers Tours

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 11 22/09/2017 09:26

12 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

INTRODUCTION

The itineraries and guideline prices in this brochure are based on Economy Class international flights out of London’s Heathrow or Gatwick airports on the nominated airline*. However, for most tours there are many alternative options that we can arrange for you. Please ask your travel agent for a price quote including the flight options that will suit you best.

Flying from Regional Airports

If it is most convenient for you to fly out of a regional UK airport, Cox & Kings would be delighted to quote for the alternatives, whether you would prefer to fly to one of the London airports to connect with the published flight, or fly to the destination directly or via an international hub airport from your local airport. The price quoted may include supplementary costs if you will require private transfers or additional hotel nights on arrival or departure, as a result of the flight schedules. These are some of the airline options out of the main regional airports:

Travelling East & SouthIf you would like to join a Cox & Kings tour in the Indian Subcontinent, the Far East, the Middle East, Africa or Australasia, these are some of the main airlines and regional airports:

Birmingham: KLM via Amsterdam, Emirates via Dubai, Qatar via Doha

Manchester: KLM via Amsterdam, Emirates via Dubai, Etihad via Abu Dhabi, Qatar via Doha, Singapore Airlines via Singapore, Cathay Pacific via Hong Kong, Qantas

Newcastle: KLM via Amsterdam, Emirates via Dubai

Glasgow: KLM via Amsterdam, Emirates via Dubai

Edinburgh: KLM via Amsterdam, Etihad via Abu Dhabi, Qatar via Doha

Travelling WestThese are some of the main airlines and regional airports if you would like to join a Cox & Kings tour in Latin America or Canada:

Birmingham: KLM via Amsterdam, Iberia via Madrid, Air Transat to Canada

Manchester: KLM via Amsterdam, Iberia via Madrid, United via Houston, Air Transat to Canada

Newcastle: KLM via Amsterdam, United via Houston

Glasgow: KLM via Amsterdam, United via Houston, Air Transat to Canada

Edinburgh: KLM via Amsterdam, United via Houston

Travelling to EuropeFor European tours, Cox & Kings can book direct flights out of many regional UK airports on carriers including British Airways, easyJet, Jet2, Monarch, Whizz, Flybe, Norwegian Air Shuttle and Ryanair.

Flying in Style

On long-haul flights, a little extra room can make a big difference to your comfort. In addition, the faster check in and comfortable lounges available to most upgrading passengers allow you to pass through airports with ease. Cox & Kings offers a range of upgrade options at great prices.

For those who are seeking flat-bed comfort, most airlines offer Business and First Class options. However, if you would like to enhance your comfort at a lower supplementary cost many of our most popular airlines – including British Airways, Virgin Atlantic, KLM, Singapore Airlines, Cathay Pacific, Vietnam Airlines, United Airlines, Qantas and Air New Zealand – also offer Premium Economy cabins, which typically feature separate cabin areas, larger seats, extra leg room and enhanced meal options.

Cox & Kings’ prices for these options are generally far lower than the full published prices – please ask your travel agent to quote for the different options.

Arranging Your Own Flights

Although the guideline prices for most of the tours in this brochure* include international flights, if you

would prefer to book your own flights independently of Cox & Kings we can provide a ‘land-only’ price for all of our tours. Please ask your travel agent for details.

Important: Before booking flights independently of Cox & Kings for one of our escorted group tours, it is very important that you contact your travel agent because there are significant issues to be aware of. For example, if a tour includes internal flights there can be an impact on the cost of those flights if they are booked separately from the international flights, or on a different airline from the one mentioned in the itinerary. There may also be supplementary costs if you require private transfers or additional hotel nights on arrival or departure. Most Cox & Kings group tours need a minimum number of passengers in order to run and you should be aware that you may incur significant flight cancellation charges in the event that a group tour is cancelled, for this or any other reason, after your flight tickets have been issued. Finally, it is important to be aware that, if you choose to book your international flights independently of Cox & Kings, you would no longer benefit from the full ATOL holiday protection provided by a packaged air and land holiday.

* The prices for our tours to Australia, New Zealand and Canada do not include international flights. This is because the air fares for these routes tend to fluctuate a lot due to seasonal airline discounts. Please ask your travel agent to find out the best available flight price for your preferred departure date.

Flight OptionsUltimate Flexibility

World Traveller Plus, British Airways

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 12 22/09/2017 09:26

13For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

INTRODUCTION

Cox & Kings is unusual in being equally experienced at organising private tailor-made travel as escorted group tours. If there are no suitable Cox & Kings escorted group tours fitting in with your ideal travel dates, these are just some of the benefits of using our expertise to travel privately:

100% Flexibility

All the tours in this brochure can be taken on a private basis. Our itineraries can also be tailored to suit your needs, or we can create an itinerary for you entirely from scratch, no matter how complex your requirements.

Planned by Experts

One of our expert tour consultants will work with you and your agent throughout the planning process to design the itinerary around your personal tastes, interests, dates and budget. They can also propose various options for places to see, hotels to stay in or activities to include along the way.

Support on the Ground

At each new destination on your journey, you will be welcomed by a Cox & Kings representative who will accompany you to your hotel and ensure you are happy with all the arrangements.

Private Car Travel

For road journeys, you will be driven by an experienced local driver in an air-conditioned private car, allowing the flexibility to make stops along the way, where and when you wish.

Private Guides

An English-speaking local guide will accompany most sightseeing excursions, so you can ask as many questions as you like, based on your particular interests.

Cox & Kings Signature Experiences

From market tours and cooking classes to hot air balloon rides and epicurean dining, we can arrange a whole variety of experiences.

Wide Choice of Accommodation

Whether it’s a sophisticated city centre hotel or a ‘back-to-nature’ wilderness lodge, we can cater to all tastes and a range of budgets.

Multi-Country Itineraries

We are experts at combining multiple countries in a single journey.

Private TravelTailored for You

Family Holidays

We arrange seamless itineraries that include experiences to inspire older and younger generations alike.

Private Groups

If you are a member of a club, society or simply a group of friends with a common interest, we can create an itinerary to suit the particular interests, dates and budget of the group.

24-Hour Emergency Support

While you are away you will have 24-hour phone numbers for both our local representatives and our UK emergency phone.

Full Holiday Protection

We are members of AITO and ABTA, our air holidays are fully ATOL protected and we follow British Foreign & Commonwealth Office (FCO) advice regarding destination safety.

Driving through Jasper National Park, Canada

WW18 page 2-13 (Intros).indd 13 22/09/2017 09:26

14 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Area map

Day 3: MoscowFull day at leisure or optional morning visit to Sergiev Posad. Built around the Trinity Monastery of St Sergius, it is one of Russia’s most important religious and historical landmarks. Afternoon optional tour to the Tretyakov Gallery. (B)

Day 4: Moscow • St PetersburgMorning visit to the Kremlin, including Cathedral Square and the Armoury Museum with its collection of imperial treasures and Fabergé eggs. Take a late afternoon train to St Petersburg (4 hours). On arrival, transfer to the Taleon Imperial Hotel for 4 nights. (B)

Day 5: St PetersburgMorning tour of St Petersburg, including the main shopping street of Nevsky Prospekt and Vasilievsky island, and the entrances to the Church of Our Saviour on Spilled Blood and the Peter and Paul Fortress. Afternoon at leisure to visit St Isaac’s Cathedral. (B)

Day 6: St PetersburgTour of the Hermitage. One of the largest and oldest museums in the world, it has an unrivalled collection of European masterpieces. (B)

Day 7: Pushkin • St PetersburgMorning tour of Catherine’s Palace at Pushkin, including the Amber Room. Afternoon visit to Peterhof to view the exterior of Peter the Great’s summer palace and gardens. (B)

Day 8: Fly to LondonMorning at leisure. Afternoon transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Russia’s two greatest cities provide an ideal base from which to explore the country’s rich and diverse cultural and historical heritage. Moscow is now the epicentre of the ‘new Russia’ while St Petersburg is renowned for its magnificent palaces, world-class museums, elegant canals and grand architecture.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay in the luxurious Lotte Hotel Moscow and the Taleon Imperial, a former palace in St Petersburg

Included tours to the Kremlin & Armoury in Moscow

Tour of the Hermitage in St Petersburg and Peterhof and Catherine Palace, including the world-renowned Amber Room

Day 1: Fly to MoscowFly from London (regional connections available) to Moscow with British Airways. Transfer to the Lotte Hotel Moscow for 3 nights. (N)

Day 2: MoscowMorning tour including Red Square including St Basil’s Cathedral, GUM state department store, Moscow State University, Novodevichy Convent, the Cathedral of Christ the Saviour and Gorky Park. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Moscow J F M A M J J A S O N D

A -6 -4 1 10 19 22 23 22 16 8 1 -3

B -13 -12 -6 2 8 12 13 12 7 2 -3 -9

C 41 35 33 43 51 74 93 76 64 58 57 54

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room &

flight upgrades available

Average group size – 22 people

(max 26)

Direct international flights with

British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local guides in each

destination

7 breakfasts

Guided sightseeing & entrance

fees

Duration • 8 Days & 7 Nights Group tour • From £1,385Category • Superior Private tour • From £1,895

Classic Russia

Grand Cascade fountain at Peterhof, St Petersburg

RUSSIA

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 14 22/09/2017 09:28

15For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,385Guide price months: Oct

High season from £1,580Guide price months: Jun

Single supplement from £410

Private travelLow season from £1,895Guide price months: Oct – Nov

High season from £2,020Guide price months: May

Single supplement from £410

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus (Moscow only) from £85 returnClub Europe from £720 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)30 Mar 18 06 Apr 1806 Apr 18 13 Apr 1813 Apr 18 20 Apr 1820 Apr 18 27 Apr 1827 Apr 18 04 May 1804 May 18 11 May 1811 May 18 18 May 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)25 May 18 01 Jun 1801 Jun 18 08 Jun 1820 Jul 18 27 Jul 1827 Jul 18 03 Aug 1803 Aug 18 10 Aug 1810 Aug 18 17 Aug 1817 Aug 18 24 Aug 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)24 Aug 18 31 Aug 1831 Aug 18 07 Sep 1807 Sep 18 14 Sep 1814 Sep 18 21 Sep 1821 Sep 18 28 Sep 1828 Sep 18 05 Oct 1805 Oct 18 12 Oct 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)12 Oct 18 19 Oct 1819 Oct 18 26 Oct 1826 Oct 18 02 Nov 1821 Dec 18 28 Dec 1828 Dec 18 04 Jan 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (15 May – 15 Jul)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: RUSMeal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Moscow and St Petersburg, and include 2 nights’ accommodation with arrival or departure transfers.

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is led in each destination en route by a local tour escort. You will be assisted with boarding the train in Moscow and met on the platform on arrival in St Petersburg.

Theatre: Opera or ballet performances in Moscow or St Petersburg can be pre-booked by Cox & Kings.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

St Basil's Cathedral, Moscow

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 15 22/09/2017 09:28

16 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Day 1: Fly to St PetersburgFly from London (regional connections available) to St Petersburg with British Airways and transfer to the hotel. After an introductory lecture and welcome dinner, stay 5 nights at the centrally located Ambassador Hotel (or similar), which offers comfortable accommodation in a historic 19th-century building. (D)

Day 2: St PetersburgMorning city tour, starting at Peter and Paul’s Fortress, which is the oldest building in St Petersburg and contains the tombs of the tsars and tsarinas from Peter the Great onwards. Continue to the Church of Our Saviour on Spilled Blood. Built on the spot where Tsar Alexander II was assassinated in 1881, the church is noted for its riot of colour, with more than 20 types of mineral used in its decoration. In the afternoon, visit the State Russian Museum, which contains a magnificent collection of Russian art, beautifully displayed in one of Rossi’s finest neo-classical creations, the Mikhailovsky Palace. (B)

Day 3: St PetersburgFull-day visit to the Hermitage, with its opulent staterooms and exceptional collection of European masterpieces and impressionist paintings. The visit will include a private tour of the Treasure Gallery (Gold Room), subject to confirmation. (B, D)

Day 4: St PetersburgMorning visit to the neoclassical Shuvalov Palace, home to the Fabergé Museum, the world's largest single collection of Fabergé artefacts. Continue to the baroque Menshikov Palace, built for Peter the Great’s advisor. Afternoon at leisure or revisit the Hermitage independently. (B)

Day 5: Pushkin • PavlovskDrive to Pushkin on the outskirts of the city to

visit Catherine’s Palace (Tsarskoe Selo), including the Amber Room. Listen to the story of the room’s restoration and watch amber being worked while enjoying a glass of wine. Continue to the Palace at Pavlovsk, designed by Charles Cameron and subsequently expanded by several highly accomplished architects, including Quarenghi and Rossi. Return to your hotel for a farewell dinner. (B, D)

Day 6: Fly to LondonMorning visit to Yusupov Palace, which sits on a quiet stretch of the Moika river and was the scene of Rasputin’s murder. A special visit to the private apartments of Zinaida and Felix has been arranged (subject to confirmation). Transfer to the airport for a flight to London with British Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Tour + St Petersburg3 Days & 2 Nights from £140Extension starts on day 6 of tour

Extend your stay in St Petersburg with 2 nights at the Ambassador Hotel (or similar). Includes airport transfer.

Tour + Moscow3 Days & 2 Nights from £445Extension starts on day 6 of tour

Travel by train to Russia’s capital and stay for 2 nights at the Kadashevskaya Hotel. Includes rail journey and transfers.

Tour overview

St Petersburg has remained almost unchanged since it was built in the 18th and 19th centuries. Conceived by Peter the Great as a 'window to the west', the city became a living exhibit of Russia’s status as an important European nation. Situated on a network of canals, the light reflects off the water to illuminate the colourful buildings and add to the city’s beauty. Designed to impress visitors, St Petersburg is home to sumptuous palaces, impressive cathedrals and numerous museums, including one of the world's largest and finest, the Hermitage.

C&K Signature experiences

Visit the Fabergé Museum to marvel at the tsars’ jewels

Learn about the restoration of the Amber Room at Catherine’s Palace

Full day at the Hermitage museum and private tour of the Gold Room

Visit Yusupov Palace for a special viewing of the lavish gala rooms

Expert lecturers

Lydia Bauman is a Polish-born art historian and professional artist with an MA in art history from the Courtauld Institute of Art. She has a permanent position as a guide and lecturer at the National Gallery, has wide experience of teaching the history of western art and is the author of The Guide to Great Themes in Art.

Andrew Spira graduated from the Courtauld Institute of Art before working at the Temple Gallery, London (specialists in Russian icons), and as a curator at the Victoria & Albert Museum. He was a programme director at Christie’s Education for 14 years and has led numerous cultural tours to Europe and beyond.

Duration • 6 Days & 5 Nights Expert-led group tour • From £1,495Category • Superior Art • Architecture • History

St Petersburg: Pictures & Palaces

Winter Palace, St Petersburg

RUSSIA

Arts &Culture

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 16 22/09/2017 09:28

17For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £650 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Dates & guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: RSP

25 Feb – 02 Mar 2018 with Lydia Bauman from £1,495 single supp from £15022 Apr – 27 Apr 2018 with Lydia Bauman from £1,665 single supp from £26522 Jul – 27 Jul 2018 with Andrew Spira from £1,900 single supp from £36516 Sep – 21 Sep 2018 with Andrew Spira from £1,900 single supp from £36514 Oct – 19 Oct 2018 with Andrew Spira from £1,585 single supp from £19007 Apr – 12 Apr 2019 with Lydia Bauman from £1,810 single supp from £30005 May – 10 May 2019 with Andrew Spira from £1,920 single supp from £30014 Jul – 19 Jul 2019 with Andrew Spira from £2,055 single supp from £420

Important information

Arts & Culture tours: A collection of expert-accompanied tours focusing on creativity in its many forms. No prior knowledge of the subject matter is required. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Expert-led tour: This tour is fully escorted throughout by the lecturer, as well as an experienced local guide where necessary.

Superior tour: Based in 4-star accommodation.

Accessibility: This tour involves some long walks over uneven ground and therefore requires a good level of fitness.

Theatre: Optional opera or ballet performances can be pre-booked by Cox & Kings.

Itinerary: Please note that due to the fluid nature of opening and closing times of the palaces and museums in St Petersburg, the specified day for each excursion may need to be

altered closer to the departure date.

Private visits: Please note that the exclusive and individual nature of private visits means that they are subject to confirmation nearer the

time of departure. Also, churches, private houses and other buildings often have fluid opening times. If any visits have to be re-arranged, please be assured that we will seek alternatives of equal interest.

Interior of the Church of Our Saviour on Spilled Blood, St Petersburg

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 17 22/09/2017 09:28

18 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Area map

Estonia’s parliament. Optional afternoon visit to Rocca al Mare open-air museum. Following day at leisure. (B)

Day 4: Castles & Pärnu • Riga, LatviaDrive to Riga in Latvia, stopping en route at the 13th-century ruins of Sigulda castle, Turaida castle in the Gauja valley and the beachside town of Pärnu. Stay 2 nights at the Astor Hotel. (B)

Day 5: RigaMorning tour of Riga, the Baltic’s largest and perhaps most beautiful city. The city’s extensive history has left a legacy of fine architecture, including art nouveau. Highlights include visits to the cathedral and an organ recital to hear the impressive acoustics in its Romanesque dome, the castle, St Peter’s Church and the House of Blackheads. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 6: Rundale Palace • The Hill of Crosses • Vilnius, LithuaniaMorning journey across Latvia to Lithuania via Rundale Palace and the Hill of Crosses, a place of national pilgrimage. Continue to Vilnius and stay 2 nights at the Narutis Hotel. (B)

Day 7: VilniusMorning tour of Vilnius, including Cathedral Square, the Gate of Dawn, St Casimir’s Church, the Holy Spirit Church, the KGB museum and Gediminas Tower. Afternoon at leisure or optional visit to the picturesque 14th-century Trakai castle. (B)

Day 8: Fly to London via RigaMorning transfer to the airport and fly to London, via Riga, with airBaltic. (B)

Since regaining independence in 1991 and joining the EU in 2004, Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia are flourishing. The countries’ rich and colourful histories can be best appreciated in their capital cities, which all possess beautiful architecture, while the surrounding countryside features lakes, forests and wetlands, dotted with manor houses, medieval castles and splendid rococo churches.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay in centrally located, character 4-star hotels & a 5-star hotel in Vilnius

Experience the impressive acoustics of Riga cathedral during an organ recital

Discover the baroque & art nouveau architecture of the Baltics

Day 1: Fly to Tallinn, Estonia Fly from London (regional connections available) to Tallinn in Estonia with easyJet. Transfer to the Radisson Blu Sky Hotel for a 3-night stay. Welcome drink. (N)

Days 2-3: TallinnMorning walking tour of Tallinn, one of northern Europe’s best-preserved medieval towns. Founded in the early 13th century, Tallinn has been influenced by periods of Danish, German, Swedish and Russian control. Highlights include the gothic town hall and square, Alexander Nevsky Cathedral and Toompea castle, seat of

Riga J F M A M J J A S O N D

A -2 -2 3 10 17 20 21 21 16 11 4 0

B -8 -7 -4 1 6 10 12 12 8 4 0 -5

C 36 27 32 41 48 58 77 76 73 61 61 49

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 15 people

(max 26)

International flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local guides in each

destination

7 breakfasts

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome drink

Duration • 8 Days & 7 Nights Group tour • From £1,215Category • Superior Private tour • From £1,980

Journey through the Baltic States

Alexander Nevsky Cathedral, Tallinn

BALTIC STATES

Weather

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 18 22/09/2017 09:28

19For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,215Guide price months: Sep

High season from £1,245Guide price months: May

Single supplement from £380

Private travelLow season from £1,980Guide price months: Jan – Jun

High season from £2,075Guide price months: Jul – Aug

Single supplement from £380

easyJet flight extrasCox & Kings can book priority boarding and seat reservations on your behalf

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)04 May 18 11 May 1801 Jun 18 08 Jun 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)15 Jun 18 22 Jun 1813 Jul 18 20 Jul 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)17 Aug 18 24 Aug 1807 Sep 18 14 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)21 Sep 18 28 Sep 18

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 5 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: BALMeal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Tallinn and Vilnius, and include 2 nights’ accommodation with arrival or departure transfers.

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is led in each destination en route by a local tour guide.

Accessibility: Due to their layout and narrow, often cobbled, streets, the cities of the Baltic States are best explored on foot. The tour is not recommended for those with limited mobility.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

St Peter's Church and House of the Blackheads, Riga

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 19 22/09/2017 09:28

20 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Area map

Bucharest J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 1 4 10 18 24 27 29 29 25 18 10 4

B -6 -3 0 6 11 14 16 15 11 6 2 -3

C 41 39 39 46 70 77 58 59 44 32 51 45

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 3: Sinaia • Brașov Morning drive to Sinaia to visit the palaces of Peleș and Pelișor, the former royal residences of King Carol I. Overnight at the Hotel Aro Palace in Braşov (renovated rooms). (B)

Day 4: Brașov • Bran • Neamt monastery • Gura HumoruluiMorning tour of the medieval town of Brașov and view the Piata Sfatului, one of the finest baroque squares in the country. Visit the Black Church – the largest gothic church between Vienna and Istanbul – with a collection of more than 300 Ottoman rugs. See St Nicholas Church and explore Romania’s first school. Continue to Bran castle, which is famously associated with Dracula, the legendary character from Bram Stoker’s gothic novel. In the afternoon, travel to southern Bucovina, now part of Moldavia, via the Red Lake, the Bicaz gorges and the spectacular scenery of the eastern Carpathians. En route, visit Neamt monastery, the oldest in Romania, dating from the 14th century. Stay at La Conac for 2 nights. (B, D)

Day 5: Gura HumoruluiTour the area’s remarkable painted monasteries, considered to be among Europe’s greatest artistic monuments and awarded Unesco world heritage status. (B, D)

Day 6: Bistrița • Târgu Mures • SighișoaraDrive back into Transylvania to Sighișoara, travelling through superb mountain scenery. Visit Bistrița en route, a small market town in the Bârgau valley, and Târgu Mures, a Hungarian stronghold. Overnight at the Hotel Central Park (or similar). (B)

Day 7: Sighișoara • Biertan • SibiuMorning tour of the Unesco-listed town of Sighișoara, a beautifully preserved medieval settlement. The city walls encircle cobbled

With its wealth of folkloric heritage, picturesque villages and wonderful scenery, Romania is fascinating to explore. This tour discovers the country’s highlights, including Transylvania’s fortified Saxon churches, Bucovina’s exquisite painted monasteries, dramatic castles and palaces, medieval towns and the beautiful Carpathian mountains.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay in the 5-star Athénée Palace Hilton in Bucharest

Full-day tour of northern Romania’s painted monasteries

Explore Transylvania & Dracula’s castle in Bran

Visit the royal palaces of Peleș & Pelișor

Included tickets to an evening performance at the Athenaeum, Bucharest

Day 1: Fly to Bucharest Fly from London (regional connections available) to Bucharest with British Airways. Transfer to Hotel Athénée Palace Hilton for 2 nights. Welcome drink. (N)

Day 2: BucharestMorning tour of Bucharest, known as the ‘Paris of the east’ due to its boulevards and Belle Epoque buildings. View the Old Princely Court and the Royal Palace. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 20 people

(max 26)

Direct international flights with

British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

7 breakfasts & 3 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome drink

Duration • 10 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £1,295Category • Superior Private tour • From £1,795

Timeless Romania

Neamt monastery, Moldavia

ROMANIA

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 20 22/09/2017 09:28

21For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,295Guide price months: Oct

High season from £1,315Guide price months: Jun

Single supplement from £200

Private travelLow season from £1,795Guide price months: Jan – Jun

High season from £1,845Guide price months: Jul – Aug

Single supplement from £200

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £190 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun)11 May 18 20 May 1818 May 18 27 May 1801 Jun 18 10 Jun 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun)15 Jun 18 24 Jun 1827 Jul 18 05 Aug 1810 Aug 18 19 Aug 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun)24 Aug 18 02 Sep 1831 Aug 18 09 Sep 1807 Sep 18 16 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun)14 Sep 18 23 Sep 1828 Sep 18 07 Oct 1812 Oct 18 21 Oct 18

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (23 Dec – 7 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: ROA

Bran castle, Transylvania

streets lined with colourful 16th-century burgher houses. Visits include the citadel, the Church on the Hill and the clock tower. In the afternoon, visit one of the best-preserved gothic fortified churches, which the area is renowned for, at Biertan, and continue to Sibiu. Stay 2 nights at the Continental Forum (or similar). (B, D)

Day 8: Corvin • SibielMorning visit to Corvin, one of the largest Renaissance-gothic castles in Europe, and the picturesque village of Sibiel with its glass icon museum. Return to Sibiu for time at leisure. (B)

Day 9: BucharestMorning departure for Bucharest, travelling through the scenic Olt valley. Afternoon at leisure. Stay overnight at the Hotel Athénée Palace Hilton. (B)

Day 10: Bucharest • Fly to LondonMorning visit to the Palace of Parliament, which is the third largest building in the world. Early afternoon transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Bucharest or to the Transylvanian properties of the Prince of Wales, Sarmizegetusa and Zarnesti. Please speak to a Cox & Kings tour consultant for details.

Tour + Danube Delta3 Days & 2 Nights from £495

The Unesco-listed Danube delta biosphere reserve is one of the world’s largest wetlands

and is a migration hub for thousands of birds travelling to and from Mongolia, Siberia, India, Africa and China. Explore the delta’s many waterways and spot an amazing array of birdlife.

Day 10: Danube deltaTravel to Beștepe and stay at the Hotel Wels, situated beside the delta, for 2 nights. (B)Day 11: Danube deltaMorning and afternoon excursions along the delta’s waterways and lakes. (B)Day 12: BucharestTravel back to Bucharest in the morning, transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Important information

August 10 & 24 departures: On day 4, there will be an included journey on the Mocanita steam train, a narrow gauge railway once used for transporting cargo and passengers in the early 20th century.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 21 22/09/2017 09:29

22 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Area map

Palermo J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 13 13 15 18 21 25 28 28 26 22 18 14

B 8 8 9 11 14 18 21 21 19 16 13 10

C 83 67 57 47 22 11 5 17 37 84 82 88

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

heritage site due to its magnificent baroque architecture. (B)

Day 3: Catania • Cefalu • PalermoMorning drive to Catania to view the cathedral and Piazza Stesicoro. Continue to Cefalu to visit the Norman cathedral with its exquisite mosaics. Continue to Palermo and stay at the Mercure Palermo Excelsior for 2 nights. (B)

Day 4: Monreale • PalermoMorning drive to Monreale to visit the Norman cathedral, founded in 1172 and considered a leading example of Norman-Arab architecture. Return to Palermo for a city tour including the magnificent Arab-Norman cathedral, the Palatine Chapel, located within the Norman palace and covered in Byzantine-influenced mosaics, and the historic old town. Afternoon at leisure or optional tour to Monte Pellegrino, the promontory overlooking Palermo with its Sanctuary of St Rosalia, picturesque fishing village and the Catacombs of Cappuccini. (B)

Day 5: Erice • Selinunte • AgrigentoMorning visit to the town of Erice, a medieval town with imposing fortified walls overlooking the city of Trapani. Continue to the Temple of Selinunte, an excellent example of Doric architecture. Drive to Agrigento and stay overnight at the Hotel Dioscuri Bay Palace (Superior room). (B)

Day 6: Valley of the Temples • Piazza Armerina • TaorminaMorning visit to the Valley of the Temples, one of the world’s most impressive ancient Greek sites. Afternoon drive to the elegant resort town of Taormina via Piazza Armerina to view the Roman mosaics of the Villa Romana del Casale. Stay 2 nights at the Villa Diodoro. (B)

The Mediterranean’s largest island, Sicily, is as culturally rich as it is beautiful. It is home to superb Norman architecture, vibrant Roman floor mosaics, Arab-inspired gardens, and probably the finest Greek temples to be found anywhere in the world. Alongside this, the island has some magnificent natural scenery, from volcanic Mount Etna to quiet beaches in the south. This tour takes you to the best that the island has to offer.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay in a 5-star hotel in Syracuse with sea-view rooms

Centrally located hotel in Taormina

Included visits to Ragusa, Erice & Monreale

Explore the Valley of the Temples & the Palatine Chapel

Day 1: Fly to Catania • SyracuseFly from London (regional connections available) to Catania with British Airways. Transfer to Syracuse and stay at Des Etrangers Hotel & Spa (Deluxe sea-view room) for 2 nights. Welcome drink. (D)

Day 2: Syracuse • Ragusa Tour of Syracuse including visits to the Greek theatre, considered one of the most important examples of its kind, the Ear of Dionysius, and the island of Ortygia, the centre of the old city. Continue to the town of Ragusa, a Unesco world

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 18 people (max 26)

Direct international flights with British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

7 breakfasts & 1 dinner

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airport

Welcome drink

Duration • 8 Days & 7 Nights Group tour • From £1,855Category • Superior Private tour • From £4,570

Classic Sicily

Mosaic at Villa Romana del Casale, Piazza Armerina

ITALY

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 22 22/09/2017 09:29

23For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,855Guide price months: Oct

High season from £1,895Guide price months: Sep

Single supplement from £350

Private travelLow season from £4,570Guide price months: Jan – May

High season from £4,670Guide price months: Jun – Sep

Single supplement from £350

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £160 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Mon) Rtn (Mon)16 Apr 18 23 Apr 1814 May 18 21 May 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Mon)28 May 18 04 Jun 1803 Sep 18 10 Sep 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Mon)17 Sep 18 24 Sep 1801 Oct 18 08 Oct 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Mon)15 Oct 18 22 Oct 18

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (1 – 31 Aug)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: CLS

Day 7: Mount EtnaVisit the highest active volcano in Europe, Mount Etna, for panoramic views. Afternoon at leisure to visit the Greek theatre in Taormina. (B)

Day 8: Fly to LondonTransfer to Catania airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Syracuse and Taormina, and include 2 nights’ accommodation with arrival or departure transfers.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Ancient Greek theatre, Taormina

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 23 22/09/2017 09:29

24 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Tour overview

The unique mixture of cultures that influenced Sicily over the centuries has ensured a rich legacy of art, architecture, food and traditions. Visit fine Greek temples, see Roman and Byzantine mosaics, as well as Norman and baroque architecture.

C&K Signature experiences

Explore the Valley of the Temples See the Palatine Chapel and its

unparalleled Byzantine mosaics Drive to the top of Mount Etna Exclusive tour of a private palazzo

Expert lecturers

Thomas Abbott, a specialist in art and architectural history, studied Italian Renaissance and baroque art. He has conducted acclaimed cultural and art tours throughout Europe.

Dr Nigel Spivey, a lecturer in classics at the University of Cambridge, has written extensively on the history of art; titles include Greek Art, Enduring Creation and How Art Made the World (a major BBC / PBC television series).

Day 1: Fly to Catania • SyracuseFly from London (regional connections available) to Catania with British Airways and transfer to Syracuse. After a welcome dinner, stay at Grande Albergo Alfeo (or similar) for 2 nights. (D)

Day 2: Syracuse • OrtygiaMorning tour of the Roman amphitheatre and the great Hellenistic theatre, one of the most important examples of an ancient amphitheatre. Visit the archaeological museum to see artefacts from the city and the rest of the island. Drive to the island of Ortygia, the historical centre of Syracuse, to visit the cathedral and the Temple of Apollo. Continue to the Church of Saint Lucia alla Badia to see the Martydom of Santa Lucia by Caravaggio. Visit the Museum of Syracuse Art Medieval to Modern in Palazzo Bellomo to see sculptures and paintings. By special arrangement, tour the Palazzo Borgia and learn about its history over a glass of prosecco. (B)

Day 3: Piazza Armerina • AgrigentoMorning drive to Piazza Armerina to see the Unesco-listed Villa Romana del Casale. One of the grandest late-Roman country houses ever discovered, the villa has more than 50 rooms and beautiful mosaics. After lunch in a local restaurant, drive to Agrigento and stay 2 nights at Dioscuri Bay Palace (or similar). (B, L)

Day 4: AgrigentoIn the morning, visit the Valley of the Temples, one of the most atmospheric sites of the

ancient world with two almost complete Doric temples. Next, visit the archaeological museum, which introduces the splendours of ancient Akragas and offers an insight into the life of the Greek settlers. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 5: Selinunte • Erice • PalermoIn the morning, depart to the Archaeological Park of Selinunte, the largest in the Mediterranean area with impressive temples and an acropolis. After lunch in a local farmhouse, proceed to Erice, a medieval town with several important churches and fortified walls. Visit the Antonio Cordici Municipal Museum to see archaeological finds and paintings. Drive to Palermo and stay 2 nights at Mercure Palermo Excelsior (or similar). (B, L)

Day 6: Monreale • PalermoIn Palermo visit the magnificent Norman-Arab cathedral, the Palatine Chapel – located within the Norman palace and covered in Byzantine-influenced mosaics. Visit La Martorana church and drive to Monreale to see the Norman cathedral. Founded in 1172, it is considered the pinnacle of achievement in Norman-Arab art. (B)

Day 7: Cefalù • TaorminaDrive to Cefalù, a charming coastal town and former fishing village that is also home to a breathtaking Norman cathedral with dazzling mosaics. Take a stroll through the city centre to the cathedral and the medieval wash-house. Visit Museum Mandralisca to see a fine collection of art and artefacts. Proceed

Duration • 9 Days & 8 Nights Expert-led group tour • From £2,600Category • Superior Archaeology • Art • History

Sicily: Crossroads of the Mediterranean

Mosaic in the Palatine Chapel, Palermo

Area map

ITALY

Arts &Culture

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 24 22/09/2017 09:29

25For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £160 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Dates & guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: ISY

09 Apr – 17 Apr 2018 with Dr Nigel Spivey from £2,600 single supp from £36015 Oct – 23 Oct 2018 with Thomas Abbott from £2,600 single supp from £36025 Mar – 02 Apr 2019 with Dr Nigel Spivey from £2,780 single supp from £36021 Oct – 29 Oct 2019 with Thomas Abbott from £2,780 single supp from £360

Valley of the Temples, Agrigento

to Taormina and stay 2 nights at Hotel Villa Diodoro (or similar). (B)

Day 8: Mount Etna • TaorminaMorning excursion to Mount Etna, the highest active volcano in Europe (weather permitting). Ascend the volcano to visit the extinct Silvestri craters at 2,000 metres above sea level and for panoramas of the Ionian Sea. Return to Taormina to visit the Roman odeon and the Graeco-Roman theatre. Evening farewell dinner. (B, D)

Day 9: Fly to LondonDay at leisure in the elegant resort town of Taormina. Transfer to Catania for your flight to London. (B) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Taormina3 Days & 2 Nights from £315Extension starts on day 9 of tour

Extend your stay at Hotel Villa Diodoro (or similar) to explore more of the fascinating island of Sicily. Includes airport transfer.

Important information

Arts & Culture tours: A collection of expert-accompanied tours focusing on creativity in its many forms. No prior knowledge of the subject matter is required. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Expert-led tour: This tour is fully escorted throughout by the lecturer, as well as an experienced local guide where necessary.

Superior tour: This tour is based in 4-star accommodation.

Accessibility: This tour involves long walks over uneven ground and therefore requires a good level of fitness.

Private visits: Please note that the exclusive and individual nature of private visits means that they are subject to confirmation nearer the time of departure. Also churches, private houses and other buildings often have fluid opening times. If any visits have to be re-arranged, please be assured that we will seek alternatives of equal interest.

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 25 22/09/2017 09:29

26 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Area map

Rupestrian churches and the Crypt of the Original Sin and its magnificent frescoes. (B, D)

Day 3: Castel del Monte • Trani Full-day excursion with a visit to Castel del Monte. This octagonal fortress built in the 13th century and isolated on a hill 540 metres above sea level is a masterpiece of medieval architecture. Continue to Trani, a whitewashed port of Jewish origin, famous for its exquisite cathedral as well as its sweet Moscato wine. (B)

Day 4: Alberobello • Martina Franca • Locorotondo Drive through the Itria valley to Alberobello. Morning city tour of the Unesco-listed town, famous for its traditional conical trulli dwellings. Afternoon excursion to visit Martina Franca, a small town with elegant palaces and monumental churches, typical of baroque architecture. Visit the hamlet of Locorotondo and enjoy tastings of typical products among the trulli houses. (B)

Day 5: Bari • Polignano a MareMorning visit to the capital of Apulia, Bari. Explore the old town quarter including St Sabin Cathedral and St Nicholas Basilica. Afternoon excursion to the charming sea town of Polignano a Mare. (B) Day 6: Ostuni • LecceIn the morning travel south to Lecce via Ostuni for a tour of the cathedral and a visit to a masseria (fortified farmhouse) for olive oil tastings. Continue to Lecce for a short city tour, including entrance to the cathedral. Stay at the Patria Palace for 2 nights. (B)

Day 7: Galatina • Otranto • LecceMorning visit to Galatina, renowned for its exquisite church of Santa Caterina d’Alessandria with its medieval frescoes. Continue to Otranto, a town of Greek origin situated on the site of ancient Hydrus. Return to Lecce to visit the

Known as ‘the heel of Italy’, the region of Puglia offers some of the country's most remote coastline and countryside, dotted with ancient sites and whitewashed towns. The neighbouring Basilicata region is a rustic area with both historic centres and fine beaches. Over the centuries, both regions have been influenced by ancient Greek, Roman and Norman rule, which is noticeable in the varied architecture and historic remains that you will see on this tour.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay in a 5-star boutique hotel in Lecce

Wine, cheese & olive oil tasting

View the exquisite frescoes of the Crypt of the Original Sin in Matera

Explore the renowned trulli houses of Alberobello

Enjoy an aperitif at a private Palazzo in Lecce

Day 1: Fly to Bari • FasanoFly from London (regional connections available) to Bari with British airways and transfer to Fasano. Stay at the Hotel Tenuta Monacelle for 5 nights. (D)

Day 2: Altamura • MateraMorning drive to Altamura to visit the celebrated Romanesque cathedral. Continue to the Unesco world heritage site of Matera. The Sassi district is divided into two parts, the Sasso Caveoso and the Sasso Barisano, each with countless churches and their own distinctive features. The tour includes a visit to Casa Grotta, a typical Sassi dwelling, the

Lecce J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 13 13 15 18 23 27 30 30 27 22 17 14

B 6 6 7 10 13 17 20 20 17 14 10 7

C 81 65 73 43 32 22 16 31 57 87 90 82

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 10 people

(max 18)

Direct international flights with

British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manger

7 breakfasts & 2 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome drink

Duration • 8 Days & 7 Nights Group tour • From £1,715Category • Superior Private tour • From £4,560

Puglia & Basilicata

Trulli houses, Alberobello

ITALY

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 26 22/09/2017 09:29

27For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

14th-century Palazzo Morisco. Enjoy an aperitif in the gardens overlooking the Roman theatre. Remainder of the afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 8: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Fasano and Lecce, and include 2 nights’ accommodation with arrival or departure transfers.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Sassi district, Matera

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,715Guide price months: Oct

High season from £1,810Guide price months: Jun

Single supplement from £245

Private travelLow season from £4,560Guide price months: Apr

High season from £4,855Guide price months: Aug

Single supplement from £245

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £400 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (1 – 31 Aug)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: PUB

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sat)14 Apr 18 21 Apr 1809 Jun 18 16 Jun 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sat)01 Sep 18 08 Sep 1808 Sep 18 15 Sep 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sat)06 Oct 18 13 Oct 18

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 27 22/09/2017 09:29

28 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Tour overview

Uncover the mysteries of the Bay of Naples, once one of the greatest centres of classical Graeco-Roman civilisation, with experts Dr Steve Kershaw or Stephen Nelson. The excavated remains of Pompeii, Stabiae and Villa Oplontis, entombed in ash in the Mount Vesuvius eruption of 79AD, provide a glimpse into this lost world. Herculaneum, covered in mud rather than ash, is remarkably well preserved, with multi-storey buildings, frescoes and mosaics on show. The region’s Greek highlights include Cumae, the Sibyl’s Cave and the imposing temples of Paestum.

C&K Signature experiences

Visit newly renovated houses at Pompeii

Explore the beautiful settings of Greek settlements at Paestum & Cumae

Discover less-visited Roman villas at Oplontis and Stabiae

Local wine tasting in the countryside

Expert lecturers

Dr Steve Kershaw has taught Classics in a number of establishments, and now works for Oxford University Department for Continuing Education and the Victoria and Albert Museum. He wrote and teaches Oxford’s The Fall of Rome on-line course and has been featured as an expert contributor on the History Channel's Barbarians Rising series.

Stephen Nelson is a practising sculptor, working in the UK and in Italy and exhibiting internationally. His work has been shown at the Royal Academy and the Estorick Collection. He has also curated exhibitions, including for the British Council in Tanzania and Eritrea. Stephen has extensive, specialist knowledge of Italy's art, archaeology and architecture and a particular interest in southern Italy and sites discovered off the beaten track.

Duration • 7 Days & 6 Nights Expert-led group tour • From £1,595Category • Standard Archaeology • Art • History

Bay of Naples: Pompeii & Herculaneum

the archaeological park, where fascinating sights include the basilica, the forum and the amphitheatre. Continue to the excellently preserved Villa of the Mysteries, which features controversial frescoes thought to depict the secret cult of Dionysus. (B)

Day 5: HerculaneumMorning visit to the ruins of Herculaneum, which are better preserved than those at Pompeii. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 6: Oplontis • StabiaeVisit the excavated imperial villa at Oplontis, thought to be the home of Emperor Nero’s second wife, Poppaea. After a wine tasting and lunch, continue to Stabiae, where ancient Romans built magnificent villas painted with frescoes and where Pliny the Elder died during the volcanic disaster. (B, L)

Day 7: Naples • Fly to LondonMorning visit to the Naples National Archaeological Museum and its collection of treasures from Pompeii and Herculaneum. Lunch at a typical Neapolitan pizzeria before returning to the airport for a flight to London. (B, L)

Day 1: Fly to Naples • Cava dei TirreniFly from London (regional connections available) to Naples with British Airways. Transfer to Cava dei Tirreni and, after an introductory lecture and welcome dinner, stay at Hotel Victoria Maiorino for 6 nights. (D)

Day 2: Cumae • BaiaFull-day tour to the little-known but exciting area of the Phlegrean Fields, also known as the ‘Burning Fields’ due to their volcanic nature. Morning visit to Cumae, the first Greek settlement in mainland Italy and home to the cave of the Sibyl, as described in Virgil’s Aeneid. Continue to Baia Archaeological Park with its Roman thermal spa. Finish with a visit to the volcanic crater of Solfatara. (B)

Day 3: PaestumFull-day visit to Paestum, one of Italy’s most majestic sites, to see the magnificent Doric temples of Ceres, Hera and Neptune. Visit the museum and the recently discovered Greek tomb paintings. (B, L)

Day 4: Pompeii • Villa of the MysteriesVisit the extensive ruins of Pompeii. See

Arts &Culture

Mosaic, Herculaneum

ITALY

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 28 22/09/2017 09:29

29For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

XXXXXXXXXX

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £135 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Dates & guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: IPO

23 Apr – 29 Apr 2018 with Dr Steve Kershaw from £1,645 single supp from £24523 Sep – 29 Sep 2018 with Stephen Nelson from £1,595 single supp from £24508 Apr – 14 Apr 2019 with Dr Steve Kershaw from £1,675 single supp from £245

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Amalfi Coast3 Days & 2 Nights from £325Extension starts on day 7 of tour

Travel to Sorrento and relax at Hotel Villa di Sorrento (or similar). Includes transfers.

Important information

Arts & Culture tours: A collection of expert-accompanied tours focusing on creativity in its many forms. No prior knowledge of the subject matter is required. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Expert-led tour: This tour is fully escorted throughout by a lecturer who has specialist

knowledge of the destination and its culture, as well as an experienced local guide.

Standard tour: This tour is based in 4-star accommodation.

Accessibility: This tour involves some long walks and therefore requires a good level of fitness.

Private visits: Please note that the exclusive and individual nature of private visits means that they are subject to confirmation nearer the time of departure. Also, churches, private houses and other buildings often have fluid opening times. If any visits have to be re-arranged, please be assured that we will seek alternatives of equal interest.

Ruins of Pompeii and Mount Vesuvius

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 29 22/09/2017 09:29

30 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Duration • 4 Days & 3 Nights Expert-led group tour • From £1,195Category • Standard Art • Architecture

Tour overview

Uncover Ravenna's glittering past with experts Rowena Loverance or Dr Sally Dormer. In 402AD, the city became the capital of the western Roman empire and mosaic-decorated churches were built. Ravenna flourished during the early sixth century under the Ostrogoths, who commissioned further splendid monuments. In 540AD it became the main outpost of the Byzantine empire in western Europe, experiencing another lavish period of patronage, and the Lombards assumed control in 751AD. Decline was inevitable, but vital in ensuring the survival of Ravenna’s illustrious past.

C&K Signature experiences

Visit the Church of San Pietro in Silvis, the oldest in the Ravenna area

See the variety of different marble and mosaic decoration at the church of San Vitale

Explore the unique 10-sided mausoleum of Theodoric the Great, king of the Ostrogoths

Discover how mosaics are made in a contemporary studio

See the work of Ravenna’s modern mosaicists in a city that remains at the centre of mosaic art

Expert lecturers

Rowena Loverance is a Byzantine art historian, specialising in sculpture, mosaics and icons. She worked for more than 20 years at the British Museum and is a visiting research fellow at King’s College, London.

Dr Sally Dormer is a freelance art historian and lecturer. She read history at the University of Durham, before gaining an MA in medieval art and a PhD at the Courtauld Institute of Art. She is a course tutor and lecturer at the Victoria & Albert Museum and also lectures for the Art Fund and the Arts Society.

Ravenna: Mosaics & Marble

Day 1: Fly to Bologna • RavennaFly from London (regional connections available) to Bologna with British Airways. Transfer to Ravenna and stay at the historic Palazzo Bezzi Hotel (or similar) for 3 nights. Afternoon visit to Sant’Apollinare in Classe. (D)

Day 2: RavennaVisit the so-called mausoleum of Galla Placidia, which contains fine Early Christian vault mosaics. Continue to San Vitale, one of the most significant centrally planned Byzantine churches to survive. Afternoon visit to the Residenza dei Vescovi to view masterpieces from the Museo Arcivescovile, the archiepiscopal chapel and Ravenna's 18th-century cathedral. Visit a modern mosaic studio to see mosaics being created (subject to confirmation). (B)

Day 3: RavennaVisit Theodoric’s Palace and the octagonal Orthodox baptistery. Continue to the basilica of Sant’Apollinare Nuovo, built by Theodoric, king of the Ostrogoths, as a palatine church; the late fifth-century octagonal Arian baptistery, with a mosaic of Christ’s baptism; Dante’s tomb and the basilica of San Francesco. Visit the city art museum to see a display of contemporary mosaics. (B, D)

Day 4: Ravenna • Fly to LondonMorning visit to the mausoleum of Theodoric.

This unique 10-sided mausoleum was built from huge blocks of ashlar masonry on the outskirts of Ravenna. Drive to San Pietro in Silvis, which dates from the seventh century and provides useful comparisons with the churches in Ravenna. Lunch at Bagnacavallo, before continuing to Bologna. Fly to London. (B, L)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Please enquire for prices to extend your stay in Ravenna or Bologna.

Important information

Arts & Culture tours: A collection of expert-accompanied tours focusing on creativity in its many forms. No prior knowledge of the subject matter is required. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Expert-led tour: This tour is fully escorted throughout by a lecturer who has specialist knowledge of the destination and its culture, as well as an experienced local guide.

Three Kings of the Nativity mosaic, Ravenna

Arts &Culture

ITALY

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 30 22/09/2017 09:29

31For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

ARTS & CULTURE TOUR • ITALY

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £75 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Dates & guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: IMA

08 Mar – 11 Mar 2018 with Rowena Loverance from £1,245 single supp from £13522 Nov – 25 Nov 2018 with Dr Sally Dormer from £1,195 single supp from £13507 Mar – 10 Mar 2019 with Rowena Loverance from £1,315 single supp from £135

Standard tour: This tour is based in 4-star accommodation.

Accessibility: This tour involves some long walks and therefore requires a good level of fitness.

Private visits: Please note that the exclusive and individual nature of private visits means that they are subject to confirmation nearer the time of departure. Also, churches, private houses and other buildings often have fluid opening times. If any visits have to be re-arranged, please be assured that we will seek alternatives of equal interest.

Mosaic in the Basilica di San Vitale, Ravenna

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 31 22/09/2017 09:29

32 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Area map

Córdoba J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 14 16 19 21 26 31 36 35 31 24 18 14

B 4 5 6 8 11 15 18 18 16 11 7 4

C 68 68 62 54 36 21 4 5 23 62 82 79

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 3: SevilleMorning visit to the Fine Arts Museum. Afternoon tour of the cathedral and the Alcázar. Seville’s cathedral is the largest in Europe and is Christopher Columbus’ burial place, while the Moorish Alcázar Palace is now home to the Spanish royal family. (B)

Day 4: Carmona • CórdobaMorning drive to Córdoba, stopping en route to view the picturesque town of Carmona. Stay at the Macia Alfaros for 2 nights. (B)

Day 5: CórdobaMorning visit to the Mezquita, formerly the city's mosque, to see its dazzling interiors. Continue to the picturesque Jewish quarter, a labyrinth of narrow cobbled streets and tiny squares, and view the synagogue. Afternoon optional visit to the Medina Azahara, the ruins of the Muslim medieval town and its vast palace. (B)

Day 6: GranadaMorning drive to Granada. Afternoon at leisure to explore the Charterhouse, one of the finest examples of Spanish baroque architecture, or the El Albayzin district. Stay 2 nights at the Abades Recogidas. (B)

Day 7: GranadaFull-day tour of Granada, including the cathedral, chapel and the Alhambra. The Alhambra was built by the Moors in the 13th and 14th centuries and consists of a spectacular complex of buildings and courtyards, as well as the celebrated Generalife gardens. (B)

Andalucía is one of Spain’s most scenic regions, strewn with superb Hispano-Moorish architecture. As well as including two of Spain’s greatest sites – the Alhambra in Granada and the Mezquita in Córdoba – this tour explores some of Andalucía’s prettiest countryside and towns.

C&K Signature experiences

Centrally located 4-star hotels in Córdoba, Seville and Granada

Tours of Seville’s Alcázar, the Alhambra in Granada and the Mezquita in Córdoba

Visit Seville’s cathedral, the largest in Europe and burial place of Christopher Columbus

Day 1: Fly to MalagaFly from London (regional connections available) to Malaga with British Airways. Transfer to the Sercotel Malaga for 1 night. Welcome drink. (N)

Day 2: Ronda • SevilleMorning drive to Seville. En route stop at Ronda, which sits in a picturesque location, astride the El Tajo gorge. Visit the bullring and museum before continuing to Seville. Stay 2 nights at the Hotel San Gil. (B)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 18 people

(max 26)

Direct international flights with

British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

7 breakfasts

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome drink

Duration • 8 Days & 7 Nights Group tour • From £1,445Category • Superior Private tour • From £4,355

Splendours of Andalucía

Church of El Salvador, Seville

SPAIN

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 32 22/09/2017 09:30

33For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,445Guide price months: Oct

High season from £1,515Guide price months: May

Single supplement from £380

Private travelYear round from £4,335

Single supplement from £380

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £250 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)20 Apr 18 27 Apr 1811 May 18 18 May 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)26 May 18 01 Jun 1808 Jun 18 15 Jun 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)07 Sep 18 14 Sep 1814 Sep 18 21 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)28 Sep 18 05 Oct 1812 Oct 18 19 Oct 18

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (1 Aug – 31 Aug)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: ALA

Day 8: Fly to LondonMorning transfer to Malaga airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Malaga3 Days & 2 Nights from £170

Stay an additional 2 nights in Malaga at the Sercotel Malaga and explore the historic centre of this coastal resort at a leisurely pace, or just relax. Return transfer to Malaga airport is included.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The Lions Room, Alhambra, Granada

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 33 22/09/2017 09:30

34 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Duration • 10 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £1,995Category • Superior Private tour • From £5,395

Grand Tour of Portugal

Area map

Obidos

Lisbon J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 15 16 18 19 22 25 28 28 27 23 18 15

B 8 9 10 11 13 16 18 18 17 15 11 9

C 109 110 68 64 39 21 4 5 26 80 111 106

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Ferdinand as a royal summer residence. Afternoon tour of Cascais. Once a quaint little fishing village, it has grown into a prosperous holiday resort and suburb of Lisbon. Continue to the chic coastal resort of Estoril to view the celebrated casino and beach promenade. (B)

Day 4: Obidos • CoimbraMorning drive to the medieval hilltop town of Obidos. Continue to the historic university town of Coimbra and stay overnight at Hotel Tivoli Coimbra. (B)

Day 5: Coimbra • Douro valleyTour of the former capital of Portugal. Visit the university, which was the one of the first in Europe. In the afternoon, drive to the Douro valley and stay 2 nights at Hotel Douro Palace. (B)

Day 6: Douro valleyFull-day tour of the Douro valley. Highlights include a visit to a farm, wine tasting in a traditional quinta (country estate) and a cruise along the Douro river. (B, L)

Day 7: PortoMorning departure for Porto. Afternoon at leisure. Stay 3 nights at the Sheraton Porto. (B)

Day 8: PortoFull-day tour of Porto including visits to the Palácio da Bolsa stock exchange, a magnificent 19th-century neoclassical building, and the Bairro da Sé, Porto’s old quarter. (B)

Day 9: Braga • GuimarãesFull day at leisure or optional tour to Braga and Guimarães. Braga once competed with Santiago de Compostela in Spain in terms of power and importance and remains to this day one of Portugal’s main religious centres. Explore Guimarães' well-preserved medieval quarter with

Discover the old-fashioned charm of Portugal on this 10-day tour from Lisbon to Porto. Along the way explore stylish seaside resorts; historic regional cities including Coimbra, Cascais and Obidos; and the picturesque terraced hillsides of the Douro valley, where Port, the world-renowned fortified wine, is produced.

C&K Signature experiences

Three nights’ accommodation in both Lisbon & Porto

Included visits to the picturesque towns of Cascais, Obidos, Sintra & Estoril

View the Douro valley by river boat

Tasting of the celebrated Portuguese Port wine

Day 1: Fly to LisbonFly from London (regional connections available) to Lisbon. Transfer to Skyna (or similar) for 3 nights. Welcome drink. (N)

Day 2: LisbonFull-day tour of the Portuguese capital, Lisbon, including visits to the highly ornate Hieronymites monastery (also known as Jerónimos monastery) and Belém Tower, a monument to Portugal’s maritime discoveries. (B)

Day 3: Sintra • Cascais • EstorilMorning visit to the Unesco heritage site of Sintra. Visit the Palacio da Pena, a colourful hilltop castle built in the 1840s by King

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Small group size – maximum 26

people

Direct international flights with

British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

9 breakfasts, 1 lunch

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome drink

NEWTOUR

PORTUGAL

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 34 22/09/2017 09:30

35For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Lisbon

its cobbled streets and old townhouses. (B)

Day 10: Fly to LondonMorning at leisure. Afternoon transfer to Porto airport and fly to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Lisbon and Porto and include 2 nights’ accommodation with arrival or departure transfers.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,995Guide price months: Oct

High season from £2,045Guide price months: May

Single supplement from £585

Private travelYear round from £5,395

Single supplement from £585

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £200 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 5 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: PFJ

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon)12 May 18 21 May 1809 Jun 18 18 Jun 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon)11 Aug 18 20 Aug 1815 Sep 18 24 Sep 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon)13 Oct 18 22 Oct 18

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 35 22/09/2017 09:30

36 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Duration • 10 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £2,285Category • Superior Private tour • From £5,895

Grand Tour of the Balkans

Area map

Dubrovnik J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 7 9 12 16 21 24 28 28 24 19 13 8

B 0 1 3 7 11 14 16 16 13 9 5 1

C 141 128 116 108 84 71 51 62 93 129 175 167

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 2: EpidaurumVisit Epidaurum, situated south of Dubrovnik in the modern-day town of Cavtat. This ancient town was destroyed by foreign invaders in the seventh century. The people who fled from the city founded the new town of Ragusa on the coast, which over time became the city of Dubrovnik. You will see the town's palaces and summer mansions. (B)

Day 3: Mostar (Bosnia & Herzegovina) • SarajevoMorning drive to Sarajevo, stopping en route at Mostar. Visit the reconstructed 16th-century Ottoman bridge that was destroyed in 1993 during the Balkans war and which is now a Unesco world heritage site. Continue to Sarajevo and stay at the Hotel Bristol for 2 nights. (B)

Day 4: SarajevoMorning tour of Sarajevo to see the Tunnel Museum. The tunnels were the only means of transportation and communication during the siege of the city. Then visit the site where Archduke Franz Ferdinand was assassinated, sparking the beginning of the first world war, and the Bascarsijska district, to see its bazaars and Ottoman-inspired architecture. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 5: Blagaj Tekke • Split (Croatia)Morning drive to the seafront city of Split. Stop en route at the picturesque Buna Spring and the town of Blagaj Tekke, with its Mediterranean and Ottoman architecture. Stay 2 nights at the Atrium Hotel (or similar). (B)

Day 6: Split • TrogirToday, visit the many cultural and historical relics that the ancient city of Split has to offer. The core of the city consists of the vast

This tour explores three of the countries of former Yugoslavia – Croatia, Bosnia & Herzegovina and Slovenia – each with contrasting scenery and distinctive cultures. Visit the highlights of the region including Dubrovnik, Mostar, Sarajevo, Ljubljana and Lake Bled, where the influence of European, Ottoman and Slavic culture is evident in the ornate palaces, cathedrals and mosques. A number of extensions are available to explore further afield.

C&K Signature experiences

Explore the Croatian coastal cities of Split, Dubrovnik & Zadar

View the magnificent reconstructed bridge at Mostar

Visit the Postojna cave complex, the largest karst cave system in the world

Discover the scenic beauty of Plitvice Lakes National Park

Day 1: Fly to Dubrovnik (Croatia)Fly from London (regional connections available) to Dubrovnik with easyJet. Afternoon walking tour of the old town. View the gates of Pile and Ploce, the Franciscan monastery, the Church of St Blaise and the Sponza Palace. Continue to tour the city walls, which were built between the 13th and 16th centuries and are some of the finest in the world. Transfer to the Grand Park Hotel (or similar) for 2 nights. (N)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Small group size – maximum

26 people

International flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

9 breakfasts, 1 dinner

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

NEWTOUR

Dubrovnik, Croatia

THE BALKANS

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 36 22/09/2017 09:30

37For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Mostar, Bosnia & Herzegovina

quadrangular palace, built from 295-305AD by the Emperor Diocletion for his retirement. Fortified and self-sufficient, it was almost a small town in itself. Continue to Trogir, considered one of the best-preserved Romano-gothic complexes in central Europe. Unesco protected, Trogir is full of buildings and monuments testifying to its rich history. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 7: Zadar • PlitviceMorning drive from Split to Plitvice Lakes National Park, stopping en route at the walled port city of Zadar. Afternoon tour of Plitvice, a Unesco world heritage site, which is known for its beautiful waterfalls and diverse landscapes. Stay 1 night at the Jezero Hotel (or similar). (B, D) Day 8: Postojna (Slovenia) • LjubljanaAfternoon drive from Croatia into Slovenia, stopping en route to explore the Postojna cave complex. A vast web of tunnels, galleries, passages and halls, it is one of the largest karst cave systems in the world. Continue to Ljubljana and stay for 2 nights at the Radison Blu Hotel. (B)

Day 9: LjubljanaMorning tour of Ljubljana including visits to the Napoleon monument; Prešeren Square, named after the country’s most celebrated poet; the Triple Bridge; and the castle. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 10: Fly to LondonTransfer to Ljubljana airport and fly to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,285Guide price months: Aug

High season from £2,345Guide price months: Sep

Single supplement from £390

Private travelYear round from £5,895

Single supplement from £390

easyJet flight extrasCox & Kings can book priority boarding and seat reservations on your behalf

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: BKX

Out Rtn05 May 18 14 May 1809 Jun 18 18 Jun 18

Out Rtn25 Aug 18 03 Sep 1826 Sep 18 05 Oct 18

Out Rtn13 Oct 18 22 Oct 18

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Dubrovnik and Ljubljana and include 2 nights’ accommodation with arrival or departure transfers.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 37 22/09/2017 09:30

38 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Area map

Tirana J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 11 12 15 18 23 27 30 30 27 21 16 12

B 2 2 4 8 12 12 17 17 14 10 6 3

C 127 115 109 97 82 59 37 47 78 108 160 143

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Museum, Gallery of Arts, the main square and its clock tower. (B)

Day 3: Lake OhridTravel east to Elbasan, stopping en route at the remains of a Turkish fort. Continue into Macedonia and the town of Ohrid, situated on the east shore of Lake Ohrid. This Unesco world heritage site is known as the ‘Macedonian Jerusalem’ due to its large number of churches. Afternoon tour including St Sophia Cathedral, the oldest cathedral in Macedonia; the Church of St Clement at Plaosnik, where the first university in Europe was founded; and the Gallery of Icons, which has the largest collection of icons in the world. Stay at the Hotel Royal View for 1 night. (B)

Day 4: KorcaMorning visit to the Monastery of St Naum. Its position on a rocky overhang provides excellent views across the lake. Cross the border back into Albania and continue south to Korca, historically an important trade town. Visit the Museum of Medieval Arts, which displays more than 150 icons, and the Mirahor mosque, which is the oldest mosque in Albania. Stay at the Regency Hotel for 1 night. (B)

Day 5: GjirokastërSee the Tumulus of Kamenica, the largest ancient burial mound to be excavated in the Balkans. Continue to Gjirokastër, the birthplace of Enver Hoxha, the former leader of Albania. Visit his house museum and also view the city’s fortress. Perched high above the town, it is one of the largest castles in the Balkans and formerly a political prison. Overnight at Cajupi Hotel. (B)

Day 6: Saranda • ButrintDrive through scenic mountains to the coastal resort of Saranda, via the monastery of Mesopotam. Late morning tour of the Unesco world heritage site of Butrint. Explore the extensive ruins of this Graeco-Roman town and view the third century BC theatre, bath houses and baptistery. Stay overnight at the Hotel Brilant. (B)

Day 7: VloraTravel to Vlora, a seaport and the gateway to Italy. En route, visit the Ali Pasha castle at Porto Palermo. Stay overnight at the Hotel Vlora International / Partner Hotel. (B)

Day 8: Apollonia • BeratMorning tour of the Greek and Roman ruins at Apollonia, an important trading port for the Roman empire until the third century AD. Drive to Berat and visit the Onufri Museum of Icons, the King's Mosque and the castle, which has the remains of 42 churches within its walls.

Known as the ‘Cradle of the Balkans’, Albania and Macedonia are home to a wealth of natural and historic sites, from Lake Ohrid and the well-preserved Ottoman town of Gjirokastër to the important but lesser-known Roman ruins at Butrint and Apollonia. Travelling through spectacular mountain and coastal scenery, explore these two countries that are emerging after years of relative isolation.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay one night on Lake Ohrid in Macedonia

Tour the well-preserved Roman sites of Butrint & Apollonia

View the world’s largest icon museums in Ohrid & Korca

Explore the architectural legacies of the Ottoman empire & Communist era

Day 1: Fly to Tirana Fly from London (regional connections available) to Tirana with British Airways. Transfer and stay at the Theranda Hotel / Tirana International for 2 nights. Welcome drink. (N)

Day 2: Kruja • Tirana Morning tour of the town of Kruja and the Skanderbeg Museum. Afternoon tour of the Albanian capital, including visits to the National

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 17 people

(max 26)

Direct international flights with

British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

8 breakfasts

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome drink

Duration • 9 Days & 8 Nights Group tour • From £1,040Category • Standard Private tour • From £1,825

Albania: Land of the Eagle

Temple ruins, Apollonia

ALBANIA & MACEDONIA

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 38 22/09/2017 09:30

39For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Stay overnight at the Mangalemi Hotel (or similar). (B)

Day 9: Ardenica • Durrës • Tirana • Fly to LondonMorning drive to view the Ardenica monastery with its exquisite frescoes. Continue to Durrës to explore the largest amphitheatre in the Balkans and the accompanying Archaeological Museum. Return to Tirana to tour the Bektashi World Centre and the art gallery in the prime minister’s office. Remainder of the day is at leisure. Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Montenegro3 Days & 2 Nights from £420

Situated between Croatia and Albania, Montenegro is home to some of the Adriatic’s most picturesque scenery, with coastal fjords and walled medieval towns. Stay 2 nights in the coastal resort of Budva and take an optional visit to the Unesco-protected town of Kotor.

Day 9: Budva Travel from Durrës to Budva in Montenegro and stay 2 nights at the Grand Avala Hotel (or similar). (B)Day 10: Budva / KotorOptional morning city tour, including the old

town. Optional afternoon tour of the Unesco world heritage town of Kotor, one of the best-preserved medieval cities in the Adriatic. View the ancient city walls, the Cathedral of St Tryphon and Church of St Nicholas. (B)Day 11: Fly to LondonMorning at leisure. Early afternoon transfer to Dubrovnik airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Amphitheatre, Butrint

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,040Guide price months: Oct

High season from £1,110Guide price months: Sep

Single supplement from £180

Private travelYear round from £1,825

Single supplement from £180

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £430 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 5 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: ALE

Out (Fri) Rtn (Mon)13 Apr 18 21 Apr 1804 May 18 12 May 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Mon)08 Jun 18 16 Jun 1814 Sep 18 22 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Mon)05 Oct 18 13 Oct 18

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 39 22/09/2017 09:30

40 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Area map

Athens J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 12 13 15 19 24 29 32 31 28 22 18 14

B 5 6 7 10 14 19 21 21 18 14 10 7

C 63 54 50 31 23 12 6 6 13 55 64 80

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

museum. Afternoon at leisure or optional tour to Cape Sounion to view the Temple of Poseidon. (B)

Day 3: Corinth • Epidaurus • NafplioMorning drive via the Corinth Canal to the ancient town of Corinth, where St Paul lived and preached for two years. Continue to the ancient theatre at Epidaurus, renowned for its exceptional acoustics, before proceeding to Nafplio. Overnight at the Nafplia Palace. (B, D)

Day 4: Mycenae • Tiryns • Olympia Morning tour of Mycenae, the seat of King Agamemnon, who led the Greek armies against Troy. Explore the ruined city, considered one of the finest archaeological sites in Greece. Visits to the Lion’s Gate, the city walls and the royal tomb are included. Continue to the hill fort of Tiryns, renowned for its cyclopean walls. Drive to Olympia for an overnight stay at the Best Western Hotel Europa. (B, D)

Day 5: Olympia • DelphiMorning tour of Olympia, the birthplace of the Olympic Games. Visit the temples dedicated to Zeus and Hera, the first Olympic stadium and the archaeological museum. Continue to Delphi and overnight at the Amalia Hotel. (B, D)

Day 6: Delphi • AthensMorning tour of the Unesco world heritage site of Delphi. Visit the Temple of Apollo and the museum, home to an impressive collection of ancient Greek sculptures and friezes. In the afternoon, drive to Athens for a 1-night stay at the Electra Hotel. (B)

Day 7: Fly to LondonTransfer to Athens airport and fly to London. (B)

Considered the birthplace of western civilisation, Greece’s influence still resonates today in the fields of architecture, science, engineering and philosophy. Incorporating the classical sites of Olympia, Delphi, Mycenae and Epidaurus, this tour also explores Greece’s magnificent scenery and the man-made marvels of the Corinth Canal.

C&K Signature experiences

Listen to the magnificent acoustics of the Epidaurus theatre

View the Charioteer of Delphi and the Treasury of the Athenians in Delphi

Included visits to the Unesco sites of Mycenae & Tiryns

Explore the museum of Olympia with its celebrated pediments from the Temple of Zeus

Day 1: Fly to AthensMorning flight from London (regional connections available) to Athens with Aegean Airlines. Transfer to the Electra Hotel for 2 nights. Welcome drink. (N)

Day 2: AthensMorning tour of Athens, including Syntagma Square, Hadrian’s Arch, the Temple of Zeus, the Presidential Palace and the Panathenaic Stadium, where the first Olympic Games of the modern era were held. Continue to the Acropolis to view the Parthenon and visit the Acropolis

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 16 people

(max 26)

Direct international flights with

Aegean Airlines

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

6 breakfasts, 3 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome drink

Duration • 7 Days & 6 Nights Group tour • From £1,395Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,475

Classical Greece

The Philippeion, Olympia

GREECE

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 40 22/09/2017 09:30

41For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Athens and include 2 nights’ accommodation with arrival or departure transfers.

Tour + Hydra4 Days & 3 Nights from £465

The Aegean island of Hydra provides a peaceful and tranquil environment thanks to the exclusion of all motor vehicles. Stay for 3 nights at the Leto Hotel (or similar), ferry journeys and transfers included.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The Acropolis, Athens

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,395Guide price months: Oct

High season from £1,465Guide price months: May

Single supplement from £320

Private travelLow season from £2,475Guide price months: Apr

High season from £2,495Guide price months: May – Jun

Single supplement from £320

Aegean Airlines flight upgradesBusiness Class: Please speak to your consultant for prices

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: GRE

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)20 Apr 18 26 Apr 1804 May 18 10 May 1818 May 18 24 May 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)01 Jun 18 07 Jun 1827 Jul 18 02 Aug 1807 Sep 18 13 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)28 Sep 18 04 Oct 1805 Oct 18 11 Oct 1812 Oct 18 18 Oct 18

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 41 22/09/2017 09:30

42 For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

Area map

Heraklion J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 14 14 15 19 23 27 28 28 25 22 19 15

B 7 8 8 11 14 18 20 20 18 15 12 9

C 153 118 90 38 20 8 3 1 23 95 83 122

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

a visit to its museum before returning to Rethymno for a guided walking tour, taking you past the facades of Venetian and Turkish buildings to the old port. (B)

Day 3: Aptera • Venizelos • ChaniaThis morning, visit the ancient site of Aptera and make a poignant visit to the second world war memorials. Continue to the Venizelos tombs and the port of Chania, with its Venetian harbour. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 4: Knossos • Heraklion Morning drive to the ancient Minoan Palace of Knossos, the centre of Europe’s first civilisation. According to myth, it was home to King Minos and site of the legend of Theseus slaying the Minotaur in the labyrinth. Continue to Crete’s capital, Heraklion. Afternoon visit to the Archaeological Museum, which contains an excellent collection of Minoan artefacts. View the Venetian harbour, Lions Square and city walls. Stay 4 nights at the Hotel Aquila Atlantis (or similar). (B)

Day 5: Kera • Spinalonga • HeraklionMorning visit to the Church of Panagia Kera to view the finest Byzantine frescoes in Crete. Continue to Elounda and take a boat to Spinalonga island. Formerly a leper colony, the legacies of Greek, Ottoman, Byzantine and Venetian occupation over the centuries have left their imprint on this fortified island. Return to Heraklion for an afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 6: Gortys • Phaestos • MatalaMorning visit to the Roman town of Gortys, home to the first Christian basilica. Continue to the Messara plain and visit the Minoan palace

As a strategic gateway to the eastern Mediterranean, Crete has been ruled by a number of great powers, from the Minoans, one of Europe’s first civilisations, to the Byzantine, Roman and Ottoman empires. This tour explores Crete’s scenic and cultural highlights, including the Palace of Knossos, an incomparable monument of ancient Minoan society.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay in a 5-star hotel in the heart of Heraklion

Visits to the archaeological sites of Knossos & Eleftherna

Boat trip to the isle of Spinalonga, once home to a leper colony

Visit the Roman town of Gortys & the Minoan palace of Phaestos on the south coast

Day 1: Fly to Heraklion • RethymnoFly from London (regional connections available) to Heraklion with easyJet. Transfer to the Hotel Theartemis Palace in Rethymno (or similar) for 3 nights. Welcome drink. (N)

Day 2: Arkadi • Eleftherna • RethymnoMorning visit to Arkadi fortified monastery, celebrated due to the Cretan resistance that took place here against Ottoman rule. Continue to ancient Eleftherna village for a tour and

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 14 people

(max 26)

Direct international flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

7 breakfasts

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome drink

Duration • 8 Days & 7 Nights Group tour • From £1,265Category • Superior Private tour • From £3,235

The Wonders of Ancient Crete

Spinalonga

GREECE

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 42 22/09/2017 09:30

43For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,265Guide price months: Oct

High season from £1,390Guide price months: Sep

Single supplement from £195

Private travelLow season from £3,235Guide price months: Oct

High season from £3,345Guide price months: Sep

Single supplement from £195

easyJet flight extrasCox & Kings can book priority boarding and seat reservations on your behalf

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)18 May 18 25 May 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)15 Jun 18 22 Jun 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)14 Sep 18 21 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Fri)05 Oct 18 12 Oct 18

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: CRH

of Phaestos. Drive across the plain to the seaside town of Matala. Time at leisure for a swim in the Libyan Sea or lunch in a local tavern. (B)

Day 7: Tylissos • ArolithosFull day at leisure or optional tour to the nearby village of Tylissos, a small Minoan settlement located under high pine trees and with beautiful views of the vineyards and mountains, and the Cretan village of Arolithos to view traditional houses and art workshops. (B)

Chania

Arts & Culture TourCrete: Minoans, Venetians & Ottomans9 Days & 8 Nights from £2,495

Cox & Kings also run an expert-led tour with Greek archaeologist Dr Konstantine Politis who will reveal the hidden treasures of Crete. Highlights include a visit to Villa Ariadne at Knossos, once home to a British archaeologist and second world war German generals; special access to the archaeological study centre at the Minoan town of Gournia; and a tour of a convent led by nuns, with a demonstration of icon painting. Please contact your travel agent for further details of this tour and other Arts & Culture tours.

Departure dates: 3-11 May 2018 4-12 October 2018 9-17 May 2019

Day 8: Fly to LondonMorning at leisure. Afternoon flight to London with easyJet. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Santorini and Mykonos including 3 nights’

accommodation with arrival or departure transfers.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 43 22/09/2017 09:30

44

Weather

Area map

years of development of European architecture, it is now the residence of the head of state and houses a magnificent gallery and treasury. Your tour also includes visits to the Strahov monastery, famous for its library, and Loreta, a 17th-century place of pilgrimage. (B)

Day 3: PragueFull day at leisure. (B)

Day 4: Ceský Krumlov • ViennaMorning drive south to the small medieval town of Ceský Krumlov. Widely considered to be one of the most picturesque towns in the Czech Republic, the entire old town is a Unesco world heritage site. Visits are included to the magnificent Renaissance castle and the church of St Vitus. Continue to Vienna and stay 3 nights at the Best Western Premier Kaiserhof hotel. (B)

Day 5: ViennaHalf-day city tour exploring the major historical sights along the Ringstrasse including the State Opera, the National Museum, the Imperial Palace, Parliament, City Hall, the Burgtheater, the university and the magnificent Schönbrunn Palace, former summer residence of the Habsburg family. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 6: BratislavaBratislava is located just a one-hour drive from Vienna. Take a morning walking tour of the historic centre before visiting Bratislava castle. On your return to Vienna, visit Devin castle, one of the oldest castles in Slovakia. It occupies an impressive position on a rocky outcrop, providing wonderful views of the confluence of the Danube and Morava rivers. (B)

Day 7: BudapestTransfer to the rail station and board the train to Budapest (3 hours). Upon arrival, transfer to the Hotel President for 3 nights. (B)

Day 8: BudapestTake a tour of Buda, the more untouched of the two halves of the city of Budapest with cobbled streets and medieval buildings. From the river, climb up Castle Hill for an impressive view back over to the Pest side of the city and along the Danube river in both directions. Along the way, visits will be made to Fisherman's Bastion and Matthias Church. In Pest, visit the newer half of the city with its long, straight boulevards and slightly more open feel. Visit St Stephen's Basilica, the parliament building, the city park and Hero's Square. (B)

Day 9: BudapestFull day at leisure for further exploration of this magnificent city. (B)

Explore the legacies of one of Europe’s great dynastic families, the Habsburgs. Starting in Prague with its gothic architecture, travel to the centre of the Habsburg empire, Vienna, with its imperial palaces. Finish in Budapest, the city divided by the great Danube river. Visits are also included to Ceský Krumlov and Bratislava.

C&K Signature experiences

Relaxed pace with three nights in each city

Included visit to the capital of Slovakia, Bratislava

Explore the Unesco-listed town of Ceský Krumlov

Tour the vast Schönbrunn Palace in Vienna, former imperial summer residence of the Habsburg family

Day 1: Fly to Prague Fly from London (regional connections available) to Prague with British Airways. Transfer to the K+K Central (or similar) for 3 nights. Welcome drink. (N)

Day 2: PragueFull-day tour of the ‘Golden City’. Start in the Old Town, with its well-preserved 13th-century houses and churches, the Old Town Square and its Astronomical Clock. Continue to the New Town before exploring Prague castle. Illustrating a 1,000

Vienna J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 2 4 10 16 20 23 26 25 21 15 8 3

B -3 -1 2 6 10 13 15 15 11 7 2 -1

C 31 32 35 43 62 72 68 61 42 37 46 36

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

4--star, city centre accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Small group size – maximum

26 people

Direct international flights with

British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local guides in each

destination

9 breakfasts

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome drink

Duration • 10 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £2,225Category • Superior Private tour • From £3,495

Imperial Cities: Prague, Vienna & Budapest

NEWTOUR

Old Town Square, Prague

CENTRAL EUROPE

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 44 22/09/2017 09:31

45

Schönbrunn Palace, Vienna

Day 10: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre- and post-tour extensions are available in Vienna and Budapest and include 2 nights’ accommodation with arrival or departure transfers.

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is led in each destination en route by a local tour guide.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,225Guide price months: Aug

High season from £2,425Guide price months: Oct

Single supplement from £660

Private travelLow season from £3,495Guide price months: Mar

High season from £3,695Guide price months: Jun

Single supplement from £660

British Airways flight upgradesClub Europe from £300 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: HCN

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun)18 May 18 27 May 1822 Jun 18 01 Jul 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun)31 Aug 18 09 Sep 1821 Sep 18 30 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun)12 Oct 18 21 Oct 18

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 14-45 (Europe).indd 45 22/09/2017 09:31

46

Weather

Duration • 10 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £1,695Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,245

Moroccan Explorer: Imperial Cities to Desert

Area map

Explore the imperial cities of Fez, Rabat, Meknes and Marrakech, all former or current capitals of Morocco and known for their architecture and vibrant souks. Along the way, travel through diverse landscapes, from the Atlantic coast through fertile plains to the Sahara desert.

C&K Signature experiences

Explore the atmospheric Roman ruins of Volubilis & the town of Meknes, once known as the ‘Moroccan Versailles’

Stay in traditional riad accommodation in the medinas of Chefchaouen & Marrakech

Experience the carnival of colour in Djemaa el Fna square, Marrakech

4x4 excursion into the desert to see the sunset

Day 1: Fly to CasablancaFly from London (regional connections available) to Casablanca with Royal Air Maroc. Transfer to The Art Palace for an overnight stay. (N)

Day 2: Rabat • ChefchaouenEarly morning city tour of Casablanca including United Nations Square and the exterior of the Hassan II mosque before continuing to Rabat. Afternoon tour of the city including the Royal Palace and the Hassan Tower with its mausoleum. Continue to Chefchaouen for 1 night at Lina Ryad & Spa in the heart of the medina with beautiful views of the blue-washed houses and mountains beyond. (B, D)

Chefchaouen

Rabat J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 17 18 19 20 22 24 27 28 27 24 21 18

B 8 8 9 10 13 16 18 18 17 14 11 8

C 82 75 61 59 26 7 0 1 7 45 99 104

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 18 20 22 24 27 31 36 36 32 27 22 19

B 6 8 9 11 14 16 20 20 18 15 10 6

C 32 35 31 29 14 4 1 2 6 22 38 35

Day 3: Volubilis • Meknes • Fez Start the day with a tour of Chefchaouen’s old medina with its quaint streets and blue-washed walls. Continue to Fez, stopping en route at the Roman ruins of Volubilis, which mark the westward extent of the Roman empire, and the Unesco world heritage site of Meknes, now one of the quieter imperial cities but once the heart of the Moroccan sultanate. Spend 2 nights at the Palais Ommeyad Suites & Spa. (B, D)

Day 4: FezFull-day tour of Fez, the oldest of Morocco’s imperial cities. Visit the Bou Inania madrasa, the Nejjarine fountain, the souk, tanneries and medina. (B, D)

Day 5: ErfoudTravel to Erfoud on the edge of the Sahara desert through the high plains between the Middle Atlas and High Atlas mountain ranges. Stop en route at Ifrane village, known as ‘little Switzerland’ due to its alpine-style architecture, for a walking tour. Continue to Erfoud and stay 2 nights at Palais du Desert & Spa. (B, D)

Day 6: Erg ChebbiThis morning is at leisure. This afternoon journey into the desert in 4x4 vehicles. Stop to sip on refreshing mint tea as the sun sets over Erg Chebbi, a sea of rolling sand dunes near the desert town of Merzouga. (B, D)

Day 7: OuarzazateTravel west to Ouarzazate with a photo stop at Todra gorge, an impressive orange-coloured canyon. Take a panoramic tour of Ouarzazate and stay overnight at Ksar Ighnda. (B, D)

Day 8: Ait Benhaddou • MarrakechDepart for the fortified village of Ait Benhaddou, a superb example of traditional Moroccan earthen architecture. Scenes from the films Gladiator, Prince of Persia and the Jewel of the Nile were all shot here. Arrive in Marrakech early evening and stay 2 nights at Riad Slitine (or similar), a traditional Moroccan guesthouse in the medina with cool courtyards, sun terrace, pool and hammam. (B, D)

Day 9: MarrakechFull-day city tour of Marrakech. Highlights include the lavish Moroccan architecture of Bahia Palace, the exotic plants in Jardin Majorelle, Koutoubia mosque and the bustling souks. Finish in Djemaa el Fna market square, a swirling carnival of musicians, fire eaters, storytellers and snake charmers. (B, D)

Day 10: Fly to London via CasablancaTransfer to the airport and fly to London via Casablanca with Royal Air Maroc. (B)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions available

Maximum group size – 16 people

International flights & internal flights in Morocco

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

9 breakfasts & 8 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

NEWTOUR

Marrakech

MOROCCO

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 46 22/09/2017 09:37

47

XXXXXXXXXX

Ait Benhaddou

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Pre-tour extensions are available in Casablanca and post-tour extensions are available in Marrakech, which include 2 nights’ accommodation with arrival or departure transfers. Alternative pre- and post-tour extensions are also available in Essaouira and the Atlas mountains. Please contact your travel agent for further details.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,695Guide price months: Mar & Oct

High season from £1,895Guide price months: Apr & Sep

Single supplement from £695

Private travelLow season from £2,245Guide price months: Jan & Feb

High season from £2,395Guide price months: Mar & Sep

Single supplement from £695

Royal Air Maroc flight upgradesBusiness Class from £925 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 4 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: DEZ

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon)10 Mar 18 19 Mar 1814 Apr 18 23 Apr 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon) 05 May 18 14 May 1822 Sep 18 01 Oct 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon)13 Oct 18 22 Oct 1827 Oct 18 05 Nov 18

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 47 22/09/2017 09:37

48

Weather

Duration • 8 Days & 7 Nights Group tour • From £1,495Category • Superior Private tour • From £1,725

Splendours of Jordan

Area map

Wadi Rum desert

Dead Sea J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 19 20 23 28 32 34 36 36 35 31 26 21

B 8 8 10 13 16 20 22 22 21 17 13 9

C 48 36 28 9 1 0 0 0 0 7 22 40

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

with panoramic views of the whole city and the restored Roman theatre in downtown Amman. Afternoon tour of Jerash. (B, L, D)

Day 3: Madaba • Mount Nebo • Shobak • PetraTravel along the King’s Way, visiting Madaba, home to a Byzantine mosaic map of the region; Mount Nebo, from where Moses first viewed the Holy Land; and the crusader castle of Shobak. Continue to Petra. Stay 3 nights at the Mövenpick Resort Petra, situated at the entrance to the site. (B, L, D)

Day 4: PetraTake a guided tour of Petra, the rose-red city rediscovered by JL Burckhardt in 1812. (B, D)

Day 5: PetraReturn to the main site for more exploration with your guide. Optional evening visit to Petra by candlelight. (B, D)

Day 6: Little Petra • Wadi Rum • Dead SeaMorning visit to Al Beidha, or ‘Little Petra’, before driving to Wadi Rum for a 4x4 excursion into the desert. Afternoon transfer to the Dead Sea. Stay 2 nights at the Mövenpick Resort & Spa Dead Sea. (B)

This tour picks out the best of Jordan’s magnificent cultural heritage and stunning landscapes. Visit the classical city of Jerash, the biblical site of Mount Nebo and Petra, the rock-hewn city. The shifting sands of Wadi Rum and the curative waters of the Dead Sea complete your exploration.

C&K Signature experiences

Spend two full days exploring Petra & tour the remote ruins at Little Petra

4x4 desert excursion over the dunes in Wadi Rum

Time at leisure to enjoy the mineral-rich waters of the Dead Sea

Day 1: Fly to AmmanFly from London (regional connections available) to Amman with Royal Jordanian Airlines. Transfer to the Boulevard Arjaan by Rotana for 2 nights. (N)

Day 2: Amman • JerashMorning tour of Amman, visiting the citadel

This group tour features…

5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 12-16

people (max 26)

International flights

Transfers in air-conditioned

vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

7 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 4 dinners

Guided sightseeing &

entrance fees

JORDAN

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 48 22/09/2017 09:37

49

XXXXXXXXXX

Petra monastery

Day 7: Dead SeaDay at leisure. Optional morning excursion to the baptism site of Jesus in Bethany, on the banks of the River Jordan. (B)

Day 8: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly from Amman to London with Royal Jordanian Airlines. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Accessibility: This tour involves walking over rough terrain. At Petra, visiting the monastery and the High Place of Sacrifice requires a steep climb.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,495Guide price months: Feb & Nov

High season from £1,745Guide price months: Apr

Single supplement from £425

Private travelLow season from £1,725Guide price months: Jun – Aug

High season from £1,925Guide price months: Mar – May, Aug – Dec

Single supplement from £425

Royal Jordanian flight upgradesCrown Class from £925 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sun)18 Feb 18 25 Feb 1804 Mar 18 11 Mar 1825 Mar 18 01 Apr 1808 Apr 18 15 Apr 18

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sun)15 Apr 18 22 Apr 1822 Apr 18 29 Apr 1806 May 18 13 May 1813 May 18 20 May 18

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sun)27 May 18 03 Jun 1809 Sep 18 16 Sep 1816 Sep 18 23 Sep 1830 Sep 18 07 Oct 18

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sun)07 Oct 18 14 Oct 1821 Oct 18 28 Oct 1828 Oct 18 04 Nov 1804 Nov 18 11 Nov 18

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: SPJ

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 49 22/09/2017 09:37

50

Weather

Area map

Muscat J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 25 26 29 34 39 40 38 36 36 34 30 26

B 16 17 20 24 27 30 29 27 26 24 20 18

C 22 27 15 11 5 1 2 5 0 0 5 10

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Royal Opera House, the largest in the Middle East. Remainder of afternoon at leisure. (B, L)

Day 3: Muscat & surroundsFull-day tour, including Barka fish market and Nakhal fort, before driving to the warm springs of Nakhal, where a picnic lunch is served. Early afternoon visit to Bait Na’aman fort before returning to Muscat. Optional twilight dhow cruise (B, L)

Day 4: Wadi Shab • Qalhat • Ras Al JinzDrive south by 4x4 along the coast from Muscat to Sur, passing the fishing village of Quriyat. Stops en route include Wadi Shab, a palm-fringed lagoon, and Qalhat, an ancient city visited by Marco Polo. Check in at the hotel, then make an evening visit to the green turtle nesting site at Ras Al Jinz beach. Stay overnight at the Ras Al Jinz Turtle Reserve Hotel (or similar). (B)

Day 5: Sharqiya SandsSet off this morning for a scenic drive through the eastern Hajar mountains to Sharqiya Sands. Stop at Wadi Bani Khalid, a picturesque river valley, before continuing to Sharqiya Sands, home to the bedouin people. Stay overnight at 1,000 Nights Camp (or similar)*. (B, D)

Day 6: NizwaEarly departure for Nizwa stopping en route at the bustling Sinaw market. Proceed to the Wadi Al Madeen checkpoint, which leads to Jebel Akhdar, a unique spot in the Arabian Peninsula with spectacular views. Continue to Nizwa. Stay 2 nights at The View (or similar)*. (B, D)

Day 7: Nizwa & surroundsMorning visit to the impressive new souk, then visit the massive Nizwa fort, which dominates the town. Drive past the date plantations in Al Hamra village and visit a traditional Omani house at Bait Al Safah. After lunch, continue to Bahla to visit a pottery maker and watch mud vessels being made. Continue to Jebel Shams, Oman’s highest peak, stopping en route at Wadi Ghul and Wadi Nakher farming villages before returning to Nizwa. (B, D)

Day 8: Bahla fort • Muscat Leave for Muscat. En route, visit Bahla fort, a Unesco world heritage site, before driving through the Sumail Gap to Muscat. Arrive back in Muscat in the late afternoon. Stay overnight at the Park Inn (or similar). (B)

Day 9: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport for a flight from Muscat to London with Oman Air. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Visit the key cultural and scenic sights of Oman including magnificent forts and palaces, the rolling dunes of Sharqiya Sands, Oman’s highest mountains and picturesque coastal fishing villages.

C&K Signature experiences

Night under the desert sky in Sharqiya Sands

Watch green turtles nesting on the beach

Visit the magnificent Royal Opera House & Grand Mosque in Muscat

Visit a traditional Omani home & watch local artisans at work

Day 1: Fly to MuscatFly from London (regional connections available) to Muscat with Oman Air. Transfer and stay for 3 nights at the Park Inn. (N)

Day 2: MuscatMorning visit to the Grand Mosque†, followed by a tour of the city, including a visit to the Bait Al Zubair Museum, the sultan’s palace and the forts of Al Jalali and Mirani. Continue to the

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation*

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 12-16 people

(max 26)

International flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

8 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 3 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Duration • 9 Days & 8 Nights Group tour • From £2,095Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,545

Oman: An Arabian Odyssey

Wadi Shab

OMAN

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 50 22/09/2017 09:37

51

XXXXXXXXXX

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,095Guide price month: Oct

High season from £2,345Guide price months: Apr

Single supplement from £500

Private travelYear round from £2,545

Single supplement from £500

Oman Air flight upgradesBusiness Class from £1,595 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Tue) Rtn (Wed)20 Feb 18 28 Feb 1806 Mar 18 14 Mar 18

Out (Tue) Rtn (Wed)20 Mar 18 28 Mar 1803 Apr 18 11 Apr 18

Out (Tue) Rtn (Wed)25 Sep 18 03 Oct 1802 Oct 18 10 Oct 18

Out (Tue) Rtn (Wed)30 Oct 18 07 Nov 18

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 5 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: OAO

Extensions

Tour + Salalah3 Days & 2 Nights from £615

Relax in the semi-tropical province of Dhofar. Stay in the capital, Salalah, visit some of the cultural sites around the city and unwind amid the palm trees and coconut groves.

Day 9: Fly to SalalahMorning flight to Salalah (flying time approx 1 hour). Transfer to the Crowne Plaza hotel (or similar) for 2 nights. (B)Day 10: Salalah & surroundsLocal visits to Taqah, the province’s second town, the ancient port of Khor Rouri and picturesque Mirbat. (B)Day 11: Fly to London via MuscatMorning flight to Muscat. Afternoon flight to London with Oman Air. (B)

Tour + Luxury Desert Stay3 Days & 2 Nights from £510

Extend your holiday with a relaxing stay at a luxurious desert camp, just 90 minutes’ drive from Muscat.

Day 9: BarkaThis morning take a private transfer from Muscat to Dunes by Al Nahda for a 2-night stay in a luxury tent complete with air conditioning, separate seating area, full bathroom and comfortable bed. (B, D)Day 10: BarkaDay at leisure. Take a camel ride into the desert, go dune bashing, enjoy the spa (all at own expense) or relax against a backdrop of dunes and mountains. (B, D)

Day 11: Fly to London Transfer to Muscat airport for an afternoon flight to London with Oman Air. (B)

Important information

*Accommodation: This tour is based in 4-star accommodation, with the exception of Sharqiya Sands and Nizwa, where the accommodation should be considered more basic. Transport will be by air-conditioned minibus and by 4x4 vehicle from day 4 onwards.

†Grand Mosque visit: Both men and women visiting the mosque must be fully covered. Women must also cover their head with a scarf.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Nakhal fort

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 51 22/09/2017 09:37

52

Weather

Area map

Samarkand J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 6 8 15 22 28 34 36 34 29 21 14 9

B -3 -1 4 10 14 18 20 18 13 8 4 0

C 60 57 79 73 47 11 7 2 6 44 56 60

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Malika Kheivak Hotel (or similar). (B, L, D)

Day 4: KhivaFull-day tour of Khiva, including Kunya Ark, Islam Khoja minaret and Tash Havli Palace. (B, D)

Day 5: BukharaFull-day drive to Bukhara (7-8 hours) through the Kyzylkum desert, stopping at the Amudaryo river for photos. Stay at the Asia Hotel (or similar) for 3 nights. (B, L, D)

Day 6: BukharaCity tour of Bukhara, including visits to Chor Minor mosque, built in 1807 with unusual sky blue cupolas, the Poi-Kaylan complex, the surviving trade domes and Lyab-i-Hauz complex, once the city’s principal source of water. (B, D)

Day 7: BukharaAfter breakfast, continue your tour of Bukhara, including visits to the imposing fortress known as ‘The Ark’, located on the site of a 2,000-year-old fortress; the Summer Palace; and the Samanid mausoleum, built in the early 10th century with a facade incorporating Zoroastrian symbols. (B)

Day 8: Shahrisabz • SamarkandDrive to Shahrisabz, birthplace of Tamerlane, and visit the summer palace, mosques and mausoleums. Continue to Samarkand for 3 nights at the Registan Plaza Hotel or the Emirkhan Hotel (or similar). (B, L)

Day 9: SamarkandFull-day tour of Samarkand, including visits to Registan Square, the Ulugbek Observatory, Afrosiab Museum, Shah-i-Zinda necropolis, and the Bibi Khanum mosque. (B, D)

Day 10: SamarkandFull-day tour of Samarkand, including a visit to Registan Square enclosed by the towering facades of three madrasas. Also see the enormous Bibi Khanum mosque; the remains of an observatory built by Timur's grandson, Ulug Bek; and the Shah-i-Zinda complex, a street of tombs with some of the best examples of traditional tile work in the region. (B, D)

Day 11: Tashkent Morning at leisure in Samarkand. Late afternoon transfer to the train station to board the Afrosiyob Express to Tashkent. Transfer to the Miran Hotel (or similar) for 1 night. (B, D)

Day 12: Fly to LondonMorning at leisure. Afternoon transfer to the airport. Fly from Tashkent to London with Uzbekistan Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Set on the Silk Road, Uzbekistan has played host to waves of conquerors and nomads. See the legacy they left behind in the towering fortresses of Khiva and Bukhara, and the Islamic architecture of Samarkand. The remnants of more recent Soviet history are evident in the capital city Tashkent.

C&K Signature experiences

Comprehensive tours of the mosques, madrasas & mausoleums of Khiva, Bukhara & Samarkand

Visit a silk paper-making workshop in Samarkand

Excursion to Shahrisabz, birthplace of Turco-Mongol conqueror Timur

Day 1: Fly to TashkentFly overnight from London (regional connections available) to Tashkent with Uzbekistan Airways. (N)

Day 2: TashkentArrive in Tashkent and transfer to the Miran Hotel (or similar) for 1 night. Afternoon tour of the old city stopping at sights such as Amir Timur Square and the Kukeldash mosque and madrasa. (D)

Day 3: Fly to Urgench • KhivaTransfer to the airport and take a 1-hour morning flight to Urgench. Visit the ancient fortresses of Ayaz Kala and Toprak Kala before an afternoon drive to Khiva via Ulli Khovli. Stay 2 nights at the

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 10-14 people (max 26)

International flights & internal flights in Uzbekistan

First class train from Samarkand to Tashkent

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

10 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 8 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at all hotels

Duration • 12 Days & 10 Nights Group tour • From £1,795Category • Discovery Private tour • From £2,185

Uzbekistan:Heart of Central Asia

Khiva

UZBEKISTAN

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 52 22/09/2017 09:37

53

XXXXXXXXXX

Registan Square, Samarkand

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,795Guide price month: Nov

High season from £2,045Guide price months: Sep

Single supplement from £300

Private travelLow season from £2,185Guide price months: Jan – Mar

High season from £2,285Guide price months: Apr & Oct

Single supplement from £300

Uzbekistan Airways flight upgradesBusiness Class from £995 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Fri) Rtn (Tue)30 Mar 18 10 Apr 1806 Apr 18 17 Apr 1827 Apr 18 08 May 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Tue)11 May 18 22 May 1825 May 18 05 Jun 1831 Aug 18 11 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Tue)07 Sep 18 18 Sep 1814 Sep 18 25 Sep 1821 Sep 18 02 Oct 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Tue)05 Oct 18 16 Oct 1802 Nov 18 13 Nov 18

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 5 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: UZB

Extensions

Turkmenistan + Tour6 Days & 5 Nights from £1,125

Before the tour starts, take a journey through the fascinating nation of Turkmenistan, with its vast deserts, awe-inspiring canyons, ancient cities and monuments, and the gas crater at Darvaza, which has been burning for over 40 years.

Nukus & Moynak + Tour4 days & 3 Nights from £760

Prior to the tour, journey to the Aral Sea, once one of the four largest lakes in the world but today little more than a toxic puddle due to disastrous agricultural planning in the 1960s. Visit the ghost town of Moynak, a former fishing village, and Nukus, which contains an excellent collection of avant-garde art.

Tour + Fergana Valley4 days & 3 Nights from £490

After the tour, explore Uzbekistan’s cultural heartland – the Fergana valley. Highlights include Andijan’s vibrant local market and the Yodgorlik silk factory in Margilan, which still uses traditional production methods that date back to the days of the Silk Road caravans.

Tour + Termez4 days & 3 Nights from £650

Stay an extra night in Samarkand then travel to

Termez in the far south, close to an ancient crossing over the Amu Darya river leading into Afghanistan. Discover the area’s rich history with visits to ancient sites, fortresses, palaces and mosques.

Important information

Discovery tour: Cox & Kings uses the best

available accommodation in Uzbekistan. However, outside Tashkent the standard is relatively simple. This tour involves some long drives and walking over rough terrain.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 53 22/09/2017 09:38

54

Tour overview

Visit the most magnificent cities of the ancient Silk Road with Islamic expert Diana Driscoll. These include Uzbekistan’s second largest city, Samarkand, built by the infamous 14th-century Emperor Tamerlane; the medieval city of Bukhara, with its dazzling blue mosaic domes; the jade-green city of Khiva; and Nukus, which once protected Savitsky’s collection of Russian avant-garde art from the Soviets.

C&K Signature experiences

Private tour of the Karakalpakstan Museum of Art in Nukus with a local specialist

See traditional silk weavers at work Full-day tours of Bukhara & Khiva Discover the intricacies of

Samarkand’s Islamic architecture Visit ceramicist workshops

Expert lecturer

Diana Driscoll read ancient Middle East and Islamic studies at SOAS. She is an independent researcher who gives regular talks at the British Museum. Her area of expertise is the Islamic world: religion, history, culture and languages.

Duration • 12 Days & 10 Nights Expert-led group tour • From £2,695Category • Standard Art • Architecture • History

Uzbekistan: The Golden Road to Samarkand

Day 1: Fly to TashkentBoard the overnight flight from London (regional connections available) to Tashkent with Uzbekistan Airways. (N)

Day 2: Tashkent • Fly to NukusArrive in Tashkent and transfer to the Miran Hotel (or similar) for a rest. After an introductory lecture and welcome lunch, take a city tour to see the highlights of Tashkent, including Kukeldash mosque, Muyie Mubarak library and Tillya Sheikh mosque. In the afternoon, fly to Nukus and overnight at Hotel Jipek Joli (or similar). (B, L)

Day 3: Chilpak • KhivaMorning tour of the Karakalpakstan State Museum of Art, which houses the collection of Igor Savitsky, who secreted away thousands of Russian avant-garde and post avant-garde paintings during the Stalinist Soviet period. Besides this rare and extensive collection of art (second only to St Petersburg), he also collected thousands of Uzbek artefacts, textiles and jewellery. Tour the museum with a local specialist. En route to Khiva, stop at Chilpak to see the fourth-century Zoroastrian Tower of Silence. Stay for 2 nights at Hotel Asia Khiva (or similar). (B, D)

Day 4: KhivaFull-day tour of the old walled city of Khiva, capital of Khorezm between the 16th and 20th centuries, and one of the most remote of the Silk Road cities. Visits include the Kunya Ark (old fortress), the original residence of the Khiva khans; the beautifully decorated Tash

Hauli (stone palace); the Friday Mosque; and madrasas (theological colleges), which now house museum collections. Also visit a Unesco silk carpet workshop. (B)

Day 5: Drive to BukharaFull-day drive to Bukhara (7-8 hours), through the Kyzylkum desert stopping at the Amu Darya river, known as the Oxus river in the ancient world. Stay at Hotel Salom Inn (or similar) for 4 nights. (B, L)

Day 6: BukharaTake a full-day walking tour of Bukhara, visiting the Kalon mosque and minaret, several madrasas, traditional Bukharan bazaars and the architectural ensemble around the Lyab i-Hauz pool, fed by the waters of the royal canal. Visit the Chor Minor, a curious four-towered gatehouse, and the Balyand neighbourhood mosque, a jewel of 16th-century architecture. Continue down the narrow streets of historic Bukhara to the old Jewish quarter. See one of the city’s hidden gems, the Jewish synagogue, which houses a collection of ancient torahs dating back approximately 600 years. (B)

Day 7: BukharaVisit the Persian Samanid brick mausoleum and the imposing ark fortress of the Bukhara emirs. Then visit the Sitora-i Mokhi-Khosa, the summer palace of the last emir of Bukhara. Continue to the Fayzulla Khodjaev Museum, set in the house of a wealthy Bukhara merchant showing aspects of life in the early 20th century. (B)

Day 8: Rabat i-Malik • Gijduvan • VabkentDrive along the royal road to the 11th-century Rabat i-Malik caravanserai (a trading route stop-off). Continue to Gijduvan, renowned for its traditional ceramics, and see Abd-al-Khalyk Gijduvani mazar. Return to Bukhara via Vabkent to see the minaret commissioned in the 12th century by one of the rulers of Bukhara. (B, L)

Day 9: Shahrisabz • SamarkandDrive to Shahrisabz, birthplace of Tamerlane, where he built an enormous palace, of which part of the beautifully ornamented audience chamber remains. Drive alongside the Zerafshan mountains to Samarkand for a 2-night stay at the Emir Khan Hotel (or similar). (B)

Day 10: Afrosiyob • SamarkandDrive to the ancient deserted site of Afrosiyob on the outskirts of Samarkand, where a settlement once thrived until it was destroyed by Tamerlane. Archaeological finds are housed in the Afrosiyob History Museum. Continue to the observatory of Ulug Beg, Tamerlane’s astronomer grandson, and see Bibi Khanum mosque, built by Tamerlane for his favourite

Chor Minor, Bukhara

Area map

Arts &Culture

UZBEKISTAN

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 54 22/09/2017 09:38

55

XXXXXXXXXX

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Uzbekistan Airways flight upgradesBusiness Class from £995 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Dates & guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: UZA

27 Apr – 08 May 2018 with Diana Driscoll from £2,695 single supp from £28005 Oct – 16 Oct 2018 with Diana Driscoll from £2,695 single supp from £28003 May – 14 May 2019 with Diana Driscoll from £2,795 single supp from £300

Western Gate, Itchan Kala, Khiva

wife. End the day at the magnificent Gur Emir mausoleum where Tamerlane is buried beneath the Timurid fluted blue domes. (B)

Day 11: Samarkand • TashkentVisit Registan Square, framed by three brilliantly ornamented madrasas, and see the Shah-i-Zinda necropolis. Continue to the Museum of History, Culture and Art. In the afternoon, transfer to the train station for the Afrosiyob train to Tashkent (train tickets are subject to availability; if they are unobtainable, we will provide alternative transport). After a farewell dinner, overnight at the Miran Hotel (or similar). (B, D)

Day 12: Tashkent • Fly to LondonThis morning, visit the Museum of Applied Arts in a former Russian diplomat's residence. In the afternoon, transfer to the airport for a flight to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Tour + Fergana Valley4 Days & 3 Nights from £490

Explore Uzbekistan’s cultural heartland with visits to some of the major towns in the Fergana valley. Highlights include Andijan’s vibrant local market and the Yodgorlik silk factory in Margilan, which still uses traditional production methods that date back to the days of the Silk Road caravans.

Day 12: Fergana valleyDrive to the Fergana region of Uzbekistan. Stay for 2 nights at the Hotel Asia Fergana (or similar). (B, D)Day 13: Fergana valleyFull-day tour of the region, including Andijan and Fergana. (B, D)Day 14: Kokand • Tashkent Return to Tashkent visiting the ancient city of Kokand en route. Overnight at Miran Hotel (or similar). (B)Day 15: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport for the return flight to London. (B)

Alternative extensions are also available to Tashkent, Muynak and Termez.

Important information

Arts & Culture tours: A collection of expert-accompanied tours focusing on creativity in its

many forms. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Expert-led tour: This tour is fully escorted throughout by the lecturer, as well as an experienced local guide.

Standard tour: This tour is based in 4-star accommodation.

Accessibility: The tour involves some long drives and requires a good level of fitness as there is walking over rough terrain and up some high steps. There are also some long road journeys.

Private visits: Please note that there are many private visits on this tour, but their exclusive and personal nature means they are subject to confirmation nearer the time of departure. If visits have to be re-arranged, please be assured that we will seek alternatives of equal interest.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 55 22/09/2017 09:38

56

Weather

Area map

Shiraz J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 12 14 18 23 30 36 37 36 33 27 20 14

B -1 1 4 8 13 17 20 18 14 8 3 0

C 77 44 47 34 8 0 2 0 0 4 28 60

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 3: Fly to ShirazThis morning, take a flight to Shiraz. Guided city tour of Shiraz including visits to the Hafez and Saadi tombs, the Narenjestan-e-Ghavam historical house, the Nasir-ol-Molk mosque and the Vakil bazaar. Stay at the Pars International Hotel (or similar) for 2 nights. (B, D)

Day 4: Persepolis • Naghsh-e-RostamFull-day visit to Persepolis, Darius the Great’s summer capital, to view the magnificent stone terrace and palace. Continue to Naghsh-e-Rostam, the site of the royal tombs and Sassanian rock reliefs. (B)

Day 5: Pasargadae • Yazd Drive to Yazd, via Pasargadae, the first dynastic capital of the Achaemenian empire, founded by Cyrus the Great in the sixth century BC. View the Mausoleum of Cyrus the Great, Tall-e-Takht and the presidential palace. Continue to Yazd and stay at the Dad Hotel (or similar) for 2 nights. (B, L)

Day 6: YazdFull-day tour to the Dowlat-Abad garden, the Zoroastrian fire temple, an abandoned Zoroastrian ‘Tower of Silence’ and the Jameh mosque. Other highlights include the Amir Chakhmaq complex. (B, D)

Day 7: Na’in • IsfahanDrive to Isfahan, stopping at Na’in to view the Jameh mosque and Pirnia House. Stay at the Abbasi Hotel (or similar) for 3 nights. (B, L)

Day 8: IsfahanFull-day tour of the city’s monuments, including Naghsh-e Jahan Square, the Imam and Sheikh Lotfollah mosques, and the Khaju Bridge. Conclude with a visit to the Ali Qapu palace. (B, D)

Day 9: IsfahanFull-day visit to the Vank Cathedral, the Chehel Sotoun palace and the Jameh mosque of Isfahan, which is inscribed as a Unesco world heritage site. (B)

Day 10: Natanz • Kashan • TehranDrive to Tehran, stopping at Natanz and Kashan en route to visit the Fin gardens and the former merchant’s house of Taba-Tabai. Stay at the Novotel Hotel close to Tehran airport (or similar) for 1 night. (B, D)

Day 11: Fly to London Morning at leisure. Transfer to the airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

The fantastically rich and varied history of Iran has left behind an unparalleled cultural heritage. This tour reveals the best of that legacy, including the supreme Islamic architecture of Isfahan and Shiraz, the ancient Achaemenian capital of Pasargadae and the splendid bas-reliefs of the Palace of Persepolis.

C&K Signature experiences

Visit Pasargadae, Cyrus the Great’s capital

Two full days exploring the boulevards, Persian gardens and Islamic buildings of Isfahan

View the ruins of Persepolis, one of the world’s greatest archaeological sites

Day 1: Fly to TehranFly overnight from London (regional connections available) to Tehran with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: TehranEarly morning arrival and transfer to the Azadi Grand (or similar) for immediate occupancy). Afternoon visit to Tehran’s museums. Stay overnight at the Azadi Grand. (B)

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 16-20 people

(max 26)

International & internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

10 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 4 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at all hotels

Duration • 11 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £2,795Category • Standard Private tour • From £4,595

Treasures of Persia

Bas relief, Persepolis

IRAN

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 56 22/09/2017 09:38

57

XXXXXXXXXX

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,795Guide price months: Nov

High season from £3,245Guide price months: Oct

Single supplement from £645

Private travelYear round from £4,595

Single supplement from £645

British Airways flight upgradesClub World from £1,925 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 5 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: TOP

Extensions

Tour + Kerman 4 Days & 3 Nights from £1,460

A former capital of Iran, the city of Kerman has a wealth of historical attractions including the renowned Zoroastrian fire temples.

Day 11: Fly to KermanFly from Tehran to Kerman. Afternoon visit to the Friday Mosque and the Hammam-e-Vakil. Stay for 2 nights at the Pars Hotel. (B, D)Day 12: KermanEarly morning excursion to the Lut desert to view the Kaluts, which are natural sand formations. Continue to the village of Rayen to visit the Arg-e-Rayen desert citadel and the small town of Mahan to visit the Shahzadeh, Prince Garden and the Mausoleum of Shah Nematollah Vali, the 14th-century Sufi leader. (B, D)Day 13: Fly to TehranMorning visits to the Gonbad-e-Jabalieh, the Moshtaghiyeh dome and the Moayedi ice house. Afternoon flight from Kerman to Tehran. Stay overnight at the Espinas Hotel. (B)Day 14: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Tour + Mashhad4 Days & 3 Nights from £1,580

The shrine of Imam Reza in Mashhad is one of holiest sites in Islam. On this 3-night extension, enter the outer precincts of the shrine and explore the rest of this fascinating town.

Day 11: Fly to MashhadFly from Tehran to Mashhad. Afternoon visit to the outer courtyards and museum of Imam Reza shrine, the Khaje Rabie mausoleum and the bazaar. Stay for 2 nights at the Homa Hotel. (B, D)

Day 12: Robat-e-SharafMorning drive to Robat-e-Sharaf to visit the royal caravanserai from the Seljuk period. Return to Mashhad for further sightseeing. (B, D)Day 13: Fly to TehranMorning flight from Mashhad to Tehran. Afternoon visit to the Carpet Museum and the Abguineh Museum. Stay overnight at the Espinas Hotel. (B)Day 14: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Important information

Dress code: Iran is an Islamic republic and visitors are required to conform to the Islamic dress code. For women, it is essential that all the body is covered, except the hands and face.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Narenjestan garden, Shiraz

Out Rtn01 Mar 18 11 Mar 1815 Mar 18 25 Mar 1829 Mar 18 08 Apr 1820 Apr 18 30 Apr 18

Out Rtn04 May 18 14 May 1807 Sep 18 17 Sep 1821 Sep 18 01 Oct 1805 Oct 18 15 Oct 18

Out Rtn12 Oct 18 22 Oct 1819 Oct 18 29 Oct 18 12 Nov 18 22 Nov 18 22 Nov 18 02 Dec 18

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 46-57 (Middle East).indd 57 22/09/2017 09:38

58

Area map

Experience a taste of India on this outstanding introductory tour of the country’s most celebrated sights. Exploring the Golden Triangle, this journey combines imperial Delhi with the legendary Taj Mahal at Agra and a 3-night stay in the princely city of Jaipur, culminating in the beautiful hill station of Shimla.

C&K Signature experiences

Relax at a former maharajah's hunting lodge in Jaipur

Watch the sun set over the Taj Mahal from Mehtab Bagh gardens

Ride the toy train to Shimla

Day 1: Fly to DelhiOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Delhi with Virgin Atlantic. (N)

Day 2: DelhiArrive in Delhi in the morning and transfer to the Eros Hotel (or similar) for 1 night. Afternoon tour of Old Delhi, including the Jama Masjid mosque and Raj Ghat. (D)

Day 3: New Delhi • AgraMorning tour of New Delhi with a drive past India Gate and the former viceregal residence, both very fine examples of British imperial architecture. Continue to the tomb of the Mughal emperor Humayun and the Qutb Minar tower. Afternoon drive to Agra where you will stay for

2 nights at the Trident Agra (or similar). (B, D)

Day 4: AgraVisit the Taj Mahal at sunrise. After breakfast, visit the tomb of Itmad-ud-Daulah and Agra fort. Evening visit to Mehtab Bagh, a 400-year-old Mughal garden on the banks of the Yamuna, to see the sun set over the Taj Mahal. (B, D)

Day 5: Fatehpur Sikri • JaipurContinue to the pink city of Jaipur via the deserted sandstone city of Fatehpur Sikri. Stay 3 nights at Ramgarh Lodge (or similar). (B, L, D)

Day 6: JaipurAfter breakfast, visit the ancient palace of Amber fort and then the City Palace in the afternoon, home of the present maharajah. (B, D)

Day 7: JaipurA day at leisure to relax or explore Jaipur’s many bazaars. Alternatively take an optional tour of the ghost town of Bhangarh, visit the elephant camp at Dera Amer or take a sunrise balloon flight over the peaceful countryside*. (B, D)

Day 8: DelhiDrive to Delhi in the morning and stay overnight at the Eros Hotel (or similar). (B, D)

Day 9: ShimlaTake the morning express train to Kalka followed by the narrow gauge mountain railway toy train ride to Shimla. Stay at the Oberoi Cecil in Shimla, the British summer capital during the Raj era, for 3 nights. Upgrade to a Premier Valley View room from £70 for 3 nights. (B, L, D)

Days 10-11: ShimlaMorning tour of Shimla. Remainder of time at leisure. (B, D)

Amber fort, Jaipur

Agra J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 22 25 32 38 41 41 35 33 34 34 29 24

B 8 10 16 22 26 28 27 26 25 19 13 8

C 12 11 10 6 13 52 205 270 125 22 5 6

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room and flight upgrades available

Average group size – 18 people (max 26)

Direct international flights with Virgin Atlantic

Express train travel in air-conditioned executive class

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

11 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 11 dinners

Guided sightseeing & all entrance fees

Porterage at airports and stations

Balanced pace

Duration • 13 Days & 11 Nights Group tour • From £2,075Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,625

The Golden Triangle & Shimla

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 58 22/09/2017 09:40

59

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,075Guide price months: Sep

High season from £2,225Guide price months: Oct – Mar

Single supplement from £705

Private travelLow season from £2,625Guide price months: Sep

High season from £2,710Guide price months: Oct – Mar

Single supplement from £705

Virgin Atlantic flight upgradesPreminum Economy from £545 returnUpper Class from £1,795 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Wed)19 Jan 18 31 Jan 1802 Feb 18 14 Feb 1809 Feb 18 21 Feb 1823 Feb 18 07 Mar 1802 Mar 18 14 Mar 1809 Mar 18 21 Mar 1816 Mar 18 28 Mar 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Wed)30 Mar 18 11 Apr 1813 Apr 18 25 Apr 1821 Sep 18 03 Oct 1805 Oct 18 17 Oct 1819 Oct 18 31 Oct 1802 Nov 18 14 Nov 1809 Nov 18 21 Nov 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Wed)16 Nov 18 28 Nov 1823 Nov 18 05 Dec 1821 Dec 18 02 Jan 1918 Jan 19 30 Jan 1901 Feb 19 13 Feb 1908 Feb 19 20 Feb 1922 Feb 19 06 Mar 19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Wed)01 Mar 19 13 Mar 1908 Mar 19 20 Mar 1915 Mar 19 27 Mar 1929 Mar 19 10 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (22 Dec – 2 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: IGTDay 12: DelhiDrive to Chandigarh this morning and connect with the express train to Delhi. Stay overnight at the Eros Hotel (or similar). (B, D)

Day 13: Fly to LondonMorning transfer to the airport. Fly to London with Virgin Atlantic. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

*Optional activities: These activities can be pre-booked or booked locally and incur an additional charge.

Tour variations: Due to changes to seasonal schedules and opening times, there are minor itinerary variations for certain departure dates. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Taj Mahal, Agra

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 59 22/09/2017 09:40

60

Area map

Day 4: Fly to Varanasi • SarnathMorning flight to Varanasi. Stay at the Hotel Madin (or similar) for 1 night. Afternoon tour of Sarnath. This evening, visit the Dasaswamedh ghats to witness the magical Ganga aarti ceremony from a boat on the Ganges. On 19 Nov 2018 departure enjoy the Dev Diwali celebrations when the steps of the ghats are lit with more than a million earthen lamps†. (B)

Day 5: Fly to AgraSerene early morning boat ride on the Ganges. After breakfast, fly to Agra and transfer to the Trident Agra (or similar) for a 2-night stay. (B)

Day 6: AgraEarly morning visit to the Taj Mahal. After breakfast, visit the huge Agra fort and the tomb of Itmad-ud-Daulah. Lunch at a rooftop restaurant overlooking the Taj Mahal. Afternoon at leisure or optional excursion to Akbar’s tomb at Sikandra*. (B, L)

Day 7: Fatehpur Sikri • Ranthambore Morning drive to Fatehpur Sikri, the deserted 16th-century, red sandstone city. Continue to Bharatpur and take the train to Sawai Madhopur. Transfer to the Dev Vilas (or similar) for 2 nights. (B, D)

Day 8: RanthamboreEarly morning and late afternoon wildlife viewing. (B, L, D)

Day 9: JaipurAfter breakfast, drive to Jaipur and stay at the Trident Jaipur (or similar) for 2 nights. (B)

Day 10: JaipurOptional early morning yoga session*. Morning tour of the ancient palace of Amber fort. Afternoon visit to the City Palace and Jantar Mantar astronomical observatory. (B)

Day 11: Jodhpur • Rohet Full-day drive to Rohet via Jodhpur. Visit the magnificent Mehrangarh fort and the imposing Jaswant Thada cenotaph. Continue to Rohet and stay at Rohet Garh (or similar) for 2 nights. On 27 Oct 2018 departure, enjoy the Diwali celebrations†. (B, D)

Day 12: Bishnoi tribal villagesMorning at leisure. After lunch, take a 4x4 safari to visit the Bishnoi tribal villages. (B, D)

Day 13: Ranakpur • UdaipurDrive to the lake city of Udaipur, visiting the exquisite Jain temples at Ranakpur en route. Arrive at the Trident Udaipur (or similar) for a 2-night stay. Or upgrade to the Taj Lake Palace (Lake View room) from £565 for 2 nights.

Explore the diverse cultural influences that have created the fascinating heritage of northern India. This tour encompasses the holy city of Varanasi, the resplendent Taj Mahal, Jodhpur’s blue-washed houses, and the beautiful lakes and palaces of Udaipur. Also go in search of the elusive Royal Bengal tiger in Ranthambore National Park, India’s premier tiger reserve.

C&K Signature experiences

Two nights in a leading heritage hotel

Evening spiritual aarti ceremony

Lunch overlooking the Taj Mahal

Holi celebrations at the Maharajah's Palace

Day 1: Fly to DelhiFly from London (regional connections available) to Delhi with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: DelhiTransfer to the Trident Gurgaon (or similar) for 2 nights. Afternoon at leisure. Evening welcome drink to meet the group and guide. (N)

Day 3: Old & New DelhiMorning tour of Old Delhi, including a drive past the Red Fort, a visit to the Jama Masjid, and Raj Ghat and a walking tour of Old Delhi. Afternoon tour of New Delhi, including India Gate and the viceregal residence. Continue to the tomb of the Mughal emperor Humayun and the Qutb Minar tower. (B)

Delhi J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 21 24 30 36 39 39 35 33 34 33 28 23

B 7 10 15 21 25 28 27 26 24 19 13 8

C 19 15 15 8 17 53 220 257 126 24 5 8

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room and flight upgrades available

Average group size – 15 people (max 26)

Direct international flights & internal flights in India

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

13 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 4 dinners

Welcome drink to meet the group and guide

Guided sightseeing & all entrance fees

Porterage at airports and stations

Festival departures

Duration • 15 Days & 13 Nights Group tour • From £2,495Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,695

Grand Tour of Northern India

Women selling colourful fabrics, Jodhpur

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Weather

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 60 22/09/2017 09:40

61

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,495Guide price month: Apr

High season from £2,835Guide price months: Oct – Mar

Single supplement from £585

Private travelLow season from £2,695Guide price months: Apr

High season from £3,025Guide price months: Oct – Mar

Single supplement from £585

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £350 returnClub World from £1,825 returnFirst from £2,695 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request: British Airways to/from Aberdeen, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester, Newcastle or Belfast.

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out Rtn20 Jan 18 03 Feb 1803 Feb 18 17 Feb 1817 Feb 18 03 Mar 1824 Feb 18 10 Mar 1810 Mar 18 24 Mar 18

Out Rtn24 Mar 18 07 Apr 1814 Apr 18 28 Apr 1813 Oct 18 27 Oct 1827 Oct 18 10 Nov 1810 Nov 18 24 Nov 18

Out Rtn19 Nov 18 03 Dec 1819 Jan 19 02 Feb 1902 Feb 19 16 Feb 1916 Feb 19 02 Mar 1923 Feb 19 09 Mar 19

Out Rtn07 Mar 19 21 Mar 1923 Mar 19 06 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: GTR

On 17 Feb 2018 and 7 Mar 2019 departures, join the Holika Dahan celebrations at the Maharajah’s Palace in Udaipur†. (B)

Day 14: UdaipurMorning tour of the City Palace, Jagdish temple and a miniature painting studio. Afternoon at leisure. Evening Bagore-ki-Haveli cultural show. (B)

Day 15: Fly to London via Mumbai Transfer to the airport and fly to Mumbai (Bombay) to connect with the British Airways flight to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Festival departures

The 17 February 2018 and 7 March 2019 departures of this tour are timed to coincide with the colourful Holika Dahan festival which will be celebrated in Udaipur with a visit to the celebrations at the Maharajah’s Palace. The 27 October 2018 departure will coincide with the Diwali celebrations in Jodhpur. The 19 November 2018 departure will include the enchanting Dev Diwali ‘Festival of the Lights’ celebrations in Varanasi.

Important information

*Optional activities: These activities can be pre-booked or booked locally and incur an addtional charge.

Tour variations: Due to changes to seasonal schedules and opening times, there are minor itinerary variations for certain departure dates. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

City Palace, Udaipur

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 61 22/09/2017 09:40

62

Weather

Area map

cultural performance at Bagore-ki-Haveli*. (B, L)

Day 5: Ranakpur • Rawla NarlaiTravel to Rawla Narlai visiting the magnificent Jain temples at Ranakpur en route. Spend 2 nights at the heritage resort of Rawla Narlai, located in the Aravalli hills. Late afternoon village walk to see rural life. (B)

Day 6: Rawla NarlaiChoose from a range of optional activities organised by the hotel, from jeep safaris in search of leopards to a guided walk exploring the nearby villages*. This evening, dine at the 16th-century baori (stepwell), illuminated by hundreds of oil lamps. (B, D)

Day 7: JodhpurTake a scenic 1.5-hour rural train ride from Khamil Ghat to Phulad. The train chugs through tunnels, past waterfalls and tiny railway stations in an area that inspired Rudyard Kipling's book The Man Who Would Be King. Continue by road to Jodhpur for 2 nights at Ajit Bhawan. (B)

Day 8: JodhpurVisit Jaswant Thada and continue to the formidable Mehrangarh fort. Take a heritage walk through the streets dotted with temples and bazaars. Optional evening meal on the rooftop of the Chokelao Restaurant, set on the ramparts of the Mehrangarh fort*. (B)

Day 9: BikanerDrive to Bikaner in the heart of the Thar desert for an overnight stay at the magnificent Narendra Bhawan, a grand residence that was home to the last reigning maharajah of Bikaner. Late afternoon jeep safari into the desert to witness the spectacular sunset over the dunes. Enjoy a barbecue dinner and cultural show in the heart of the dunes. (B, D)

Day 10: JaipurMorning visit to Junagarh fort, built in 1588 by Raja Rai Singh. Later drive to the royal city of Jaipur. En route, visit the town of Fatehpur and its 'open-air gallery' of beautiful havelis decorated in colourful frescoes. Transfer to Shapura House (or similar) for a 2-night stay. (B)

Day 11: JaipurMorning photo stop at the Palace of Winds, before a tour of the Amber fort. Afternoon tour of the royal city of Jaipur. Highlights include the City Palace Museum, the Jantar Mantar observatory and the colourful bazaars. (B)

Day 12: Ranthambore National ParkTravel to Ranthambore for 2 nights at Kipling Lodge. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

The princely state of Rajasthan is India at its colourful best. Following a tour of the imperial sights of Mumbai (Bombay), travel through the heart of Rajasthan exploring magnificent forts and ornate palaces, finishing at the astounding Taj Mahal.

C&K Signature experiences

Dinner at Rawla Narlai’s stunning stepwell

Scenic train ride through rural Rajasthan

Sunset dinner in the sand dunes of the Great Thar desert

Dine overlooking Udaipur's Lake Pichola

Day 1: Fly to MumbaiFly from London (regional connections available) to Mumbai (Bombay) with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: MumbaiArrive and transfer to the Trident Nariman Point for an overnight stay. Afternoon sightseeing in Mumbai visiting the Gateway of India, Chor bazaar, Dhobi Ghat and Victoria Terminus. (N)

Day 3: Fly to UdaipurMidday flight to Udaipur. Afternoon boat cruise on Lake Pichola. Dinner at Sunset Restaurant overlooking Lake Pichola. Spend 2 nights at Fateh Prakash Palace or upgrade to the Oberoi Udaivilas (Premier room) from £265. (B, D)

Day 4: UdaipurSightseeing in Udaipur visiting the City Palace, miniature painting studios and Jagdish temple. Thali lunch at the Garden Restaurant adjacent to the Vintage Car Museum. Optional evening

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions (see page 64), room and flight upgrades available

Maximum group size – 26 people

Direct international flights with British Airways

Internal flights in India

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

14 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 3 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports and stations

Balanced pace

Jaipur J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 22 25 31 36 40 39 34 32 33 34 29 24

B 7 10 15 21 25 27 25 24 23 19 13 8

C 6 10 5 4 18 51 213 227 80 12 8 3

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Duration • 16 Days & 14 Nights Group tour • From £2,495Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,865

Passage through Rajasthan

Woman sorting chillis, Jaipur

NEWTOUR

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 62 22/09/2017 09:40

63

Tour variations: Due to changes to seasonal schedules and opening times, there are minor itinerary variations for certain departure dates. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Women in Amber fort, Jaipur

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,495Guide price months: Apr

High season from £2,935Guide price months: Oct – Mar

Single supplement from £805

Private travelLow season from £2,865Guide price months: Apr

High season from £3,175Guide price months: Oct – Mar

Single supplement from £805

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £350 returnClub World from £1,825 returnFirst from £2,695 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request: British Airways to/from Aberdeen, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester, Newcastle or Belfast.

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out Rtn25 Jan 18 09 Feb 1808 Feb 18 23 Feb 1815 Feb 18 02 Mar 1822 Feb 18 09 Mar 18

Out Rtn10 Mar 18 25 Mar 1805 Apr 18 20 Apr 1811 Oct 18 26 Oct 1830 Oct 18 14 Nov 18

Out Rtn08 Nov 18 23 Nov 1815 Nov 18 30 Nov 1824 Jan 19 08 Feb 1907 Feb 19 22 Feb 19

Out Rtn14 Feb 19 01 Mar 1921 Feb 19 08 Mar 1910 Mar 19 25 Mar 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: PTR

Day 13: Ranthambore National ParkEarly morning safari in search of Bengal tigers. Afternoon at leisure or visit Ranthambore fort and the NGO-supported Dastkar foundation where local women produce handicrafts*. (B)

Day 14: Fatehpur Sikri • AgraMorning drive to Agra visiting Fatehpur Sikri, the deserted sandstone city, en route. Overnight at the Courtyard by Marriott. (B)

Day 15: DelhiSunrise visit to the Taj Mahal. After breakfast visit Agra fort before departing for Delhi and an overnight stay at the Trident Gurgaon. (B)

Day 16: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport for the British Airways flight to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Delhi1 Day & 1 Night from £195

Extend your stay with an extra night at the Trident Gurgaon and enjoy a day's sightseeing.

Day 16: DelhiMorning tour of Old Delhi driving past the Red Fort and visiting the Jama Masjid. Afternoon tour of New Delhi with a drive past India Gate and the former vice regal residence, both fine examples of British colonial architecture. Visit the tomb of the Mughal emperor Humayun. (B)

Day 17: Fly homeTransfer to the airport for the British Airways

flight to London. (N)

For more extension options including Goa, Amritsar or Varanasi, please see pages 64-65.

Important information

*Optional activities: These activities can be pre-booked or booked locally and incur an additional cost.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 63 22/09/2017 09:40

64

Tour Extensions

Tour + Ranthambore4 Days & 3 Nights from £685

Ranthambore is a stunningly beautiful reserve dominated by its majestic fort and home to a dazzling array of tigers, sambhars, panthers, marsh crocodiles and sloth bears. As a result of the stringent conservation efforts, tigers are more active in Ranthambore during the day than in any other park in India. The park’s popularity is due, in no small part, to the sightings of tigresses with their cubs.

Day 1: RanthamboreTravel to Ranthambore for 2 nights at Dev Vilas. (B, D) Day 2: RanthamboreEarly morning and late afternoon drives to search for tigers. (B, L, D)Day 3: DelhiMorning wildlife viewing. Return to Delhi for 1 night at Claridges. (B)Day 4: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Tour + Amritsar3 Days & 2 Nights from £405

Amritsar, the holy city of the Sikhs, is the location of their most sacred shrine – the Darbar Sahib, or Golden Temple. Fashioned in marble, mirror work and gold, it is beautifully reflected in the surrounding expanse of water.

Day 1: AmritsarDrive to Chandigarh and take the train to Amritsar. Transfer to Taj Swarna and stay for 2 nights. (B)Day 2: Amritsar • WagahMorning visit to the famed Golden Temple, Jallianwalla memorial and the Ram Bagh gardens with the summer palace of Maharajah Ranjit Singh. This afternoon, transfer to Wagah on the India-Pakistan border to see the spectacular Sunset Retreat ceremony. (B) Day 3: Fly to London via DelhiTransfer to the airport and fly to London via Delhi. (B)

Tour + Varanasi4 Days & 3 Nights from £525

Varanasi is set on the riverbanks of the sacred Ganges. For Hindus, it is believed that bathing in the river will purge all sins. A dawn boat trip along the ghats reveals an intoxicating blend of incense, chimes and morning rituals.

Day 1: Fly to VaranasiMorning flight to Varanasi. Stay at the Hotel Madin (or similar) for 2 nights. Afternoon tour of Sarnath. This evening visit the Dasaswamedh ghats to witness the Ganga aarti ceremony. (B)Day 2: VaranasiEarly morning boat ride on the Ganges. Later this morning visit Chunar fort and Ramnagar fort. (B)Day 3: Fly to DelhiFly to Delhi and stay overnight at the Radisson Blu Dwarka (or similar). (B)Day 4: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Sadhu, Varanasi

Tigers, Ranthambore

Golden Temple, Amritsar

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 64 22/09/2017 09:40

65

Tour Extensions

Tour + Goa5 Days & 4 Nights from £725

The former Portuguese colony of Goa, India’s smallest state, is a perfect place to relax as it offers long stretches of beautiful beaches lined with palm trees, world heritage architecture, and rich flora and fauna.

Day 1: Fly to GoaFly to Goa. Transfer to Taj Exotica* in south Goa for 4 nights. This luxury resort is set in lush greenery and overlooks the Arabian Sea. (B)Days 2-4: GoaAt leisure or enjoy a tour of Old Goa and Panjim or alternatively visit Dudhsagar falls and a spice plantation. (B)Day 5: Fly to London via MumbaiTransfer to the airport and fly to London, via Mumbai (Bombay). (B)

Tour + Haridwar & CorbettNational Park5 Days & 4 Nights from £770

Extend your tour with a visit to the sacred towns of Haridwar and Rishikesh and picturesque Corbett National Park, a renowned tiger reserve.

Day 1: HaridwarDrive to Chandigarh and take the train to Haridwar. Overnight at the Haveli Hari Ganga. Evening aarti ceremony. (B)Day 2: Corbett National ParkDrive to Corbett National Park. Afternoon wildlife drive. Stay 2 nights at Jim's Jungle Retreat. (B, L, D)Day 3: Corbett National ParkFull-day wildlife viewing. Look out for tigers, large elephant herds, marsh crocodiles, wild boar, deer and prolific birdlife. (B, L, D)Day 4: DelhiEarly morning wildlife drive. Drive to Delhi for an overnight stay at the Holiday Inn Aerocity. (B)Day 5: Fly to London (B)

Tour + Mumbai 4 Days & 3 Nights from £525

Packed with colonial-era architecture and home to India’s most prolific film industry, the ‘City of Dreams’ is a melting pot of vibrant bazaars, temples, galleries and excellent restaurants.

Day 1: Fly to MumbaiFly to Mumbai (Bombay). Transfer to Trident Mumbai, located on Marine Drive, for a 3-night stay. (B)Days 2-3: MumbaiAt leisure or spend your days wandering through Chor bazaar, known as the ‘thieves market’ and one of the largest flea markets in India; exploring Asia’s largest slum in Dharavi; strolling through the heritage village of Khotachiwadi with its Portuguese-inspired dwellings; taking a Mumbai culinary tour; or visiting Kala Ghoda, an area that houses some of the city’s finest art galleries and museums. (B)Day 4: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Wild elephants, Jim Corbett National Park

Gateway of India, Mumbai

Cola beach, Goa

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 65 22/09/2017 09:40

66

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 12 people (max 19)

International flights with Jet Airways

Internal flights in India

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Express train in air-conditioned executive class

Experienced local tour manager

11 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 3 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports and stations

Kalaczakra temple in Dharamsala, McLeod Ganj

Weather

Area map

Shimla J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 11 12 17 22 25 26 23 22 22 21 17 13

B 2 3 7 12 15 17 16 16 14 12 7 4

C 78 70 74 50 66 170 410 334 190 38 16 41

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

community kitchen called Langar. Take a guided heritage walk passing the Gurudwara Saragarhi, dedicated to the heroism of the 21 soldiers of the 36 Sikhs Battalion who lost their lives in 1897 as they defended their posts against Afghan soldiers. Weave your way through Qila Ahluwalia, a fort replete with colonial architectural features, before arriving at the Jalebiwala Chowk with its jalebi shop selling delicious sticky sweets. Late afternoon visit to Wagah, situated on the border with Pakistan, for the unmissable Changing of the Guard ceremony. (B)

Day 4: McLeod GanjTravel by road to McLeod Ganj in Dharamsala. McLeod Ganj is home to the Dalai Lama and is the centre of Little Tibet. This afternoon visit His Holiness the Dalai Lama’s monastery, Tsuglag Khang. Continue with a tour of McLeod Ganj, visiting the handicrafts centre and a local family house to see the regional Gaddi dress. The evening is free to explore McLeod Ganj market. Spend 2 nights at the Pride Surya Resort (or similar). (B)

Day 5: DharamsalaAfter breakfast, visit the Norbulingka Institute, dedicated to the preservation of Tibetan culture. Later, take a gentle walk through traditional Gaddi settlements to Naddi village, enjoying spectacular views of the Dhauladhar mountain range as the sun sets. (B)

Day 6: Masroor • PalampurTravel by road to Palampur for an overnight stay at Taragarh Palace. En route, visit the rock-cut temples at Masroor and enjoy a visit to a working tea plantation where you can wander

Travel to the holy city of Amritsar and McLeod Ganj, home to the Tibetan government-in-exile. Continue through the foothills of the Himalaya to Shimla. Along the way, appreciate the cultural diversity of the region through its temples, monasteries and museums.

C&K Signature experiences

Heritage walk through Amritsar

Ride on the Kangra Mountain Railway and the toy train to Solan

Visit a local family in Dharamsala

Explore a working tea plantation

Day 1: Fly to Amritsar via DelhiOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Amritsar via Delhi with Jet Airways. (N)

Day 2: Amritsar On arrival, transfer to the hotel. Evening visit to the Golden Temple for the auspicious Palki Sahib night ceremony to witness the evening kirtan (devotional prayers). The temple is profusely lit up and the lights are beautifully reflected in large water tanks surrounding the sanctum. Stay 2 nights at the Hyatt Amritsar (or similar). (N)

Day 3: Amritsar • WagahMorning visit to the Golden Temple and the

Duration • 13 Days & 11 Nights Group tour • From £1,995Category • Standard Private tour • From £2,395

Journey through the Himalayan Foothills

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 66 22/09/2017 09:40

67

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,995Guide price months: Mar

High season from £2,025Guide price months: Oct – Feb

Single supplement from £635

Private travelLow season from £2,395Guide price months: Mar

High season from £2,435Guide price months: Oct – Feb

Single supplement from £635

Jet Airways flight upgradesPremiere Class from £1,775 returnFirst Class from £3,775 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Tue) Rtn (Sun)13 Feb 18 25 Feb 1827 Feb 18 11 Mar 1813 Mar 18 25 Mar 1827 Mar 18 08 Apr 18

Out (Tue) Rtn (Sun)10 Apr 18 22 Apr 1825 Sep 18 07 Oct 1809 Oct 18 21 Oct 1823 Oct 18 04 Nov 18

Out (Tue) Rtn (Sun)06 Nov 18 18 Nov 1820 Nov 18 02 Dec 1812 Feb 19 24 Feb 1926 Feb 19 10 Mar 19

Out (Tue) Rtn (Sun)12 Mar 19 24 Mar 1926 Mar 19 07 Apr 1909 Apr 19 21 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: HTT

Tibetan monks

through beautifully manicured tea gardens, interact with the estate workers and see how tea is processed in the small factory before sampling some of their finest infusions. (B, D)

Day 7: Pragpur via Kangra Mountain Railway Today drive to Baijnath to board the Kangra Mountain Railway for the 1.5-hour scenic ride to Nagrota. Afterwards drive to Kangra to visit the impressive fort and on to Pragpur. Stay 2 nights at The Judge’s Court, a delightful old manor house that has been converted into a hotel. (B, D)

Day 8: PragpurAt leisure, with opportunities for leisurely walks in the surrounding villages, including Garli, or visit the temples at Jwalamukhi and Chintpurni. (B, L, D)

Day 9: ShimlaFull-day drive through the Himalayan foothills to the former British hill station of Shimla. On arrival, check in for 2 nights at the Oberoi Cecil or upgrade to the Oberoi Wildflower Hall (Premier Valley View room) from £325. (B)

Day 10: ShimlaFull-day tour of Shimla, including the Viceregal Lodge, Himachal State Museum and the Gaiety theatre. Later in the day, enjoy some time at leisure to stroll along the Mall and the Ridge. (B)

Day 11: Chandigarh via toy trainTake the Himalayan Queen toy train from Shimla to Solan (3 hours) to enjoy the beautiful Himalayan scenery. This narrow gauge railway is considered one of the finest engineering feats in India. Continue by road to Chandigarh (2 hours) for an overnight stay at the LaLiT Chandigarh. (B)

Day 12: Delhi Morning train to Delhi (4 hours). Spend the afternoon at leisure and overnight at the Oberoi Maidens (or similar). (B)

Day 13: Fly to London Transfer to the airport for your flight home. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Itinerary: The order of the visits may change due to national holidays and museum opening times.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 67 22/09/2017 09:40

68

Weather

Area map

Darjeeling J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 16 18 22 24 25 26 25 26 25 25 22 18

B 5 7 11 14 16 18 19 19 18 15 10 7

C 15 20 43 92 192 519 780 577 426 111 15 9

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 5: AgraMorning train to Bharatpur and drive to Agra. After lunch at a rooftop restaurant overlooking the Taj Mahal, visit the marble magnificence of the Taj Mahal and explore the imposing Agra fort. Overnight stay at Trident (or similar). (B, L)

Day 6: LucknowTravel to Lucknow for a 2-night stay at Lebua Lucknow. This afternoon enjoy a walking tour visiting Kaiserbagh, once described as the most beautiful palace in the world, and Kotwara House, home to the legendary film-maker and artist Muzaffar & Meera Ali. Watch clips of his most iconic films over a cup of tea. (B)

Day 7: LucknowHalf-day tour of Lucknow, followed by a visit to La Martinière school, the Lucknow Residency, Asifi Imambara and the magical Husainabad complex. Rest of the day at leisure before the highlight of a dinner with a royal family of Lucknow. Enjoy a live Kathak dance performance before a home-cooked Awadhi dinner. (B, D)

Day 8: VaranasiTake the morning train to Varanasi for an overnight stay at Hotel Madin. This evening watch the mesmerising aarti ceremony on the banks of the River Ganges. (B)

Day 9: Fly to KolkataEarly morning boat ride on the Ganges to see cremation sites and colourful bathing ghats. After breakfast, visit Sarnath, the site of Buddha’s first sermon after receiving enlightenment. Take the afternoon flight to Kolkata for 2 nights at the centrally located LaLiT Great Eastern Hotel or upgrade to the Oberoi Grand (Deluxe room) from £45. (B)

Day 10: KolkataHalf-day tour of Kolkata’s colonial heritage including a ride on one of Kolkata’s historic trams. Optional afternoon visit to the Victoria Memorial, South Park Cemetery and Kumartuli – the potter’s village where the idols are created for the city’s festivals. (B)

Day 11: Fly to Darjeeling Morning at leisure. Take the afternoon flight to Bagdogra and transfer to Darjeeling for 2 nights at the Elgin Hotel. (B, D)

Day 12: DarjeelingEnjoy a ride on the Darjeeling Hill Railway from Darjeeling Town, through the picturesque Batasia Loop. Visit Ghoom Monastery before heading to the Glenburn Tea Estate (or similar) to learn about the process of refining tea before a tea

Cross the Ganges plain from Delhi to Kolkata (Calcutta), taking in the majesty of the Taj Mahal, remarkable wildlife in Ranthambore, the spiritual aura of Varanasi and colonial Lucknow and Kolkata. Finish in the tea plantations of Darjeeling.

C&K Signature experiences

Lunch & visit to a working tea plantation

Awadhi cuisine dinner in Lucknow with a royal family

Ride on the renowned Darjeeling toy train

Lunch overlooking the Taj Mahal

Day 1: Fly to DelhiTravel from London (regional connections available) with Virgin Atlantic to Delhi. (N)

Day 2: DelhiArrive in Delhi and transfer to the Trident Gurgaon for an overnight stay. Afternoon at leisure. This evening join the rest of your group and your guide for a welcome drink. (N)

Day 3: Ranthambore National ParkSightseeing in New Delhi. Take the afternoon train to Sawai Madhopur and drive the short distance to Dev Vilas (or similar) for 2 nights. (B, D)

Day 4: Ranthambore National ParkEarly morning and late afternoon wildlife drives in search of tigers (B, L, D)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room and flight upgrades available

Maximum group size – 24 people

Direct international flights with Virgin Atlantic

Internal flights in India

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Express train travel in air-conditioned class

Experienced local tour manager

12 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 6 dinners

Welcome drink to meet the group and guide

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports and stations

Duration • 14 Days & 12 Nights Group tour • From £2,895Category • Superior Private tour • From £3,155

Taj, Tigers & Trains

NEWTOUR

Toy Train, Darjeeling

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 68 22/09/2017 09:40

69

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,895Guide price months: Mar

High season from £3,095Guide price months: Oct – Feb

Single supplement from £785

Private travelLow season from £3,155Guide price months: Mar

High season from £3,365Guide price months: Oct – Feb

Single supplement from £785

Virgin Atlantic flight upgradesPremium Economy from £545 returnUpper Class from £1,795 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)02 Feb 18 15 Feb 1816 Feb 18 01 Mar 1802 Mar 18 15 Mar 1816 Mar 18 29 Mar 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)30 Mar 18 12 Apr 1812 Oct 18 25 Oct 1826 Oct 18 08 Nov 1809 Nov 18 22 Nov 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)16 Nov 18 29 Nov 1801 Feb 19 14 Feb 1915 Feb 19 28 Feb 1901 Mar 19 14 Mar 19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)15 Mar 19 28 Mar 1929 Mar 19 11 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: TAJ

Asfi mosque, Lucknow

tasting session. Walk through the tea fields with a guide and interact with the tea picker ladies learning how to pluck the "two leaves and a bud". Lunch will be served at a scenic location in the colonial estate. (B, L, D)

Day 13: Darjeeling • Fly to DelhiOptional early morning visit to Tiger Hill to watch the sunrise over the Kachenjunga Range. After breakfast, visit the zoo, famous for its snow leopards and red pandas, the renowned Himalayan Mountaineering Institute, the Tibetan Refugee Self-Help Centre and Lloyds Botanical Gardens. Fly to Delhi for an overnight stay at the Holiday Inn Aerocity. (B, D )

Day 14: Fly to LondonTake the Virgin Atlantic flight to London. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Andaman Islands6 Days & 5 Nights from £940

Relax on the pristine white sands of the secluded Andaman Islands.

Day 13: KolkataEvening flight to Kolkata and overnight at the J W Mariott. (B) Day 14: Fly to Port Blair • Havelock IslandFly to Port Blair and take a catamaran ride (1.5 hours) to Havelock island for 3 nights at Barefoot at Havelock. (B)Days 15-16: Havelock IslandSpend 2 days at leisure enjoying the empty beaches and untouched primeval jungle of this slice of heaven. (B)

Day 17: Port BlairAfternoon catamaran ride to Port Blair. Overnight at Fortune Resort Bay Island, Port Blair. (B)Day 18: Fly to London via DelhiFly to Delhi and connect with the British Airways flight to London. (B)

For more extension options including Agra, Gangtok, Kalimpong, Bhubaneshwar and Goa, please contact your travel agent.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 69 22/09/2017 09:40

70

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 8 people (max 12)

Direct international flights & internal flights in India

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guides

10 wildlife safaris accompanied by experienced naturalists

12 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 8 dinners

All meals & safaris in Pench, Kanha & Satpura national parks

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports and stations

Weather

Area map

Kanha National Park J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 26 29 33 38 40 36 30 29 30 31 28 26

B 11 13 18 22 26 25 23 23 22 19 14 11

C 21 22 23 12 15 179 423 452 219 42 11 20

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 4: Pench National ParkMorning and afternoon wildlife drive in the company of resident naturalists. Pench tiger reserve has the highest density of herbivores in India. (B, L, D) Day 5: Kanha National Park This morning drive to Kanha National Park for 3 nights at Chitvan Jungle Lodge (or similar). The park was created in 1955 and today is among the most scenic wildlife reserves in Asia. (B, L, D)

Day 6: Kanha National ParkEarly morning wildlife drive. There are 175 varieties of birds in Kanha, although most visitors are looking out for Kanha's major attraction, the tiger. Return to the hotel for breakfast. In the afternoon take a further wildlife drive in the park. (B, L, D)

Day 7: Kanha National ParkEarly morning wildlife drive. Return to the hotel for breakfast. Further wildlife drive in the afternoon. (B, L, D)

Day 8: Satpura National ParkThis morning drive to Satpura National Park and stay 3 nights at Forsyth Lodge (or similar). The park's limited exposure to humans, combined with the option of walking safaris in the core area, means Satpura is arguably the only place in India that offers an intimate wilderness experience. Other than the small tiger population, the park is home to leopards, wild dogs, sloth bears, wild boars, langurs and Indian gaurs. Birding here is also excellent and many raptors, as well as kingfishers and terns, can be spotted. (B, L, D)

Day 9: Satpura National ParkAccompanied by a naturalist and a tracker, go on a morning jeep safari, allowing you to cover wide swathes of the Satpura reserve looking for leopards, gaurs (Indian bison), sloth bears, wild dogs, hyenas and elusive tigers. After lunch enjoy an afternoon walking safari. (B, L, D)

This small group tour explores central India's national parks in search of tigers. Kanha is known for its wild dogs, leopards and sloth bears, Satpura offers walking safaris and nights under canvas while Pench inspired Rudyard Kipling’s celebrated novel The Jungle Book.

C&K Signature experiences

Boat & walking safari in Satpura

Jeep safaris accompanied by experienced naturalists

Stargazing in Pench National Park

Day 1: Fly to Mumbai Depart on the Jet Airways flight from London (regional connections available) to Mumbai (Bombay). On arrival, transfer to the Trident Nariman Point (or similar) for a 2-night stay. (N)

Day 2: Mumbai Morning at leisure. In the afternoon you will see some of the city’s landmarks: the Gateway of India, the Victoria Terminus, Rajabai Clock Tower and the High Court. Visit the Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Vastu Sangrahalaya, formerly the Prince of Wales Museum. Drive past the Hanging Gardens and Parsi Tower of Silence, including a photo-stop at the Dhobi Ghat. (B)

Day 3: Fly to Nagpur • Pench National Park Take the morning flight to Nagpur and transfer to Pench National Park for 2 nights at Tathastu Resort (or similar). Pench National Park, nestling in the lower southern reaches of the Satpura hills, is named after Pench river, meandering through the park from north to south. After lunch, visit a local village. Evening stargazing session. (B, L, D)

Duration • 13 Days & 12 Nights Group tour • From £2,935Category • Superior Private tour • From £3,055

An IndianWildlife Odyssey

Wild tigers on the road

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 70 22/09/2017 09:41

71

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,935Guide price months: Apr

High season from £3,035Guide price months: Nov – Mar

Single supplement from £985

Private travelLow season from £3,055Guide price months: Apr

High season from £3,125Guide price months: Nov – Mar

Single supplement from £985

Jet Airways flight upgradesPremiere Class from £2,435 returnFirst Class from £4,095 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Wed) Rtn (Mon)24 Jan 18 05 Feb 1814 Feb 18 26 Feb 1828 Feb 18 12 Mar 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Mon)14 Mar 18 26 Mar 1811 Apr 18 23 Apr 1807 Nov 18 19 Nov 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Mon)14 Nov 18 26 Nov 1805 Dec 18 17 Dec 1823 Jan 19 04 Feb 19

Out (Wed) Rtn (Mon)20 Feb 19 04 Mar 196 Mar 19 18 Mar 1910 Apr 19 22 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: JBK

Day 10: Satpura National ParkMorning jeep safari. Afternoon safari by boat. (B, L, D)

Day 11: Bhimbetka caves • BhopalBreakfast at the hotel. This morning drive to Bhopal, visiting the Bhimbetka caves, known for their prehistoric paintings, en route. Overnight at the Jehan Numa Palace (or similar). (B)

Day 12: Fly to DelhiMorning at leisure or optional visit to the world-famous stupas at Sanchi. Fly to Delhi for an overnight stay at the Holiday Inn Aerocity (or similar). (B)

Day 13: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly back to London with Jet Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary - B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Taj Mahal3 Days & 2 Nights from £270

Extend your time in India with a visit to Agra to see the celebrated Taj Mahal.

Day 12: AgraTake the afternoon train to Agra and spend 2 nights at the Trident Agra. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Cheetal deer, Pench National Park

Day 13: AgraSunrise visit to the Taj Mahal, followed by a tour of the tomb of Itmad-ud-Daulah and the impressive Agra fort. (B)Day 14: Fly to LondonTravel by road to Delhi and fly to London with Jet Airways. (B)

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 71 22/09/2017 09:41

72

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 14 people (max 26)

International flights with British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

13 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 6 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports & stations

Weather

Area map

predates Chennai by 2,000 years. Continue to Puducherry (Pondicherry), visiting the world heritage listed shore temples at Mahabalipuram en route. Stay 2 nights at the Palais de Mahe (or similar) located in the heart of the French quarter. (B)

Day 4: Puducherry This morning visit a local rural village, organised by Mohanam Cultural Centre. Watch the villagers involved in traditional crafts such as stone carving, ceramics and terracotta work. Afternoon guided walk through Puducherry, the location for the award-winning film Life of Pi. (B)

Day 5: Thanjavur Drive through scenic countryside to Thanjavur (Tanjore) for 2 nights at the magical Svatma. Lunch at Kumbakonam and visit the handloom weavers’ houses in Darasuram en route. (B, L, D)

Day 6: Thanjavur Morning visit to the Brihadeeswarar temple and its beautiful frescoes. Later, visit the art gallery and fascinating Saraswathi Mahal library at Tanjore Palace. Evening introduction to the art of Thanjavur paintings at your hotel followed by dinner. (B, D)

Day 7: ChettinadTravel to Chettinad. Visit to a village market and evening culinary experience followed by a traditional dinner. Overnight stay at Chidambara Villas (or similar). (B, D)

Day 8: MaduraiTravel to Madurai. Evening visit to the illuminated Meenakshi temple and Hall of

The delicate scent of spices, the sound of temple bells, exotic flora and fauna, and idyllic sandy beaches all characterise Tamil Nadu and Kerala. This journey travels through hill stations, tropical backwaters and temple-laden towns while staying in some of the region’s very best hotels.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay in the heart of the French quarter in Puducherry (Pondicherry)

Visit Meenakshi temple for the night ceremony

Spend 2 nights relaxing in the Keralan backwaters at the sublime Kumarakom Lake Resort

Guided tour of hidden Kochi

Day 1: Fly to Chennai Direct flight from London (regional connections available) to Chennai (Madras) with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: ChennaiOn arrival transfer to the Hyatt Regency (or similar) for 1 night (early check in available). Time at leisure before an afternoon tour of the city followed by free time at Marina beach. (B)

Day 3: Mahabalipuram • PuducherryMorning walking tour of Mylapore, a town that

Madurai J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 30 31 33 34 34 32 32 32 32 31 30 29

B 22 22 24 26 26 25 24 24 24 24 23 22

C 16 19 22 63 54 87 130 140 111 192 141 71

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Duration • 14 Days & 12 Nights Group tour • From £2,395Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,745

Treasures of Southern India

Theyyam dancer

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 72 22/09/2017 09:41

73

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,395Guide price months: Mar

High season from £2,525Guide price months: Oct – Feb

Single supplement from £985

Private travelLow season from £2,745Guide price months: Mar

High season from £2,845Guide price months: Oct – Feb

Single supplement from £1,005

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £395 returnClub World from £2,095 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request: British Airways to / from Aberdeen, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester, Newcastle or Belfast

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sat)21 Jan 18 03 Feb 1828 Jan 18 10 Feb 1811 Feb 18 24 Feb 18

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sat)25 Feb 18 10 Mar 1811 Mar 18 24 Mar 1828 Oct 18 10 Nov 18

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sat)18 Nov 18 01 Dec 1820 Jan 19 02 Feb 1927 Jan 19 09 Feb 19

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sat)10 Feb 19 23 Feb 1924 Feb 19 09 Mar 1910 Mar 19 23 Mar 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: CMK

a Thousand Pillars for the night ceremony. Overnight stay at the Heritage Madurai. (B)

Day 9: MunnarTravel to the hill country around Munnar for an overnight stay at Blackberry Hills Resort (or similar). (B, D)

Day 10: KumarakomMorning guided walk through a working tea plantation at Kannan Devan Tea Museum. Travel to Kumarakom for 2 nights at the Kumarakom Lake Resort, set within gardens and with panoramic views of Lake Vembanad. (B, D)

Day 11: KumarakomDay at leisure to enjoy the beautiful surrounds. (B, D)

Day 12: KochiThis morning, cruise aboard a shikara (wooden boat) through the backwaters before driving to Kochi (Cochin). Evening traditional Kathakali dance performance. Stay 2 nights at Eighth Bastion (or similar). (B)

Day 13: KochiMorning sightseeing tour of Kochi’s highlights including Mattancherry Palace, the Chinese fishing nets and the 16th-century St Francis Church. Then explore hidden Kochi including Jew Town, which showcases a number of dying arts such as exquisite French lace embroidery. Continue to dhobi wallah, a wash-house where a sea of white hotel sheets and clothing are slathered on the washing stones. Finish with a stop at Kochi’s foremost art gallery-cum-cafe, Kashi. Afternoon at leisure to further explore the labyrinthine streets

Shore temple near Mahabalipuram

and their array of local markets. (B)

Day 14: Fly to London via MumbaiFly to London via Mumbai (Bombay) with British Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 73 22/09/2017 09:41

74

Weather

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions (see page 76), room & flight upgrades available

Maximum group size – 26

International flights with Emirates

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

11 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 3 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports & stations

Included safari & national park fees

Area map

Decorated elephants at Hindu temple, Kochi

Saracenic architecture. Afternoon at leisure to relax. Evening food tour of Mysore’s celebrated gastronomical delights including Mysore Masala Dosa. Return to the Maharajah’s Palace this evening to see it illuminated by over 1,000 light bulbs. (B)

Day 4: Nagarhole National ParkTravel to Kabini for an overnight stay at the Serai Kabini (or similar). The prey density of Nagarhole National Park is one of the highest in Asia and the eco-system naturally supports a thriving population of predators such as tigers, leopards and wild dogs. Afternoon safari in search of the park’s endemic wildlife, which also includes 300 bird species, elephants, gaurs and common langurs. (B, L, D)

Day 5: Nagarhole National Park • WayanadOptional early morning safari. After breakfast, travel to Wayanad for 2 nights at Wayanad Wild (or similar). Occupying a position on the edge of the stunning Western Ghats, Wayanad is an area of outstanding natural beauty with lush tropical forests, deep valleys, waterfalls and sprawling plantations. (B, L, D)

Day 6: WayanadDay at leisure to unwind amid the serene beauty of the surrounding forest or to enjoy the many excursions offered by the hotel, from guided nature walks and treks following elephant trails to Keralan cooking classes, visits to nearby tea plantations and rural cycling trips*. (B, L, D)

Day 7: CoonoorLeisurely drive to the hill station of Coonoor and stay 2 nights at the Gateway Hotel Coonoor (or similar). (B)

This tour takes in the beautiful sights and tranquil landscapes of Karnataka and Kerala including the immense Maharajah’s Palace in Mysore, the wildlife of Nagarhole National Park, the lush beauty of Wayanad, a rail ride through the Nilgiri mountains and a cruise along the peaceful backwaters of Kochi.

C&K Signature experiences

See Mysore Palace illuminated by 1,000 lightbulbs

Relax amid the scenic beauty of Wayanad and the backwaters

Ride the scenic Blue Mountain Railway

Safari in Nagarhole National Park

Day 1: Fly to Bengalaru via DubaiFly from London (regional connections available) to Bengalaru (Bangalore) with Emirates via Dubai. (N)

Day 2: Srirangapatna • MysoreEarly lunch at the LaLit Bengalaru, before travelling to Mysore for 2 nights at the Radisson (or similar). En route, stop at the island fortress of Srirangapatna, the former capital of south India's most powerful 18th-century rulers. (L)

Day 3: MysoreWalking tour visiting some of Mysore's architectural wonders. Tour the Maharajah's Palace, the largest in India, which dominates the centre of Mysore with its synthesis of Hindu and

Kochi J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 31 32 32 32 31 29 28 28 29 30 31 31

B 22 23 24 25 25 24 23 23 23 23 23 22

C 6 24 37 107 284 752 848 514 316 310 155 42

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Duration • 13 Days & 11 Nights Group tour • From £2,425Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,825

Passage through Kerala

NEWTOUR

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 74 22/09/2017 09:41

75

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,425Guide price months: Mar

High season from £2,525Guide price months: Oct – Feb

Single supplement from £955

Private travelLow season from £2,825Guide price months: Mar

High season from £2,895Guide price months: Oct – Feb

Single supplement from £955

Emirates flight upgradesBusiness Class from £2,295 returnFirst Class from £4,625 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. Emirates to / from Birmingham, Glasgow, Newcastle and Manchester

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Wed)26 Jan 18 07 Feb 1809 Feb 18 21 Feb 1823 Feb 18 07 Mar 1809 Mar 18 21 Mar 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Wed)23 Mar 18 04 Apr 1826 Oct 16 07 Nov 1816 Nov 16 28 Nov 1823 Nov 16 05 Dec 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Wed)25 Jan 19 06 Feb 1908 Feb 19 20 Feb 1922 Feb 19 06 Mar 1908 Mar 19 20 Mar 19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Wed)22 Mar 19 03 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: PKR

Keralan backwaters

Day 8: OotyRide the Blue Mountain Railway to Ooty, a scenic narrow gauge train that runs across plains, plantations and the verdant hills of the Nilgiri mountains. Afternoon tour of the botanical gardens in Ooty, filled with more than 1,000 varieties of plants, shrubs and trees. Drive back to Coonoor. (B)

Day 9: Kochi Travel to Kochi and transfer to the Eighth Bastion (or similar), located in the heart of Fort Kochi for 2 nights. Remainder of the day is at leisure to explore the local area. (B)

Day 10: KochiVisit some of the highlights of this enchanting port, taking in the architectural styles that reveal Arab, Jewish and European influences. View the remarkable, cantilevered Chinese fishing nets, explore the 16th-century Portuguese-built Mattancherry Palace, the Church of St Francis and the world’s oldest active Jewish synagogue in historic Jew Town. Wander through markets and visit the vibrant Dhobi Ghats. Later, visit the Kathakali dance studio to see a traditional performance. (B)

Day 11: The backwatersDrive to the backwater region of Kerala this morning. The backwaters are home to a variety of species of fauna and flora. Stay for 2 nights at the Coconut Lagoon (or similar). (B)

Day 12: The backwatersMorning at leisure. Afternoon backwater cruise by shikara boat through narrow canals. This cruise explores these picturesque waterways, revealing boats carrying loads of coir, copra and cashews and, along the water's edge, numerous churches and markets. (B)

Day 13: Fly to London via DubaiMorning transfer to the airport and fly to London, via Dubai, with Emirates. (B)

Important information

*Additional activities: These are at an extra cost, which is payable locally.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 75 22/09/2017 09:41

76

Marari Beach Resort

Tour + Maldives5 Days & 4 Nights from £1,725*Extension starts on Day 13 of tour

Four degrees north of the equator, the Maldivian archipelago of 1,190 islands stretches ribbon-like across the deep blue seas of the Indian Ocean. Here, the tropical sandy hideaways offer visitors pure relaxation in exquisitely beautiful surroundings. Fly from Kochi (Cochin) to Malé and take a seaplane to the charming Cocoa Island, which offers 33 rooms and suites, each with a private terrace and direct access to the sea. Stay 4 nights, with all meals included. For other options in the Maldives, please ask your travel agent for details.

*Pricing: The Maldives extension price is based on travel in the low season and is intended as a guideline. There are often special offers available for off-peak travel and longer stays. Please contact Cox & Kings for details.

Tour + Marari Beach Resort4 Days & 3 Nights from £335Extension starts on Day 13 of tour

Located between Kochi (Cochin) and Alleppey, Mararikulam is a beautiful stretch of beach. One of the picturesque fishing villages that dot the coastline, the main attractions are the local culture, the warm waters of the Indian Ocean and the extensive sandy beaches.

Extend your stay in tropical Kerala by staying 3 nights at the Marari Beach Resort, a village-style hotel that provides comfortable accommodation in 62 individual cottages and Deluxe pool villas. Marari Beach Resort is around 1.5 hours from Kochi airport and the backwaters.

Maldives

Traditional mask dance, Onam festival, Thrippunithura

Tour variation: Rice barge cruise13 Days & 11 Nights from £165Extension starts on Day 11 of tour

In a variation to the main tour, instead of taking a shikara ride on Day 12, leave the group on day 11 and explore the Keralan backwaters in a traditional wooden rice barge. Once used to ferry rice and other goods across Kerala and provide accommodation for the boatmen, the barges have been sensitively converted into floating homes for tourists, with a few tweaks and essential modern conveniences added.

Relax on a full-day cruise through the backwaters, followed by a night on board the boat. Return to shore the next day to join the rest of the group for an overnight stay at the Coconut Lagoon.

Rice barge

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Tour Extensions

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 76 22/09/2017 09:41

77

Tour + Sri Lanka Experience9 Days & 8 Nights from £995

Experience a taste of Sri Lanka by exploring the cultural and scenic highlights of the island, from the ruins of the ancient capitals of the Cultural Triangle to tea plantations and tropical beaches.

Day 13: Fly to Colombo • SigiriyaMorning flight to Colombo. Drive to Sigiriya and stay 3 nights at the Jetwing Lake. (B)Day 14: Sigiriya Morning visit to the rock fortress of Sigiriya. (B)Day 15: Polonnaruwa • MinneriyaMorning tour of 11th-century Polonnaruwa. Afternoon visit to Minneriya to see the elephants. (B)Day 16: Dambulla • Kandy Morning visit to the Dambulla caves. Continue to Kandy for 2 nights at Amaya Hills. (B)Day 17: KandyMorning visit to the Temple of the Tooth and Royal Botanical Gardens. Afternoon at leisure to explore the local markets. (B)Day 18: Nuwara EliyaDrive to the hill station of Nuwara Eliya, visiting a tea plantation en route. Stay at the Jetwing St Andrews. (B)Days 19-20: WadduwaDrive to Wadduwa for 2 nights' relaxation by the beach at Tabrobana. (B)Day 21: Fly to LondonTransfer to Colombo and fly to London with Emirates. (B)

Tour + Golden Triangle7 Days & 5 Nights from £765

Visit the iconic landmarks of India’s Golden Triangle.

Day 13: Fly to DelhiFly to Delhi and transfer to the Eros Hotel Nehru Place for 2 nights. (B)Day 14: DelhiEnjoy a guided tour of Old Delhi and New Delhi including a drive past the Red Fort and India Gate and a visit to Jama Masjid and Raj Ghat. End the tour with a visit to Qutb Minar tower and the tomb of Emperor Humayun. (B)Day 15: AgraDrive to Agra. Enjoy lunch at a rooftop restaurant overlooking the Taj Mahal before visiting Agra fort and the Taj Mahal. Check into the Courtyard by Mariott for an overnight stay. (B)Day 16: Fatehpur Sikri • Jaipur Drive to Jaipur, en route visiting Fatehpur Sikri, the beautiful deserted citadel. Check into the Hilton, Jaipur for 2 nights. (B)Day 17: JaipurTour the fabulous hilltop citadel of Amber fort, en route taking a photo-stop at Hawa Mahal. Visit the City Palace Museum and the Jantar Mantar observatory. Walk around the colourful bazaars. (B)Days 18-19: Delhi • Fly to LondonDrive back to Delhi and transfer to the airport for your return flight via Dubai. (B) (N)

Tour + Tamil Nadu6 Days & 4 Nights from £845

Explore the temples and artisanry of the eclectic state of Tamil Nadu.

Day 13: ThekkadyMorning transfer to Thekkady. After lunch, visit a spice garden to learn about different spices and how they are used. Overnight at the Spice Village. (B)Day 14: MaduraiDrive to Madurai and visit the Meenakshi temple for the evening ceremony. Surrounded by colourful markets, the temple is a brilliant example of southern temple architecture, with its nine gopurams soaring to almost 50 metres above the gateways. Stay overnight at the Gateway Hotel Madurai. (B)Day 15: Tiruchchirappalli • KumbakonamMorning drive to Tiruchchirappalli to visit the imposing Rock Fort temple. Continue to the nearby town of Kumbakonam for a 2-night stay at Mantra Veppathur. (B)Day 16: ThanjavurVisit to Brihadeeswara temple in Thanjavur (Tanjore) and Darasuram, a temple noted for its fine sculpture. Continue to a bronze casting studio to view the lost art of wax metal casting. (B)Days 17-18: Chennai • Fly to LondonFull-day drive to Chennai (Madras). Stay at Trident Chennai until departure to the airport. (B) (N)

Buddha statues, Dambulla caves, Sri Lanka Taj Mahal, Agra

Meenakshi Temple, Madurai

INDIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Tour Extensions

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 77 22/09/2017 09:41

78

Weather

Area map

Day 4: Anuradhapura • MihintaleDrive to the ancient city of Anuradhapura. For 1,400 years this city was Sri Lanka’s capital and contains fabulous Buddhist shrines and relics. Afternoon visit to Mihintale, the birthplace of Buddhism in Sri Lanka. (B)

Day 5: Sigiriya • PolonnaruwaMorning visit to the rock fortress town of Sigiriya. Continue to the 11th-century medieval capital of Polonnaruwa. (B)

Day 6: Dambulla • Kandy Morning visit to Dambulla, home to Asia’s most impressive cave temples. Continue to the beautiful hill station of Kandy and stay 2 nights at the Earls Regency Hotel (or similar). Afternoon city tour. Later, in the evening, take time to watch a traditional Kandyan dance performance and visit the Temple of the Tooth. (B)

Day 7: KandyKandy is set on the shores of a beautiful man-made lake and the area abounds with rich and varied plant life. Morning visit to the Royal Botanical Gardens. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 8: Nuwara EliyaEarly morning drive to Nuwara Eliya hill station via a tea plantation. Situated at 2,000 metres above sea level, Nuwara Eliya attracted the British in the 18th century and their legacy is still visible. Stay at the Heritance Tea Factory (or similar) for 2 nights. (B)

Day 9: Horton PlainsEarly morning visit to Horton Plains, situated on Sri Lanka’s highest plateau (this excursion involves a 2.5-hour trek*). Horton Plains is inhabited by large populations of monkeys and sambar deer. The remainder of the day is at leisure. (B)

Day 10: Ella • YalaTransfer to Ella; the view through the Ella Gap – a break in the hills – is one of the finest in Sri Lanka. Visit the Rawana Ella Falls before continuing to Yala. Stay 2 nights at Jetwing Yala (or similar). (B)

Day 11: YalaMorning wildlife safari in Yala National Park. Covering 1,300 sq km, Yala National Park encompasses a diversity of jungle habitats, including scrub, brackish lagoons and riverside locations. Creatures that may be seen include elephants, leopards, sloth bears, spotted deer, sambar deer, wild pigs, jackals, marsh crocodiles and a great variety of birdlife. (B)

Days 12-13: Galle • AhungallaDrive to Ahungalla, stopping for a tour of Galle

The island nation of Sri Lanka has a wealth of cultural, archaeological and natural treasures. This comprehensive tour visits both the popular and some of the lesser-known sites in northern, central and southern Sri Lanka.

C&K Signature experiences

Visit the impressive Dambulla caves & Sigiriya rock fortress

Witness a Puja ceremony at the Temple of the Tooth

Stay in an authentic converted tea factory

Finish the tour with relaxation on the beach

Day 1: Fly to ColomboOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Colombo with Sri Lankan Airlines. (N)

Day 2: ColomboAfternoon arrival and transfer to the Cinammon Lakeside (or similar) for 1 night. (N)

Day 3: DambullaIn the morning transfer to Dambulla. Stay 3 nights at the Heritance Kandalama hotel (or similar). (B)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 16 people (max 26)

Direct international flights with Sri Lankan Airlines

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

12 breakfasts

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Wildlife safari & national park entrance fees

Colombo J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 31 31 32 32 31 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

B 22 23 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 24 23 22

C 55 74 136 250 382 186 124 116 236 371 306 166

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Duration • 14 Days & 12 Nights Group tour • From £1,995Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,125

Sri Lanka: The Enchanted Island

Sigiriya rock fortress

SRI LANKA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 78 22/09/2017 09:41

79

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,995Guide price months: Sep

High season from £2,225Guide price months: Oct – Mar

Single supplement from £550

Private travelLow season from £2,125Guide price months: Sep

High season from £2,345Guide price months: Oct – Mar

Single supplement from £550

Sri Lankan Airlines flight upgradesBusiness Class from £1,795 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sat)14 Jan 18 27 Jan 1828 Jan 18 10 Feb 1811 Feb 18 24 Feb 1825 Feb 18 10 Mar 18

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sat)04 Mar 18 17 Mar 1809 Sep 18 22 Sep 1821 Oct 18 03 Nov 1818 Nov 18 01 Dec 18

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sat)13 Jan 19 26 Jan 1927 Jan 19 09 Feb 1910 Feb 19 23 Feb 1924 Feb 19 09 Mar 19

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sat)03 Mar 19 16 Mar 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 15 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: CET

fort. Stay 2 nights at Heritance Ahungalla or upgrade to the Vivanta by Taj Bentota (Superior Charm room) from £245. Following day at leisure. (B)

Day 14: Fly to LondonTransfer to Colombo and fly to London with Sri Lankan Airlines. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Maldives5 Days & 4 Nights from £1,725Extension starts on Day 14 of tour

The Maldivian archipelago of 1,190 islands stretches across the Indian Ocean. These tropical hideaways offer pure relaxation in exquisite surroundings. This extension price is based on a short flight from Colombo to Malé and a speed boat to the charming Cocoa Island, which offers 33 rooms and suites, each with a private terrace and direct access to the sea.

Important information

Maldives extension price: The Maldives extension price is based on travel in the low season and is intended as a guideline. There are often special offers available for off-peak travel and longer stays. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Elephants, Yala National Park

*Accessibility: Due to high altitude and uneven terrain, the Horton Plains trek requires a good level of fitness. Visits to certain ancient monuments in the Cultural Triangle require quite a bit of step climbing. In some cases this is in excess of 1,800 steps and in other instances somewhere between 800 and 1,200 steps.

Private & tailored travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 79 22/09/2017 09:41

80

Weather

Area map

Beach, Passikudah

Passikudah J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 27 29 30 33 34 34 34 34 33 31 29 28

B 24 24 25 25 26 26 25 25 25 24 24 24

C 110 100 60 60 60 30 70 90 90 210 330 350

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

absorbing the city’s unique mix of Portuguese, Dutch, English and Indian influences. (B, L)

Day 4: KandyDrive to Kandy, the last capital of the Sri Lankan kings. Drive around Kandy lake, which was built by the last Sinhala king, Sri Wickrama Rajasinghe, in 1798. Visit the Kandy town bazaar, the arts and crafts centre and lapidary. Later, watch an evening Puja ceremony at the sacred Temple of the Tooth followed by a cultural show. Stay at the Amaya Hills (or similar), located in the heart of the town, for 3 nights. (B)

Day 5: KandyVisit the Royal Botanical Gardens in Peradeniya, which contains an amazing variety of flowers, tree and plants. Peradeniya was first built as a pleasure garden by a Sinhala king and was later expanded by the British. Remainder of the day at leisure. (B)

Day 6: Nuwara EliyaTake the scenic train journey from Peradeniya to Nanu Oya station, the heart of tea country (subject to availability). Drive to Nuwara Eliya Golf Club for lunch. Founded in 1889, it is one of the oldest golf clubs in Asia. On your way back to Kandy, visit a tea plantation and factory to see the manufacturing and grading process of tea, before tasting a cup of pure Ceylon tea. (B, L)

Day 7: SigiriyaTransfer from Kandy to Sigiriya. En route visit the Dambulla cave temples containing the largest area of paintings found in the world and over 150 images of the Buddha. The largest is a colossal figure that spans 14 metres. Spend 3 nights at the Jetwing Lake (or similar). (B)

Day 8: PolonnaruwaVisit the Primate Centre at Polonnaruwa including a guided jungle tour of the three primate species

Sri Lanka is a year-round destination: while the west and south succumb to monsoon rains, the period from May to September is the right time to travel to the rest of the country. This tour includes tea plantation tours, sacred Buddhist sights, wildlife tracking excursions, ancient architectural riches and beach relaxation.

C&K Signature experiences

Authentic Sri Lankan lunch in a local village

3 nights relaxation on a tranquil east coast beach

Visit the Primate Centre at Polonnaruwa

Scenic train journey through the tea country

Day 1: Fly to ColomboOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Colombo with Sri Lankan Airlines. (N)

Day 2: ColomboArrive in Colombo and transfer to the Jetwing Colombo Seven (or similar) for a 2-night stay. Afternoon at leisure. (N)

Day 3: ColomboTravel to a rural village amid the paddy fields for a tuk-tuk ride and a visit to a traditional village home. Watch the traditional production of cinnamon and oil and the ancient art of rubber tapping. Enjoy an authentic Sri Lankan lunch followed by a panoramic city tour of Colombo,

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room &

flight upgrades available

Maximum group size – 26 people

Direct international flights with

Sri Lankan Airlines

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

12 breakfasts & 3 lunches

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Balanced pace

Perahera festival departure

Duration • 14 Days & 12 Nights Group tour • From £1,695Category • Superior Private tour • From £1,945

Sri Lanka Summer Explorer

NEWTOUR

SRI LANKA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 80 22/09/2017 09:42

81

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,695Guide price months: Apr

High season from £1,825Guide price months: May – Jun

Single supplement from £440

Private travelLow season from £1,945Guide price months: Apr

High season from £2,035Guide price months: May – Jun

Single supplement from £440

Sri Lankan Airlines flight upgradesBusiness Class from £1,795 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Mon) Rtn (Sun)12 Mar 18 25 Mar 1816 Apr 18 29 Apr 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Sun)14 May 18 27 May 1804 Jun 18 17 Jun 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Sun)18 Jun 18 01 Jul 1816 Jul 18 29 Jul 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Sun)13 Aug 18 26 Aug 18*10 Sep 18 23 Sep 18

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (16 – 26 Aug)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: SSU

Lion Rock fortress, Sigiriya

(toque macaques, hanuman langurs and purple-faced langurs), a documentary film, lecture and refreshments. Continue to Polonnaruwa, once an important medieval capital and the crown jewel of King Parakramabahu I. (B)

Day 9: Sigiriya • MinneriyaDrive to Sigiriya to climb the fifth-century rock citadel. Ascend the steep stairs – 1,200 in total – to reach the summit of the fortress, admiring the colourful frescoes that adorn the side of the rocks along the way. Enjoy a typical farm lunch at Priyamali Gedara. Continue to Minneriya for an afternoon safari. Spreading over 8,800 hectares, this is a sanctuary for elephants, herds of deer and a variety of birdlife. Evening cookery demonstration at the hotel. Learn how to make a typical Sri Lankan chicken curry and two vegetable dishes. (B, L)

Day 10: PassikudahTravel to Passikudah for 3 nights’ relaxation at Anantaya Resort, Passikudah (Superior room). Located on a secluded beach on the lesser-visited east coast of Sri Lanka, the luxury Anantaya Passikudah is surrounded by unspoilt natural beauty, clear waters and exotic coral reefs. (B)

Days 11-12: Passikudah At leisure. (B)

Day 13: ColomboTravel back to Colombo by road for an overnight stay at the Jetwing Colombo Seven (or similar) or opt for a domestic flight with Cinnamon Air from Batticaloa, from £270. (B)

Day 14: Fly to LondonTake the direct flight back to London with Sri Lankan Airlines. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Festival departure The 13 August 2018 departure coincides with the Esala Perahera festival in Kandy.

Important information

Accessibility: Visits to certain ancient monuments in the Cultural Triangle require steep climbing, including ascending more than 1,800 steps in one instance.

Tour variations: Due to changes to seasonal schedules and opening times, there are minor

itinerary variations for certain departure dates. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 81 22/09/2017 09:42

82

Weather

MAP

This group tour features…

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 11 people (max 26)

International flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guides

9 breakfasts, 6 lunches, 7 dinners

Farewell dinner

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports and stations

Bhutanese visa included

Festival departures: Paro, Thimphu, Punakha, Jambhay Lhakhang & Black-necked Crane

Area map

The remote Kingdom of Bhutan, with its fascinating cultural heritage and beautiful mountain scenery, was off limits to tourists until 1974. Today, the country continues to preserve its age-old traditions, as revealed in this tour, which travels through western and central Bhutan visiting the forts, monasteries and markets of the ‘Dragon Kingdom’.

C&K Signature experiences

Witness Bhutan’s colourful festivals

Bhutanese cooking class

Explore Kathmandu’s medieval centre

Meet with local monks

Day 1: Fly to Kathmandu via DelhiOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Kathmandu, via Delhi, with Jet Airways. (N)

Day 2: KathmanduAfternoon arrival in Kathmandu and transfer to the Hotel Himalaya (or similar) for 2 nights. (N)

Day 3: KathmanduMorning tour of Kathmandu. Afternoon visit to the temple at Pashupatinath and Bodhnath. (B)

Day 4: Fly to Paro • ThimphuMorning flight to Paro. Drive to Thimphu. Afternoon tour including the National Library. Stay 2 nights at the Hotel Kisa (or similar). (B, L, D)

Day 5: ThimphuMorning sightseeing in Thimphu, including the National Memorial Chorten. Afternoon at leisure. Dinner this evening with a local family. (B, L, D)

Day 6: PunakhaTravel to Punakha. Visit a traditional farmhouse for an authentic village experience. Stay 2 nights at the Meri Puensum (or similar). (B, L, D)

Day 7: PunakhaMorning tour of Punakha, including the Punakha dzong, a 17th-century fortress. This afternoon visit the Nalanda Buddhist Institute to meet with the Buddhist monks. (B, L, D)

Day 8: ParoDrive to Paro and stay 2 nights at the Village Lodge (or similar). Afternoon visit to Ta dzong, now the national museum. Later, enjoy a cooking class in spicy Bhutanese cuisine. (B, L, D)

Day 9: ParoMorning trek to Taktsang (Tiger’s Nest), a monastery perched on a rocky ledge. The return walk takes about 5 hours. Afternoon visit to Rinpung dzong. Later try your hand at Bhutan’s national sport – archery. (B, L, D)

Day 10: Fly to KathmanduMorning flight to Kathmandu. Stay overnight at the Hotel Himalaya (or similar). Farewell dinner at Brick Café. (B, D)

Day 11: Fly to London via DelhiFly from Kathmandu to London, via Delhi, with Jet Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Gangtey + Bumthang4 Days & 4 Nights from £805

This extension starts on Day 8 of the tour and diverts via Gangtey and Bumthang, taking in spectacular scenery and religious sights.

Day 8: GangteyDrive through picturesque Himalayan scenery via Dochula Pass (3,100 metres). Enjoy an excursion to a local village. Stay 2 nights at Hotel Dewachen (or similar). (B, L, D)

Thimphu J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 7 8 12 14 16 18 18 18 17 15 12 9

B -7 -5 0 3 6 9 10 10 8 3 -2 -5

C 8 9 34 79 180 411 529 391 247 81 11 5

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Duration • 11 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £3,035Category • Discovery Private tour • From £3,185

Bhutan:The Dragon Kingdom

Traditional dancer

BHUTAN

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 82 22/09/2017 09:42

83

Day 9: GangteyMorning visit to Ta dzong and Trongsa dzong. Afternoon walk to explore the surrounds. (B, L, D)Day 10: BumthangProceed to Bumthang, one of the most spectacular valleys in Bhutan. Stay at the Village Lodge (or similar) for 2 nights. (B, L, D)Day 11: BumthangVisits to Kurje lhakhang, Jambay lhakhang, the ancient Buddhist wall paintings at Tamshing lhakhang and Jakar dzong. (B, L, D)Day 12: ParoTravel to Paro. Stay 2 nights at the Village Lodge (or similar). (B, L, D)Day 13: ParoMorning trek to Taktsang (Tiger’s Nest) monastery. The return walk takes about 5 hours. Afternoon visit to Rinpung dzong and Ta dzong, now the national museum. Later, enjoy a cooking class in spicy Bhutanese cuisine. (B, L, D)Day 14: Fly to KathmanduMorning flight to Kathmandu. Stay overnight at the Hotel Himalaya (or similar). (B)Day 15: Fly to London via DelhiFly to London, via Delhi, with Jet Airways. (B)

Tsechus (festivals)

The 17 Feb 2018 departure coincides with the Punakha tsechu; the 22 Mar 2018 departure coincides with the Paro tsechu (slightly different itinerary to allow more time in Paro – please ask your tour consultant for details); and the 16 Sep 2018 departure coincides with the Thimphu tsechu. The 16 Oct 2018 departure and extension coincides with Jambhay Lhakhang and the 3 Nov 2018 departure and extension visits the Black-Necked Crane Festival.

Taktsang Goemba (Tiger's Nest Monastery)

Important information

Discovery tour: Hotel standards in Bhutan range from first class in Paro (available at a supplement on private travel only) to reasonably comfortable in western Bhutan and more basic in central areas. The tour involves some long drives. The road from Trongsa to Bumthang is currently under repair.

Tour variations: Due to changes to seasonal schedules and opening times, there are minor

itinerary variations for certain festival departure dates. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £3,035Guide price months: Feb

High season from £3,135Guide price months: Oct – Nov

Single supplement from £405

Private travelLow season from £3,185Guide price months: Feb

High season from £3,285Guide price months: Oct – Nov

Single supplement from £405

Jet Airways flight upgradesPremiere Class from £1,725 returnFirst Class from £3,365 return

Regional air connectionsFrom £205 returnPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 10 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: BHU

Out Rtn 17 Feb 18 27 Feb 1822 Mar 18 01 Apr 18

Out Rtn 16 Sep 18 26 Sep 1801 Oct 18 11 Oct 18

Out Rtn 16 Oct 18 26 Oct 1803 Nov 18 13 Nov 18

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 58-83 (India, Sri Lanka & Bhutan).indd 83 22/09/2017 09:42

84

CHINA

Weather

Area map

Beijing J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 2 4 11 20 27 30 31 30 26 19 10 3

B -10 -7 -1 7 13 18 22 20 14 7 -1 -7

C 2 4 7 18 29 65 152 143 42 18 7 2

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 5: XianMorning visit to the lake, gardens and pagodas of the Summer Palace. High-speed train* to Xian and stay at the Grand Noble Xian hotel / Sofitel on Renmin Square* for 2 nights. (B)

Day 6: Terracotta Warriors • XianMorning excursion to the Terracotta Warriors, the Tang Bo Art Museum, followed by a lesson in Chinese calligraphy. Afternoon visit to the Muslim quarter and Grand Mosque. Optional evening excursion to enjoy a Tang dynasty music performance with dinner. (B, L)

Day 7: Fly to GuilinMorning tour of the city walls and Wild Goose Pagoda. Fly to Guilin and overnight at the Sheraton Hotel / Shangri-La, Guilin*. (B, L)

Days 8-9: YangshuoMorning cruise down the Li river, past a dramatic landscape of limestone peaks. Arrive in Yangshuo and stroll along busy West Street, then transfer to the Yangshuo Resort (or similar) / Banyan Tree Yangshuo* for a 2-night stay. Following day at leisure to enjoy the relaxed riverside atmosphere of Yangshuo. (B)

Day 10: Fly to ChengduMorning flight to Chengdu, then transfer to the Sheraton Lido / Shangri-La Chengdu* for 1 night. Afternoon at leisure. Optional evening excursion to enjoy a Sichuan opera performance. (B)

Day 11: ChongqingVisit the Giant Panda Research Base. Afternoon train journey* to Chongqing, then transfer to a local restaurant for dinner. In the evening, board the Victoria Jenna (or similar) / Sanctuary Yangzi Explorer* for a 3-night cruise to Yichang. (B, L, D)

Days 12-13: Yangtze river cruiseCruise through the striking Three Gorges section of the Yangtze, an area of towering cliffs and twisting canyons. A range of shore excursions are available, with entertainment provided in the evenings. (B, L, D)

Day 14: Yichang • Fly to ShanghaiMorning visit to the Three Gorges Dam, then disembark in Yichang. Tour the Yichang Museum, followed by a visit to a local teahouse. Evening flight to Shanghai, and stay 2 nights at the Central Hotel / Fairmont Peace Hotel*. (B, L)

Day 15: ShanghaiMorning tour of Jade Buddha temple, Yu garden and the historic Bund. Optional evening visit to the state acrobatics show. (B)

Day 16: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly back to London. (B)

This comprehensive tour of China visits the treasures of Beijing, the Terracotta Warriors at Xian, picturesque scenery between Guilin and Yangshuo and the pandas at Chengdu. Cruise the Yangtze river and visit the Three Gorges Dam, before ending the tour in cosmopolitan Shanghai.

C&K Signature experiences

Discover historic Beijing in the Liulichang district

Explore the less-visited Jinshanling section of the Great Wall & the Terracotta Warriors

Luxury tour option with stays at Banyan Tree and Fairmont hotels & a cruise on the Sanctuary Yangzi Explorer

Day 1: Fly to BeijingOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) direct to Beijing with British Airways. Please speak to your tour consultant to discuss alternative flight options. (N)

Day 2: BeijingArrive and transfer to the Novotel Peace Hotel or the Park Plaza (or similar) / Regent Hotel* for 3 nights. Afternoon visit to the Temple of Heaven. Welcome dinner at a Peking duck restaurant. (D)

Day 3: BeijingMorning visit to Tiananmen Square and the Forbidden City, then stroll through historic Liulichang district and the hutongs (narrows streets). (B, L)

Day 4: Great WallFull-day excursion to the Great Wall at Jinshanling, a quiet and dramatic section of the wall. (B, L)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation options

Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 10-15 people (max 26)

International & internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

14 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 4 dinners

Welcome dinner to meet the group & guide

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Duration • 16 Days & 14 Nights Group tour • From £3,520Category • Superior & Luxury Private tour • From £4,195

China: The Grand Tour

Temple of Heaven, Beijing

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 84 22/09/2017 09:45

85

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Extend your holiday in Hong Kong, Hangzhou or Suzhou. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Important information

*Tour standards: Superior tour departures are based in 4- and 5-star accommodation. Luxury tour departures will feature upgraded accommodation as indicated by the asterisks, and first class train travel. Prices are based on the standard room / cabin category.

Accessibility: This tour involves climbing steps and some long walks. A reasonable level of fitness is required. You may need to carry your luggage at train stations.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Great Wall of China at Jinshanling

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £725 returnClub World from £2,795 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Superior group tour departure dates for 2018-19 Tour code: CGS

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sat)24 Mar 18 08 Apr 1806 Apr 18 21 Apr 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sat)18 May 18 02 Jun 1807 Sep 18 22 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sat)12 Oct 18 27 Oct 1826 Oct 18 10 Nov 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sat)22 Mar 19 06 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (15 Dec – 03 Jan)

Group tour: Superior departuresLow season from £3,520Guide price months: Mar – Apr

High season from £3,795Guide price months: Oct

Single supplement from £835

Group tour: Luxury departuresLow season from £4,455Guide price months: May

High season from £4,995Guide price months: Sep – Oct

Single supplement from £1,585

Private travel: SuperiorLow season from £4,195Guide price months: Mar

High season from £4,495Guide price months: Sep

Single supplement: POA

Luxury group tour departure dates for 2018 Tour code: CGR

Guideline prices for 2018-19

Out (Mon) Rtn (Tue)16 Apr 18 01 May 1821 May 18 05 Jun 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Tue)27 Aug 18 11 Sep 1824 Sep 18 09 Oct 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Tue)22 Oct 18 06 Nov 18

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 85 22/09/2017 09:45

86

JAPAN

Weather

Duration • 12 Days & 9 Nights Category • Superior Group tour • From £4,655

Japan’s Cultural Treasures

Area map

Tokyo J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 10 10 13 19 23 25 29 31 27 21 17 12

B 0 1 4 9 14 18 22 24 20 14 8 3

C 43 58 94 119 132 181 128 147 181 158 84 44

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

New Takanawa (or similar) for 3 nights. (N)

Day 3: Fuji-Hakone-Izu National ParkFull-day excursion to the Fuji-Hakone-Izu National Park for views of Mount Fuji, a cruise on Lake Ashi and a ride on the Mount Komagatake Ropeway (cable car) and a visit to the Hakone Open-Air Museum. (B, L)

Day 4: Tokyo Full-day tour visiting Asakusa Kannon temple, Tokyo National Museum, the Imperial East Garden and the peaceful Meiji shrine. Lunch will be a kushiage meal of fried meat and vegetables. (B, L)

Day 5: KanazawaMorning departure by shinkansen (bullet train) to Kanazawa. Visit Kanazawa castle park and the Kenroku-en garden. Stay 2 nights at the Crowne Plaza ANA Kanazawa (or similar). (B, L)

Days 6: Kanazawa • ShirakawagoEarly morning stroll in the Higashi-Chayamachi district, home to various traditional buildings, then visit the busy Omi fresh food market. Afternoon excursion to Shirakawago to see the Unesco-listed gasshō-zukuri houses and their unique architectural style. (B)

Days 7: KyotoTravel by express train to Kyoto. Afternoon visit to Nijo castle, then experience a traditional tea ceremony in a machiya (wooden townhouse), followed by a visit to Nishiki market. Stay 2 nights at the Rihga Royal Hotel Kyoto (or similar). (B, L)

Day 8: Kyoto • NaraMorning visit to Kinkakuji temple (Golden Pavilion), then Ryoanji temple, famous for its zen rock garden. Afternoon tour of the historic city of Nara. Return to Kyoto. (B)

Day 9: Kyoto • HiroshimaMorning at leisure to explore Kyoto at your own pace. Afternoon bullet train journey to Hiroshima. Stay 2 nights at the Rihga Royal Hotel Hiroshima. (B)

Day 10: Miyajima island • HiroshimaTake the ferry over to Miyajima island to visit the Itsukushima shrine and see the Torii gate. Return to the mainland and take the train back to the city to visit the Hiroshima Peace Memorial Park and the Memorial Museum. (B)

Day 11: Himeji • Osaka • Fly to LondonBoard a bullet train for the journey north to Himeji city. Take a tour of Himeji castle, which, unlike most castles in Japan, is still in its original

Discover the cultural heritage of Japan on this exciting journey through the country’s main island of Honshu. Begin with an exploration of Tokyo and the nearby Hakone National Park, visit the tranquil Kenroku-en garden and the castle of Kanazawa before exploring the imperial city of Kyoto, with its many temples and shrines. Experience the sombre modern history of Hiroshima, then visit the picturesque island of Miyajima with its celebrated torii gate. Finish with a visit to Himeji, famed for its castle and Japanese gardens, before flying home from Osaka.

C&K Signature experiences

Traditional tea ceremony experience in Kyoto

Visit Shirakawago to see the Unesco-listed gasshō-zukuri houses

See the impressive Himeji castle & wander through the Koko-en gardens

Spectacular cherry blossom throughout March & April departures

Day 1: Fly to Tokyo via DubaiOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Tokyo Haneda airport via Dubai with Emirates. (N)

Day 2: TokyoArrive and transfer to the Grand Prince Hotel

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 10 people

(max 26)

International flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

9 breakfasts & 3 lunches

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Bullet train travel

Cherry blossom season departures

Mount Fuji with Chureito pagoda in spring

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 86 22/09/2017 09:45

87

XXXXXXXXXX

form and is arguably the finest example of medieval castle architecture in Japan. Afterwards, take a stroll in the Koko-en gardens, which consist of nine separate, walled gardens with ponds, waterfalls and a tea ceremony house. Travel by bullet train to Osaka, then continue by coach to Osaka airport for the overnight flight with Emirates back to London, via Dubai. (B)

Day 12: LondonEarly morning arrival in London. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Festival departures

Hanami (cherry blossoms) Hanami, literally meaning ‘flower viewing’, is the traditional Japanese custom of enjoying the blossoming cherry trees from March to early May, and specifically in Tokyo and Kyoto in early April. Cherry blossom can be seen on many of the excursions on the March and April departures.

Important information

Accommodation: Please note that in Japan room sizes can be significantly smaller than in Europe.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Emirates flight upgradesBusiness Class from £2,845 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Group tourLow season from £4,655Guide price months: Apr & Oct

High season from £4,955Guide price months: Mar

Single Supplement: £735

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out Rtn17 Mar 18 28 Mar 1824 Mar 18 04 Apr 18

Out Rtn09 Apr 18 20 Apr 1807 Oct 18 18 Oct 18

Out Rtn04 Nov 18 15 Nov 1816 Mar 19 27 Mar 19

Out Rtn23 Mar 19 03 Apr 19

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: JCT

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (23 Dec – 04 Jan and 23 Apr – 07 May)

Itinerary: Excursions on days 3 and 4 may be switched, subject to local conditions.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, but note that the cost of travelling on a private basis rather than as part of a group is significantly

higher in Japan than in most countries. This is because of the very high costs of private guides and vehicles. To reduce costs, a similar itinerary can be booked using public transport and some self-guided excursions, for which guideline prices are shown. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Gateway to Nijo castle, Kyoto

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 87 22/09/2017 09:45

88

TAIWAN

Early Portuguese sailors named Taiwan Ilha Formosa, meaning ‘beautiful island’, due to the breathtaking scenery, which still impresses modern visitors today. The energetic capital, Taipei, is home to possibly the best collection of Chinese artefacts in the world, while Tainan showcases Taiwanese architecture. The countryside is perhaps the biggest surprise, with deep gorges, snow-capped mountains, hot springs and tea plantations.

C&K Signature experiences

Overnight at the Fo Guang Shan monastery & join the monks for prayers

Discover ancient Chinese treasures at the National Palace Museum

Stay at the luxury Lalu Hotel & cruise on Sun Moon Lake

Walk along nature trails in the stunning Taroko gorge

Day 1: Fly to Taipei via Hong KongFly from London (regional connections available) to Taipei via Hong Kong with Cathay Pacific. (N)

Day 2: TaipeiArrive and transfer to The Landis hotel (or similar) for 2 nights. Welcome dinner at The Landis Hotel. (D)

Day 3: Taipei Full-day tour of Taipei, including the National Palace Museum, National Chiang Kai-shek

Weather

Area map

Taipei J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 17 18 20 24 27 30 32 32 30 26 23 19

B 11 11 13 17 20 22 24 24 22 19 16 13

C 105 168 185 163 215 263 196 202 184 122 98 87

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Memorial Hall, Martyrs’ Shrine and Longshan temple. Optional evening visit to the Chinese opera. (B, L)

Day 4: Yilan • Taroko Drive to Taroko* passing through the hilly tea estates of Yilan, stopping en route to sample some local tea. Stay 2 nights at Silks Place Taroko. (B)

Day 5: Taroko gorgeMorning tour of the remarkable Taroko gorge, visiting the Eternal Spring shrine, Swallow Grotto and the Siangde temple. Optional afternoon walk on the Shakadang trail. (B)

Days 6-7: Sun Moon LakeDrive on the Central Cross-Island Highway to the atmospheric Sun Moon Lake for a 2-night stay at The Lalu hotel. The following day take a short boat excursion on the lake, then visit the Wenwu temple and the Tse-en pagoda. (B)

Day 8: AlishanDrive to Alishan Forest Park, one of the most spectacular mountainous regions of Taiwan. Afternoon walk in the Alishan Forest Park. Overnight at Alishan House. (B, D)

Day 9: Tainan • Fo Guang Shan monasteryOptional early morning ride on the Alishan Forest Railway to see the sunrise (weather permitting) from the summit of Mount Alishan. After breakfast, drive to Tainan and visit the Chihkan Towers and the Confucian temple, then proceed to Fo Guang Shan, the largest Buddhist monastery in south-east Asia. Stay overnight at the monastery guesthouse†. (B, D)

Day 10: Kaohsiung • Meinong • Taipei Option to rise early and join the monks for morning prayers, then drive to Kaohsiung city and the village of Meinong, known for its oil-paper umbrellas. Train to Taipei. Stay overnight at The Landis hotel. (B)

Day 11: Fly to London via Hong KongFly to London via Hong Kong with Cathay Pacific. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Hong Kong 4 Days & 3 Nights from £795

Hong Kong, enclosed by the Pearl river delta and South China Sea, is known for its culture, cuisine, shopping and magnificent skyline.

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 10 people

(max 26)

International flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

9 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 3 dinners

Welcome dinner to meet the group

& guide

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Duration • 11 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £2,995Category • Superior Private tour • From £3,595

Taiwan: The Beautiful Island

Taipei skyline

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 88 22/09/2017 09:45

89

But it also holds many surprises, with spectacular rural scenery, the beautiful bays of Sai Kung and many quiet outlying islands. Discover this intriguing city with a 3-night stay at The Langham, Hong Kong.

Important information

*Transport to Taroko: Please note that due to local weather conditions the journey to Taroko may need to be taken by train instead, in which case the visit to Yilan will not be possible.

†Fo Guang Shan monastery: Overnight stays at the Fo Guang Shan monastery are subject to availability. If an unscheduled event is being held at the monastery, a night at a Kaohsiung hotel will be provided instead.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Alishan landscape

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,995Guide price months: Sep

High season from £3,495Guide price months: Mar 2019

Single supplement from £935

Private travelLow season from £3,595Guide price months: May

High season from £3,795Guide price months: Oct – Nov

Single supplement: Please enquire for prices

Cathay Pacific flight upgradesPremium Economy from £895 returnBusiness Class from £2,845 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (15 Dec – 03 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: TWP

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)08 Mar 18 18 Mar 1803 May 18 13 May 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)20 Sep 18 30 Sep 1801 Nov 18 11 Nov 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)07 Mar 19 17 Mar 19

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 89 22/09/2017 09:45

90

BURMA

Weather

Area map

Fisherman, Inle lake

Rangoon J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 32 35 36 37 33 30 30 30 30 32 32 32

B 18 19 22 24 25 24 24 24 24 24 22 19

C 5 2 6 17 307 567 577 624 381 206 62 7

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

by a full-day trip to Maymyo (Pyin Oo Lwin), a former British hill station. Take a horse-drawn carriage to see grand colonial houses and a local market. Lunch is at the Club Terrace in Maymyo, followed by a visit to the National Kandawgyi Gardens. Optional evening performance at the Myanmar Marionettes Theatre. (B, L)

Day 4: Fly to Nyaung U • PaganCross the river to visit the pagodas of Sagaing Hill, then return to visit the ancient royal capital of Inwa (Ava) and take a horse-drawn carriage to visit the Bagayar monastery, before flying to Nyaung U. On arrival, transfer to the Aye Yar River View Resort in Pagan (Bagan), for 3 nights. (B, L)

Day 5: Pagan temple visitsOptional sunrise balloon ride over Pagan (October to March only; must be booked in advance). Full-day tour of Pagan, including the Ananda, Dhammayangyi and Htilominlo temples. (B)

Day 6: Pagan temple visitsFull-day tour of Pagan, including Shwezigon pagoda, Lawkananda and Dhammayazika temples. End the day with a sunset cruise on the Irrawaddy river. (B)

Day 7: Fly to Heho • Inle lakeMorning flight to Heho and transfer to Inle lake. In the afternoon, take a tour of the floating gardens, pagodas and visit a craft village. Stay 2 nights at the Amata Garden Resort. (B, L, D)

Day 8: Inle lakeMorning boat journey to the village of Indein, home to the Paoh people, where you will visit the Indein pagoda complex that consists of hundreds of small stupas. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D)

Day 9: Fly to RangoonMorning flight to Rangoon (Yangon), then visit the Kalaywatawya monastery. Continue to the city via a stop outside the stateswoman Aung San Suu Kyi’s gated home and the reclining Buddha statue, and on to the Chatrium Hotel for a 2-night stay. (B)

Day 10: RangoonVisit Shwedagon pagoda, then take a walking tour of the downtown area, including Sule pagoda, Theingyi market and the National Museum. Farewell dinner. (B, D)

Day 11: Fly to London via BangkokMorning at leisure. Transfer to the airport and fly back to London via Bangkok. (B)

Day 12: LondonMorning arrival. (N)

Burma (Myanmar) has a long, eventful history and, as a result, a fascinating cultural heritage. Visit the highlights of this diverse country including the thousands of pagodas in ancient Pagan (Bagan), the floating villages of Inle lake and the former royal capital of Rangoon (Yangon).

C&K Signature experiences

Welcome barbecue dinner & Burmese cultural show at Kinsana Garden restaurant at the Mandalay Hill Resort

Cocktail & sunset cruise on the Irrawaddy river

Two full days to explore the magnificent temples of Pagan

Lunch at the Club Terrace in the former British hill station of Maymyo

Day 1: Fly to Mandalay via BangkokFly from London (regional connections available) to Mandalay via Bangkok with Thai Airways. (N)

Day 2: MandalayArrive in Mandalay and transfer to Mandalay Hill Resort for 2 nights, via a visit to the Mahamuni pagoda. At dusk drive out to U Bein Bridge to watch the sunset. Welcome dinner. (D)

Day 3: Maymyo Morning visit to Mandalay Palace, followed

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 10 people (max 26)

International & internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

9 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 4 dinners

Welcome & farewell dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports

Duration • 12 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £2,525Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,775

The Golden Land of Burma

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 90 22/09/2017 09:45

91

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Ngapali Beach Break4 Days & 3 Nights from £475

Extend your stay in Burma with some time spent relaxing on the pristine beaches of Ngapali, staying at the Amata Hotel for 3 nights.

Important information

Internal flights: Due to a restricted domestic flight schedule in Burma, the journey involves a number of early morning flights and requires check in at least one hour prior to departure.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,525Guide price months: Nov

High season from £2,995Guide price months: Dec

Single supplement from £635

Private travelLow season from £2,775Guide price months: Sep

High season from £2,975Guide price months: Jan – Feb

Single supplement: Please enquire for prices

Thai Airways flight upgradesRoyal Silk Class from £1,845 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (15 Dec – 03 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: BTL

Out Rtn12 Jan 18 23 Jan 1809 Feb 18 20 Feb 1816 Mar 18 27 Mar 18

Out Rtn19 Oct 18 30 Oct 1809 Nov 18 20 Nov 1821 Dec 18 01 Jan 19

Out Rtn11 Jan 19 22 Jan 1908 Feb 19 19 Feb 1915 Mar 18 26 Mar 19

Temple landscape, Pagan

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 91 22/09/2017 09:45

92

VIETNAM, LAOS & CAMBODIA

Weather

Area map

Luang Prabang J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 27 30 32 33 33 32 31 31 31 30 28 26

B 13 14 17 20 23 23 23 22 22 20 17 13

C 16 20 33 110 161 257 241 299 182 121 40 12

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 4: Luang PrabangEarly morning optional excursion to see monks receiving alms (payable locally). After breakfast, take an excursion to Kuang Si Falls with a picnic lunch. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L)

Day 5: Fly to Hanoi, VietnamMorning at leisure. Optional boat trip to the Pak Ou caves (payable locally). Afternoon flight to Hanoi and transfer to The Ann Hotel Hanoi for a 2-night stay. (B)

Day 6: Hanoi Morning tour of Ho Chi Minh’s mausoleum* and residence and One Pillar Pagoda. Continue to the Temple of Literature, Hoan Kiem lake and Ngoc Son temple. Lunch is at KOTO restaurant, an organisation that provides vocational training for underprivileged youth in Vietnam, followed by a visit to the Museum of Ethnology. In the evening there is an opportunity to see a water puppet show in Hanoi (payable locally). (B, L)

Day 7: Halong BayDrive to Halong Bay and board a traditional junk sailing vessel for an afternoon cruise and overnight accommodation. (B, L, D)

Day 8: Fly to Danang • Hoi AnMorning cruise around the karst limestone islands. Disembark in the late morning and drive to Hanoi airport for an evening flight to Danang. Transfer to the Palm Garden Beach Resort & Spa for a 3-night stay. (B, L)

Day 9: Hoi AnMorning walking tour of Hoi An. Lunch at Streets International restaurant, a social enterprise initiative with the aim of developing and operating sustainable programmes for street children. Afternoon at leisure, or join an optional excursion to the ruined temples of My Son (payable locally). (B, L)

Day 10: Hoi AnDay at leisure. Optional class at the Red Bridge cooking school (payable locally). (B)

Day 11: HueMorning drive over the spectacular Hai Van Pass to Hue (weather permitting), stopping at Cham Museum en route. Afternoon visit to the Tombs of the Nguyen emperors Tu Duc and Khai Dinh, then visit the Dong Ba market. Either lunch or dinner today will be at a restored royal home of the Nguyen dynasty. Stay 1 night at the Pilgrimage Village. (B, L, D)

Day 12: Fly to Ho Chi Minh CityMorning cyclo ride to the Imperial Citadel and the Purple Forbidden City, followed by a river

The journey begins in the relatively untouched country of Laos. Continue to Vietnam, a rapidly developing and vibrant country. Explore the Mekong delta before a final journey through the captivating kingdom of Cambodia, ending at majestic Angkor Wat.

C&K Signature experiences

Two full days exploring the temples of Angkor, Cambodia

Wander in the ancient temple district of Luang Prabang, Laos

Cruises on Halong Bay & the Mekong delta, Vietnam

Enjoy a meal in a restored royal home from the Nguyen dynasty era

Day 1: Fly to Luang Prabang, Laos, via BangkokFly overnight from London (regional connections available) to Luang Prabang, via Bangkok, with Thai Airways. (N)

Day 2: Luang PrabangArrive and transfer to the Santi Resort & Spa (or similar) for a 3-night stay. Enjoy a welcome dinner at a local restaurant this evening. (D)

Day 3: Luang PrabangMorning tour of the ancient temple district and the Royal Palace Museum. Afternoon visit to the Ock Pop Tok weaving centre. (B, L)

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 10-20 people

(max 26)

International & internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

18 breakfasts, 10 lunches,

4 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome & farewell dinner

Duration • 21 Days & 18 Nights Group tour • From £3,995Category • Superior Private tour • From £4,375

Grand Tour of Indochina

Monks walking to a temple, Luang Prabang, Laos

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 92 22/09/2017 09:46

93

XXXXXXXXXX

Important information

*Ho Chi Minh’s mausoleum: Each year, Ho Chi Minh’s mausoleum is closed between 4 September and 4 November for re-embalmment of the body and can only be viewed from outside.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £3,995Guide price month: Nov

High season from £4,145Guide price months: Feb – Mar

Single supplement from £895

Private travelLow season from £4,375Guide price months: Jul – Aug

High season from £4,595Guide price month: Nov

Single supplement: Please enquire for prices

Thai Airways flight upgradesRoyal Silk Class from £1,845 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)02 Feb 18 22 Feb 1823 Feb 18 15 Mar 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)09 Mar 18 29 Mar 1819 Oct 18 08 Nov 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)02 Nov 18 22 Nov 1811 Jan 19 31 Jan 19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)22 Feb 19 14 Mar 1908 Mar 19 28 Mar 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (15 Dec – 03 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: LVS

cruise to Thien Mu pagoda. Transfer to the airport and fly to Ho Chi Minh City. Stay 3 nights at the Saigon Prince Hotel. (B)

Day 13: Ho Chi Minh CityMorning drive through the countryside to the Cu Chi tunnels. Afternoon city tour, visiting the Reunification Palace, Notre Dame cathedral and the War Remnants Museum. (B)

Day 14: Mekong delta cruise Drive to Cai Be in the Mekong delta and board a cruise through the smaller channels. (B, L)

Day 15: Fly to Phnom Penh, CambodiaFly to Phnom Penh and transfer to La Rose Boutique Hotel & Spa for a 2-night stay. (B)

Day 16: Phnom PenhMorning visit to the Royal Palace, the Silver Pagoda and the National Museum. Lunch at the restaurant of Pour un Sourire d’Enfant (PSE) training centre, a project that provides education for the city’s poorest children. Afternoon tour of the Tuol Sleng Museum of Genocide and the Choeung Ek Killing Fields. (B, L)

Day 17: Fly to Siem ReapFly to Siem Reap and stay at Tara Angkor Hotel for 3 nights. Afternoon tour of the Roluos temples. (B)

Day 18: Angkor templesFull-day tour of the temples. In the morning visit the magnificent Angkor Wat. Return to Siem Reap for lunch. In the afternoon explore Angkor Thom, the Terrace of the Elephants, the Terrace of the Leper King and the Bayon temple. (B, L)

Day 19: Angkor templesMorning at leisure. Afternoon excursion to

Banteay Srei temple and the small island temple of Neak Pean. Farewell dinner at a local restaurant. (B, D)

Day 20: Fly to London via BangkokThis afternoon, transfer to the airport and fly overnight to London via Bangkok. (B)

Day 21: LondonEarly morning arrival in London. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Angkor Wat, Siem Reap, Cambodia

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 93 22/09/2017 09:46

94

VIETNAM

Weather

Duration • 14 Days & 11 Nights Group tour • From £1,995Category • Superior & Luxury Private tour • From £2,395

Spirit of Vietnam

Area map

Hanoi J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 20 20 23 27 32 33 33 32 31 29 25 22

B 14 15 18 21 25 26 26 26 25 22 19 15

C 22 28 42 97 181 242 258 297 225 125 57 19

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

the One Pillar Pagoda, the Temple of Literature, Hoan Kiem lake and Ngoc Son temple. Lunch is at KOTO restaurant, an organisation that provides vocational training for underprivileged youth in Vietnam, followed by a visit to the Museum of Ethnology (subject to local conditions). Optional evening excursion to a water puppet show (payable locally). (B, L)

Day 4: Halong BayMorning drive to Halong Bay to board a junk boat (traditional Chinese sailing vessel) and cruise around the limestone islands. Overnight on board. (B, L, D)

Day 5: Fly to Hoi AnMorning cruise in Halong Bay. Disembark and drive to Hanoi airport and fly to Hoi An, one of Asia’s most enchanting towns. Stay 3 nights at the Palm Garden Beach Resort & Spa. The luxury category tour will stay at the Hotel Royal Hoi An*, which is located within walking distance of Hoi An Ancient Town. (B, L)

Day 6: Hoi AnMorning tour of the ruined temple of My Son. Lunch at Streets International restaurant, a social enterprise initiative with the purpose of developing sustainable programmes for street children. In the afternoon, take a walking tour of the former trading port of Hoi An, which has historic Chinese, Japanese and European influences. (B, L)

Day 7: Hoi AnDay at leisure. Optional classes at the Red Bridge cooking school (payable locally). (B)

Day 8: Danang • HueMorning drive over the spectacular Hai Van Pass (weather permitting) to Hue, visiting the Museum of Cham Sculpture in Danang en route. Afternoon at leisure. Stay at the Pilgrimage Village / La Residence Hué* for 2 nights. (B, L)

Day 9: HueMorning visit to Hue citadel, which encompasses the numerous pavilions, temples and courtyards of the former Imperial City, including the Purple Forbidden City. Continue to Thien Mu pagoda, then take a short cruise on the Perfume River back to the city centre. After lunch, visit the tombs of the Nguyen emperors Tu Duc and Khai Dinh. Dinner this evening will be at a restored royal home of the Nguyen dynasty. (B, D)

Day 10: Fly to Ho Chi Minh CityMorning flight to Ho Chi Minh City and transfer to the Saigon Prince Hotel / Caravelle Hotel* for a 3-night stay. Afternoon tour of the

Discover the varied sights, sounds and flavours of Vietnam, touring the fascinating cities of Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), the Vietnam war-era Cu Chi tunnels and the historic pearls of Hue and Hoi An. A cruise on the Mekong delta and amid the magical landscapes of Halong Bay are all included.

C&K Signature experiences

Overnight cruise on the spectacular Halong Bay

Meal at a restored royal home of the Nguyen dynasty

Full-day exploration of the Mekong delta’s waterways

Discover Vietnam War history at the Cu Chi tunnels

Day 1: Fly to HanoiOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) direct to Hanoi with Vietnam Airlines on new state-of-the-art Dreamliner aircraft. (N)

Day 2: HanoiMorning arrival. Transfer to the Mövenpick Hotel / Sofitel Legend Metropole* for 2 nights. Welcome dinner at Le Tonkin. (D)

Day 3: HanoiMorning tour of Ho Chi Minh’s mausoleum†,

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation options

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 10 people

(max 26)

International & internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

11 breakfasts, 6 lunches,

4 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Welcome & farewell dinners

Chanh Tay Gate at the citadel, Hue

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 94 22/09/2017 09:46

95

XXXXXXXXXX

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Vietnam Airlines flight upgradesDeluxe Economy from £525 returnBusiness Class from £2,075 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Superior group tour departure dates for 2018-19 Tour code: SPV

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (15 Dec – 03 Jan)

Group tour: Superior departuresLow season from £1,995Guide price month: Nov

High season from £2,195Guide price months: Jan – Feb 2019

Single supplement from £645

Group tour: Luxury departuresLow season from £2,725Guide price month: Jan

High season from £2,995Guide price month: Mar 2019

Single supplement from £1,140

Private travel: SuperiorLow season from £2,395Guide price months: May – Jul

High season from £2,595Guide price month: Nov

Single supplement: POA

Luxury group tour departure dates for 2018-19 Tour code: VLD

Guideline prices for 2018-19

Out (Thu) Rtn (Wed)25 Jan 18 07 Feb 1808 Mar 18 21 Mar 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Wed)18 Oct 18 31 Oct 1815 Nov 18 28 Nov 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Wed)10 Jan 19 23 Jan 1921 Feb 19 06 Mar 19

Out (Thu) Rtn (Tue)11 Jan 18 24 Jan 1822 Feb 18 07 Mar 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Tue)25 Oct 18 07 Nov 1808 Nov 18 21 Nov 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Tue)17 Jan 19 30 Jan 1914 Feb 19 27 Feb 19

Reunification Palace, Notre Dame cathedral and the War Remnants Museum. (B)

Day 11: Mekong delta Full-day exploration of the Mekong delta, including a boat trip along smaller creeks. (B, L)

Day 12: Cu Chi tunnelsAfter breakfast, drive through the southern Vietnamese countryside and visit the Cu Chi tunnels*. Remainder of the day at leisure. Farewell dinner. (B, D)

Day 13: Fly to LondonDay at leisure. Transfer to the airport then fly overnight direct to London. (B)

Day 14: LondonEarly morning arrival. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Tour + Phu Quoc beaches4 Days & 3 Nights from £345

End your tour on the beaches of Phu Quoc, an island just an hour’s flight from Ho Chi Minh City, with a 3-night stay at the Sol Beach House. Trips to alternative beach locations can also be arranged, either via flights to the Con Dao islands and Nha Trang, or a 4-hour drive east of the city to the beaches near Phan Thiet.

Tour + Angkor Wat Temples4 Days & 3 Nights from £485

For the perfect end to your visit to Asia, discover the legendary Angkor Wat temples in Cambodia and take a short cruise on Tonle Sap lake. Extension includes return flights between Siem Reap and Ho Chi Minh City, touring, transfers and 3 nights at the Tara Angkor Hotel.

Important information

*Tour standards: Superior tour departures are based in 4-star accommodation. Luxury tour departures will feature upgraded accommodation as indicated by the asterisks. Prices are based on the standard room / cabin category, unless otherwise stated. Please visit this tour on our website to see details of the hotels included. On luxury departures, the visit to the Cu Chi tunnels will be by speedboat.

†Ho Chi Minh’s mausoleum: Each year, Ho Chi Minh’s mausoleum is closed between 4 September and 4 November for re-embalmment of the body and can only be viewed from outside.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Halong Bay

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 84-95 (Far East).indd 95 22/09/2017 09:46

96

PERU

Weather

Duration • 16 Days & 14 Nights Group tour • From £2,995Category • Superior & Luxury Private tour • From £3,495

Train to Machu Picchu

Area map

Machu Picchu is perhaps the most breathtaking archaeological site in the world. Yet Peru also offers a wealth of other magnificent ancient, colonial and scenic sights. Staying in good hotels with great character and with some free time to relax, this tour reveals Peru’s many wonders, including Cuzco and Arequipa, the Colca Canyon, Lake Titicaca and, of course, Machu Picchu.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay overnight at Machu Picchu

Visit the oldest private colonial mansion in Lima

Spot majestic condors in Colca Canyon

Scenic train journey across the altiplano & overnight aboard the luxury Belmond Andean Explorer

Day 1: Fly to Lima Fly from London (regional connections available) to Lima with British Airways and transfer to the Casa Andina Premium Miraflores / Belmond Miraflores Park* for 2 nights. (N)

Day 2: LimaMorning tour of colonial and modern Lima, including Casa Aliaga, the oldest colonial mansion in Lima, and the architectural masterpiece of San Francisco monastery. (B)

Day 3: Fly to ArequipaFly over the Andes to Arequipa, a city of white buildings and colonnaded plazas, surrounded by the dramatic landscape of ice-capped volcanoes. Stay at the Libertador for 2 nights. (B) Day 4: ArequipaFull-day city tour, including the beautiful Santa Catalina convent, which dates from the 16th century, and the Juanita Mummy Museum. (B, L)

Day 5: Colca CanyonDrive into the Andes towards Colca Canyon (approx 4 hours, partly on unpaved roads, with stops en route). The scenery is breathtaking, with the terraces of the Colca valley and herds of llamas scattered around. Overnight at Aranwa Colca. (B, L)

Day 6: Lake TiticacaEarly morning excursion to Condor’s Cross, where magnificent condors can be seen flying over the

Cuzco J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 17 17 17 18 18 18 17 18 18 19 19 18

B 4 4 4 3 0 -2 -2 -1 1 3 3 4

C 153 136 120 46 8 2 4 8 23 40 68 116

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

canyon. Visit the town of Maca, famed for its pre-Columbian textiles, and continue by road to Puno and Lake Titicaca (approx 6 hours). Stay 2 nights at the Hotel Libertador on the shores of the lake. (B, L)

Day 7: Lake TiticacaFull-day tour of the floating Uros reed islands and Taquile island, with a home-cooked lunch prepared by a local family. (B, L)

Day 8: Luxury train to CuzcoTake the new, stylish Belmond Andean Explorer train to Cuzco. Relax over lunch or with a pisco sour in the observation car as you pass through gentle rolling Andean plains where vicuñas and alpacas may be seen. Dinner and overnight on board (bunk bed cabin). Upgrade to a twin-bedded cabin from £60 per person. (B, L, D)

Day 9: Chinchero • Sacred ValleyDisembark the train and travel by road to the indigenous village of Chinchero to see its Inca terraces and a traditional weaving demonstration. Continue to the Sacred Valley and stay 2 nights at Casa Andina Premium Sacred Valley / Aranwa Hotel*. (B, L)

Day 10: Sacred ValleyHalf-day visit to the Inca fortress at Ollantaytambo, an astounding feat of construction and ingenuity. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 11: Machu PicchuDrive to Ollanta and take the Vistadome train to Machu Picchu. Tour the spectacular ruins and stay overnight at the Inkaterra Machu Picchu Hotel / Belmond Sanctuary Lodge*. (B, L, D)

Day 12: CuzcoMorning at leisure or further explore Machu Picchu (purchase ticket at time of booking). Return to Cuzco by rail and transfer to the Casa Andina Premium Cuzco / Palacio del Inka, a Luxury Collection Hotel*, or Belmond Hotel Monasterio* for 3 nights. (B)

Day 13: CuzcoMorning tour of Cuzco, including the San Blas district, the cathedral and the extraordinary Temple of the Sun at Koricancha. Afternoon at leisure in the Inca capital. (B)

Day 14: CuzcoDay at leisure or take an optional excursion to the Pre-Columbian Art museum, Awanacancha llama farm or the ruins of Sacsayhuaman. (B)

Days 15-16: Fly to London via Lima Fly to London via Lima with British Airways, arriving the next day. (B) (N)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Direct international flights with British Airways

Internal flights

Flexible – extensions (see page 98), room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 16 people (max 26)

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

14 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 2 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports and stations

Inti Raymi†, Easter & Christmas departures

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 96 22/09/2017 09:51

97

Machu Picchu

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

†Inti Raymi festival

The 13 June 2018 and 12 June 2019 departures coincide with the Inti Raymi festival. The itinerary includes a slightly different order, a stay at the Sonesta Hotel in Cuzco and a full day of ceremonial celebrations in honour of the sun god.

Important information

*Tour standards: Superior tour departures are based in 4- and 5-star accommodation. Luxury tour departures will feature upgraded accommodation as indicated by the asterisks.

Itinerary: The order of the itinerary allows gradual adjustment to the altitude, while taking in the major sights of Peru. There are some early morning starts and long drives. Departures between November and April will fly to Peru via Madrid.

Optional upgrades: On day 11 of the Superior tour, upgrade to Belmond Sanctuary Lodge from £365, subject to availability. On day 12 of the Luxury tour, the supplement to stay at Belmond Hotel Monasterio is from £195.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tour: SuperiorLow season from £2,995Guide price month: Nov

High season from £3,195Guide price months: Apr – Sep

Single supplement from £895

Private travel: SuperiorLow season from £3,495Guide price month: Oct

High season from £3,595Guide price months: May, June, Sep

Single supplement on request

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £695 returnClub World from £1,995 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from: Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester, Newcastle or Belfast

Superior group tour departure dates for 2018-19 Tour code: TMP

Out (Wed) Rtn (Thu)28 Feb 18 15 Mar 1821 Mar 18 05 Apr 1804 Apr 18 19 Apr 1818 Apr 18 03 May 1802 May 18 17 May 1816 May 18 31 May 1823 May 18 07 Jun 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Thu)†13 Jun 18 28 Jun 18 27 Jun 18 12 Jul 1811 Jul 18 26 Jul 1825 Jul 18 09 Aug 1808 Aug 18 23 Aug 18 22 Aug 18 06 Sep 18 29 Aug 18 13 Sep 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Thu)05 Sep 18 20 Sep 18 19 Sep 18 04 Oct 18 26 Sep 18 11 Oct 1803 Oct 18 18 Oct 1817 Oct 18 01 Nov 1807 Nov 18 22 Nov 18 19 Dec 18 03 Jan 19

Out (Wed) Rtn (Thu) 27 Feb 19 14 Mar 19 27 Mar 19 11 Apr 19 10 Apr 19 25 Apr 19 24 Apr 19 09 May 1908 May 19 23 May 1922 May 19 06 Jun 1929 May 19 13 Jun 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 2 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: TMP / TML

Luxury group tour departure dates for 2018-19 Tour code: TML

Out (Wed) Rtn (Thu)09 May 18 24 May 18 06 Jun 18 21 Jun 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Thu) 12 Sep 18 27 Sep 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Thu) 10 Oct 18 25 Oct 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Thu) 15 May 19 30 May 19

Group tour: LuxuryLow season from £3,595Guide price month: Oct

High season from £3,695Guide price months: May – Sep

Single supplement from £1,595

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 97 22/09/2017 09:52

98

PERU

Tour + Peruvian Rainforest 4 Days & 2 Nights from £425

The Peruvian Amazon has remarkable bio-diversity and the area around Puerto Maldonado provides an excellent opportunity to see a great variety of wildlife, birds and flora. Guided walks and boat trips give an insight into the rainforest’s extraordinary ecosystem.

Day 15: Fly to Puerto MaldonadoFly to Puerto Maldonado and transfer by motorised canoe to the Inkaterra Hacienda Concepcion for 2 nights (individual bungalow). Upgrade to the sister property Reserva Amazonica (please see page 17) available from £225 per person (Superior river-view bungalow). Please note that electricity is generally limited in jungle lodges. (B, L, D)Day 16: The AmazonExplore the surrounding rainforest, rivers and Sandoval lake, habitats for macaws, black caimans, giant otters and monkeys. The Inkaterra canopy walkway consists of hanging bridges that allow you to observe the incredible rainforest from the treetops. (B, L, D)Day 17: Fly to London via Lima Return to Puerto Maldonado. Fly to Lima and on to London with British Airways. (B) Day 18: Arrive in London (N)

Tour + Northern Civilisations6 Days & 4 Nights from £895

Northern Peru contains a wealth of pre-Inca archaeological sites. This extension ventures off the tourist trail and combines the most important of these with the colonial city of Trujillo.

Days 15-16: Fly to Chiclayo via LimaFly to Chiclayo, via Lima. Transfer to Casa Andina Select for 2 nights and visit the Museum of the Royal Tombs of Sipan to see gold and turquoise pottery and textiles. (B)Day 17: TrujilloTransfer by road to Trujillo, via El Brujo pyramid complex and the Lady of Cao Museum. Stay 2 nights at the Libertador Trujillo. (B)Day 18: TrujilloTour the Sun and Moon pyramids and Chan Chan, ancient capital of the Chimu culture. (B, L)Day 19-20: Fly to London via Lima Fly to Lima and on to London. (B)

Tour + Northern BeachesWith their proximity to the equator, the Pacific beaches of the north around Tumbes and Mancora provide opportunities to enjoy year-round sunshine and excellent seafood. Please enquire for further details and prices.

Tour + Nazca & Paracas 4 Days & 2 Nights from £745

Travel along the coast south of Lima to see the Nazca Lines, mysterious drawings in the desert depicting animals and geometric shapes left by pre-Inca civilisations. Take a boat to the Ballestas islands, home to sea lion colonies, Humbolt penguins and an incredible concentration of sea birds. Day 15: Fly to Lima • Paracas Fly to Lima and drive to Paracas (approximately 3.5 hours). Stay at La Hacienda Bahia, set in the bay, for 2 nights. Upgrade to Hotel Paracas, a Luxury Collection Resort, from £115 per person. (B)Day 16: Nazca LinesTransfer to nearby Pisco airport and take a light aircraft to Nazca for a flight over the bizarre desert geoglyphs. (B)Day 17: Ballestas islands • Fly to LondonMorning cruise to the Ballestas islands to observe cormorants, Peruvian boobies, pelicans and noisy sea lions. Transfer to Lima airport and take an overnight flight to London with British Airways (B)Day 18: Arrive in London (N)

Chan ChanThe Humminigbird Nazca Line

Macaw, Puerto Maldonado

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Tour Extensions

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 98 22/09/2017 09:52

99

Tour + Galapagos7 Days & 5 Nights from £2,495

This extension offers an opportunity to explore the natural wonders of the Galapagos islands that helped shape Darwin’s theory of evolution. Experience the unique ecology and wildlife of the islands from the comfort of your chosen boat. Clients taking this extension will fly to Peru with Avianca via Bogotá.

Day 15: Fly to Quito via LimaFly to Quito, via Lima. Stay for 2 nights at the Hilton Colon/ Casona de la Ronda. (B)Day 16: QuitoDay at leisure or optional tour of colonial Quito. (B)Day 17: Fly to the GalapagosTransfer to the airport and fly to the Galapagos. Board your selected Galapagos vessel for a 3- or 4-night cruise. (B, L, D)Days 18-19: GalapagosExplore the islands, including Santa Cruz, Santiago, Genovesa, North Seymour and San Cristóbal. (B, L, D)Day 20: Fly to London via Guayaquil and BogotáFly to Guayaquil and on to London via Bogotá with Avianca. (B)Day 21: Arrive in London (N)

Tour + Rio de Janeiro & Iguaçu 6 Days & 4 Nights from £1,395

Combine your trip to Peru with vibrant Brazil. Visit Rio de Janeiro’s celebrated landmarks and the awe-inspiring Iguaçu Falls, surrounded by dense tropical vegetation. Clients taking this extension will leave a day earlier and not have a day at leisure in Cuzco. Please note that the entry fees at the Iguazú and Iguaçu national parks are not included.

Day 14: Fly to Iguaçu via LimaMorning flight to Iguaçu via Lima and stay for 2 nights at the Recanto Park Hotel. (B)Day 15: IguaçuFull-day tour of the Argentinian and Brazilian sides of these amazing falls. (B)Day 16: Fly to RioFly to Rio de Janeiro in the afternoon and transfer to the PortoBay Rio Internacional for 2 nights (Superior partial ocean-view room). (B)Day 17: RioFull-day tour of Rio, including Christ the Redeemer and Sugar Loaf mountain. (B)Day 18: Fly to LondonDay at leisure or take optional excursions. In the evening, transfer to the airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)Day 19: Arrive in London (N)

Tour + Buenos Aires & Iguazú Falls7 Days & 5 Nights from £1,595

Extend your tour with a visit to the Argentinian capital of Buenos Aires, known for its seductive culture and excellent cuisine, and a visit to the Iguazú Falls. Please note that entry fees at Iguazú /Iguaçu are not included.

Day 15: Fly to Buenos AiresFly to Buenos Aires and transfer to the Intersur Recoleta for 3 nights or optional upgrade to the Brick Hotel (please enquire for prices). (B)Days 16-17: Buenos AiresMorning city tour including the colourful port district of La Boca and elegant Recoleta. Take an optional excursion to the Pampas or a boat trip to Colonia in Uruguay. (B) Day 18: Fly to IguazúFly to Iguazú and visit the Brazilian side of the falls. Stay inside the park for 2 nights at the Sheraton Iguazú Hotel (upgrade to a falls-view room or the luxurious Belmond Hotel das Cataratas from £60 per person). (B)Day 19: IguazúDay at leisure to explore the Argentinian side of the falls from your hotel. (B)Days 20-21: Fly to London via Rio de JaneiroFly to London via Rio with British Airways, arriving on the following day. (B) (N)

Red-footed booby, Galapagos Rio de Janeiro

Iguaçu falls

PERU

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Tour Extensions

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 99 22/09/2017 09:52

100

PERU & ECUADOR

Weather

Duration • 16 Days & 13 Nights Group tour • From £4,795Category • Superior Private tour • From £5,495

Area map

This journey combines the ancient Inca sites of Peru with a cruise through the natural splendours of the Galapagos islands, bringing you into close contact with the islands’ unique biodiversity.

C&K Signature experiences

Overnight stay at Machu Picchu

Encounter remarkable wildlife at close quarters with an expert naturalist guide

Stylish medium-size expedition cruiser

Day 1: Fly to Cuzco via BogotáOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Cuzco via Bogotá with Avianca. (N)

Day 2: Sacred ValleyLate morning arrival in Cuzco, set in the Andes mountains. Transfer to the Sacred Valley of the Incas for a 2-night stay at the Casa Andina Premium. (N)

Day 3: Sacred ValleyHalf-day tour of the town of Pisac and its indigenous market followed by a visit to the Inca fortress of Ollantaytambo. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 4: Machu PicchuTransfer to Ollanta station and board the Vistadome train to Machu Picchu. Take a guided tour of the striking ruins. Overnight stay at El Mapi Hotel. (B, L, D)

Day 5: CuzcoMorning at leisure or further explore Machu Picchu (purchase ticket at time of booking). Afternoon

Machu Picchu

Cuzco J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 17 17 17 18 18 18 17 18 18 19 19 18

B 4 4 4 3 0 -2 -2 -1 1 3 3 4

C 153 136 120 46 8 2 4 8 23 40 68 116

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

train journey to Cuzco and transfer to the Casa Andina Premium Cuzco for 2 nights. (B)

Day 6: CuzcoHalf-day tour of the ancient capital of the Inca empire including the cathedral, San Blas district and the Koricancha Temple of the Sun. Afternoon at leisure or optional visit to Sacsayhuaman. (B)

Day 7: Fly to LimaFly to Lima on the coast and stay for 2 nights at the Casa Andina Premium Miraflores. (B)

Day 8: LimaHalf-day tour of colonial and modern Lima, including Casa Aliaga, an exquisitely decorated colonial mansion, and the San Francisco monastery. (B)

Day 9: Fly to Quito, EcuadorFly to Quito, Ecuador's capital city. Transfer to the Hilton Colon for 2 nights. (B)

Day 10: QuitoMorning tour of Quito’s historic centre and the Middle of the World equatorial line monument. (B)

Day 11: Fly to the Galapagos Fly to the Galapagos islands and board the Isabela II for a 4-night cruise around these fascinating islands (Classic cabin)†. See page 44 for further details of the ship. (B, L, D)

Days 12-14: The Galapagos Take shared excursions with a naturalist guide to different islands to see the variety of landscapes and wildlife. Enjoy close encounters with some of the most rare animals and birds, including land iguanas, giant tortoises, frigatebirds, Darwin’s finches, boobies and Galapagos penguins. (B, L, D)

Days 15-16: Fly to London via Guayaquil & BogotáDisembark the cruise and fly to Guayaquil to connect with an overnight flight to London via Bogotá with Avianca, arriving the next day. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Tour + Amazon5 Days & 4 Nights from £1,245

Discover the extraordinary contrast in Ecuador’s ecosystems with a visit to the Amazon rainforest. Stay 3 nights at the Sacha Lodge, located on a private ecological reserve and explore the jungle on morning and afternoon excursions. A night in Quito or near the airport is also required.

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

International & internal flights

Flexible – extensions, cabin & flight upgrades available

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guides in each destination

Maximum group size – 26 people

13 breakfasts, 5 lunches, 5 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees*

Porterage at airports

Peru & Galapagos:Conquistadores, Incas & Islands

Galapagos Islands J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 28 30 30 30 28 27 25 24 24 24 25 26

B 18 19 18 19 18 17 16 15 15 15 16 16

C 178 146 170 156 79 106 115 80 86 67 72 130

NEWTOUR

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 100 22/09/2017 09:52

101

Frigatebird, Galapagos

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £4,795Guide price month: Nov

High season from £4,895Guide price months: Apr – Oct

Single supplement from £2,795

Private travelLow season from £5,495Guide price month: Nov

High season from £5,595Guide price months: Apr – Oct

Single supplement on request

Avianca flight upgradesBusiness Class from £1,895 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from: Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester, Belfast or Newcastle

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sat)06 Apr 18 21 Apr 1818 May 18 02 Jun 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sat)29 Jun 18 14 Jul 1807 Sep 18 22 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sat)05 Oct 18 20 Oct 1802 Nov 18 17 Nov 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sat)08 Mar 19 23 Mar 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (over Easter & New Year)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: CON

Peru & Galapagos:Conquistadores, Incas & Islands

Tour + Finch Bay Eco Hotel3 Days & 2 Nights from £495

Extend your stay in the Galapagos with 2 nights at the Finch Bay Eco Hotel on Santa Cruz island. The hotel offers land-based excursions or trips to nearby wildlife sites aboard their own boat.

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is led in each destination en route by a local tour guide.

*Galapagos park fees: Galapagos National Park fees are not included.

†Galapagos cruise cabin upgrades: On each departure, it is possible to upgrade to an Owner’s Cabin from £125.

Cruise inclusions: Please note that beverages on board the cruise are not included.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 101 22/09/2017 09:52

102

ARGENTINA & CHILE

Sea lions, Beagle Channel

Duration • 16 Days & 13 Nights Group tour • From £3,995Category • Superior Private tour • From £4,295

Patagonia: Untouched Wilderness

Weather

Area map

Ushuaia J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 12 12 11 8 5 3 3 4 7 9 10 12

B 4 4 2 1 -1 -3 -3 -2 -1 1 2 3

C 44 49 56 54 49 49 38 44 40 36 38 45

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Direct international flights with British Airways

Internal flights

Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 14 people (max 26)

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

13 breakfasts & 1 lunch

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees*

Porterage at airports

Christmas & New Year departure

Patagonia is one of the world’s great wilderness areas and its culture is intertwined with that of the European pioneers and gauchos. This fascinating journey through four national parks in Argentina and Chile reveals the distinct cultures and landscapes of this remote part of the world.

C&K Signature experiences

Scenic Andean lake crossing

Face-to-face with Perito Moreno glacier

Room with views in Torres del Paine

Cruise along the Beagle Channel

Day 1: Fly to Buenos Aires Fly from London (regional connections available) to Buenos Aires with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: Buenos AiresMorning arrival. Transfer to the Brick Hotel for 2 nights. Afternoon at leisure to explore the streets of Buenos Aires on foot. (N)

Day 3: Buenos AiresMorning tour of Buenos Aires, discovering its blend of European cultures and grand architecture. (B)

Day 4: Fly to BarilocheFly to Bariloche on the shores of Lake Nahuel Huapi. Transfer to Hotel NH Edelweiss for 2 nights. (B)

Day 5: BarilocheHalf-day tour of Bariloche’s scenic surroundings, including Moreno lake, Angostura river and Campanario hill. (B)

Day 6: Puerto VarasFull-day shared journey by coach and boat across the Lake District to Chile. Travel across lakes and mountains, past waterfalls and forests, to the lakeside town of Puerto Varas, with views of the Osorno volcano on clear days. Transfer to the Cabana del Lago Hotel for 1 night. (B)

Day 7: Fly to Punta Arenas • Puerto NatalesFly to Punta Arenas and transfer to Puerto Natales. Stay overnight at the Hotel CostAustralis, overlooking the waters of Last Hope Sound. (B)

Day 8: Torres del PaineFull-day tour of Torres del Paine National Park. This remote area encompasses mountains, glaciers and lakes, and is a habitat for guanacos, condors and native flightless rheas. Visit Salto Grande waterfall, Lake Nordenskjöld, Lake Pehoe and Lake Grey. Stay 2 nights at the Hotel Lago Grey / Hotel Rio Serrano for 2 nights (Superior room with view). (B, L)

Day 9: Torres del PaineMorning walk in the national park, close to Lake Sarmiento and the Amarga lagoon for another view of the Paine massif. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 10: El CalafateDrive across the border to El Calafate in Argentina. Stay 2 nights at Hotel Kosten Aike. (B)

Day 11: Perito MorenoFull-day tour of the stunning Perito Moreno glacier. At 5km wide, it is a magnificent sight. See the glacier from the observation platforms and take a cruise on the lake in front of the ice wall. (B)

Day 12: Fly to UshuaiaFly to Ushuaia, the world’s most southerly city. Stay for 2 nights at the Hotel Los Acebos or similar with panoramic views over the bay. (B)

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 102 22/09/2017 09:53

103

Torres del Paine National Park

Day 13: Beagle Channel • Tierra del FuegoMorning cruise in the Beagle Channel. Afternoon visit to Tierra del Fuego National Park. (B)

Day 14: Fly to Buenos AiresFly to Buenos Aires and transfer to the Brick Hotel for 1 night. Optional evening dinner and tango show at Esquina Carlos Gardel. (B)

Day 15: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Day 16: Arrive in London (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Iguazú 4 Days & 2 Nights from £545

Extend your holiday with a visit to the magnificent Iguazú Falls, situated on the border of Argentina and Brazil. Explore the countless cataracts on both the Argentinian and Brazilian sides.

Day 15: Fly to Iguazú Transfer to the airport and fly to Iguazú. Half-day tour of the Brazilian side of the falls before returning to Argentina for a stay of 2 nights at the Sheraton Iguazú Hotel inside the park. Upgrade to a falls-view room from £60 per person. (B)Day 16: IguazúDay at leisure to explore the Argentinian side of the falls from your hotel for a different perspective. (B)

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £3,995Guide price month: Oct

High season from £4,095Guide price months: Jan – Mar, Nov

Single supplement from £995

Private travelLow season from £4,295Guide price months: Apr, Sep

High season from £4,395Guide price months: Jan – Mar

Single supplement on request

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £565 returnClub World from £2,895 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester, Newcastle or Belfast

Departure dates for 2018-19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (21 Dec – 6 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: PAT

Day 17: Fly to London via RioTransfer to the airport and fly to Rio to connect with a British Airways flight to London. (B)Day 18: Arrive in London (N)

Important information

*Park fees: Iguazú / Iguaçu National Park fees are

not included in the extension.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sun)20 Jan 18 04 Feb 1810 Feb 18 25 Feb 1803 Mar 18 18 Mar 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sun) 27 Oct 18 11 Nov 18 10 Nov 18 25 Nov 18 22 Dec 18 06 Jan 19

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sun)19 Jan 19 03 Feb 1902 Feb 19 17 Feb 1923 Feb 19 10 Mar 19

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 103 22/09/2017 09:53

104

ARGENTINA & BRAZIL

Duration • 11 Days & 8 Nights Group tour • From £2,295Category • Superior Private tour • From £2,495

Wonders of the New World

Buenos Aires J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 29 28 26 22 19 15 15 17 19 22 25 28

B 20 19 17 14 10 8 7 8 10 13 15 18

C 107 102 121 96 76 62 62 67 69 111 101 92

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 5: Fly to Iguazú / IguaçuFly to the Iguazú Falls. Visit the Brazilian side of these magnificent cataracts before crossing back into Argentina. Stay for 2 nights at the Sheraton Iguazú Hotel with a privileged location inside the national park (upgrade to a falls-view room from £60 per person). (B)

Day 6: IguazúDay at leisure to explore the Argentinian side at your own pace, including the Devil’s Throat. Take the chance to experience the falls at dawn or sunset when the park is closed to other visitors. (B)

Day 7: Fly to Rio de JaneiroFly to Rio and transfer to the PortoBay Rio Internacional hotel (Superior partial ocean-view room) for 3 nights†. Upgrade to a partial or full ocean-view room at the Belmond Copacabana Palace from £195. (B)

Day 8: Rio de JaneiroMorning visit to Corcovado mountain and the statue of Christ the Redeemer. In the afternoon, visit Sugar Loaf mountain by cable car. (B)

Day 9: Rio de JaneiroDay at leisure. Optional excursions include the Tijuca rainforest, a visit to the botanical gardens and a tour of Rio’s social projects. (B)

Days 10-11: Fly to LondonAt leisure (use of a day room at the PortoBay Rio Internacional from £75). Evening transfer to the airport for the flight to London with British Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Tour + Buzios beach6 Days & 4 Nights from £625

Stay at Casas Brancas in the beach resort of Buzios (approx. 2.5 hours from Rio de Janeiro) and enjoy its numerous sandy beaches, clear waters, chic shops and restaurants.

Patagonia + Tour5 Days & 3 Nights from £845

Visit one of the most striking highlights of Patagonia, offering a magnificent glacier experience and a glimpse into the desolate beauty of this remote region. Fly to Buenos Aires for one night and then join the Splendours of South America group at El Calafate (see page 110).

Iguazú Falls

Area map

Offering an outstanding introduction to Argentina and Brazil, this journey combines the elegance of Buenos Aires with exotic and flamboyant Rio de Janeiro. The tour also visits the awe-inspiring waterfalls of Iguazú, which thunder amid tropical jungle along the border.

C&K Signature experiences

Stay inside Iguazú National Park & see the falls at dawn or sunset

Visit colourful Caminito & Recoleta cemetery

Take in spectacular views & the carioca atmosphere in Rio de Janeiro

Day 1: Fly to Buenos Aires Evening flight from London (regional connections available) to Buenos Aires with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: Buenos AiresMorning arrival. Transfer to the Brick Hotel Buenos Aires for 3 nights. (N)

Day 3: Buenos AiresHalf-day tour of Buenos Aires, including the Recoleta cemetery where Eva Peron is buried, and La Boca district, birthplace of the tango. (B)

Day 4: Buenos AiresAt leisure or optional full-day trip to an estancia in the Pampas countryside. (B)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Direct international flights with British Airways

Internal flights

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 14 people (max 26)

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guides in each destination

8 breakfasts

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees*

Porterage at airports

Weather

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 104 22/09/2017 09:53

105

Christ the Redeemer, Rio de Janeiro

Santiago & Mendoza + Tour7 Days & 5 Nights from £1,095

Combine a visit to the cosmopolitan city of Santiago with Argentina’s wine capital of Mendoza, an attractive city of parks and avenues. Both cities sit at the foot of the Andes.

Days 1-2: Fly to SantiagoFly overnight to Santiago with British Airways and stay for 3 nights at the Plaza San Francisco Hotel. (N) Days 3-4: Santiago Morning tour of the city, including the historic centre and the fashionable districts of Providencia and Las Condes. Optional visit to bohemian Valparaíso. (B)Days 5-6: Mendoza Fly to Mendoza and transfer to the Mendoza Park Hyatt for a 2-night stay. Take a morning city tour and visit the surrounding wineries in the afternoon. (B)Day 7: Fly to Buenos Aires Fly to Buenos Aires and join the group. (B)

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is led in each destination en route by a local tour guide.

† Rio de Janeiro: The 1 February 2018 and 21 February 2019 departures include 3 days & 2 nights in Rio due to Carnival. If you would like to extend your stay to include the Carnival, please enquire about prices.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,295Guide price month: Sep

High season from £2,395Guide price months: Feb – Mar, Oct – Nov

Single supplement from £595

Private travelLow season from £2,495Guide price month: Sep

High season from £2,595Guide price months: Jan – Mar

Single supplement on request

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £565 returnClub World from £2,695 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester, Newcastle or Belfast

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)† 01 Feb 18 10 Feb 1822 Feb 18 04 Mar 1815 Mar 18 25 Mar 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)26 Apr 18 06 May1820 Sep 18 30 Sep 1825 Oct 18 04 Nov 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)15 Nov 18 25 Nov 1829 Nov 18 09 Dec 1831 Jan 19 10 Feb 19

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)† 21 Feb 19 02 Mar 1914 Mar 19 24 Mar 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (Carnival & New Year)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: WNW

* Park fees: Entry fees at the Iguazú and Iguaçu national parks are not included.

Combinations: To combine this tour with Santiago & Chilean Patagonia, please see page 110.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 105 22/09/2017 09:53

106

CHILE

Grey glacier, Torres del Paine

Duration • 15 Days & 12 Nights Group tour • From £3,695Category • Superior Private tour • From £4,095

Splendours of Chile

Day 4: Fly to Calama • San Pedro de AtacamaEarly morning flight to Calama and transfer to San Pedro de Atacama for 3 nights at the Hotel Altiplanico. Afternoon excursion to the Valley of the Moon to see the mesmerising change of colours at sunset. (B)

Day 5: Atacama desertFull-day journey into the spectacular desert landscape. Visit the Atacama salt flats, where pink flamingoes may be seen, and stop at the small village of Toconao, with its white volcanic stone buildings. Continue to a traditional farm for lunch and visit Tebinquinche lagoon. (B, L)

Day 6: Atacama desertDay at leisure. Alternatively, take an optional excursion to El Tatio geysers, the hot springs or the 17th-century fortress of Pukara de Quitor. (B)

Day 7: Fly to Puerto Montt via Santiago • Puerto VarasFly to Puerto Montt via Santiago and transfer to the town of Puerto Varas, surrounded by shimmering lakes and perfectly conical snow-capped volcanoes. Stay 2 nights at the Cabana del Lago Hotel, set on the lake. (B)

Day 8: Chilean Lake DistrictMorning visit to Petrohué Falls and take a boat trip on Lake Todos los Santos. Afternoon drive up the lower reaches of the Osorno volcano for views of the surrounding mountains. (B)

Day 9: Fly to Punta Arenas • Puerto NatalesFly to Punta Arenas and continue to Puerto Natales, set amid jagged peaks and the glassy waters of Last Hope Sound. Stay overnight at the Hotel CostAustralis (fjord-view room). (B)

Day 10: Torres del PaineDrive across the wilds of Patagonia to Torres del Paine National Park. Full-day tour taking in the dramatic scenery of granite peaks, emerald lakes, waterfalls and ancient lenga forests. There is also the opportunity to meet the local rangers and learn about their work in the park. Stay at Hotel Lago Grey / Rio Serrano for 2 nights in a Superior room with views of the glacier or Paine massif. (B, L)

Day 11: Torres del PaineMorning shared boat excursion on Lake Grey for an up-close view of its striking bright-blue glacier. Afternoon at leisure or optional tours. (B)

Day 12: Punta ArenasDrive to Punta Arenas, visiting a traditional Patagonian estancia en route. Discover how people live in this remote region and enjoy a typical quincho barbecue for lunch. Afternoon short tour of Punta Arenas, situated on the Magellan Strait, and stay at the Cabo de Hornos Hotel for 1 night. (B, L)

Weather

Area map

Chile is an extraordinarily beautiful country, encompassing just about every type of landscape on Earth, from the arid desert of the north, through verdant lakes and pastures to the soaring peaks and glaciers of Patagonia. This expansive tour explores Chile’s spectacular desert, mountain scenery and Patagonian wilderness, and allows time to discover some fascinating Chilean traditions.

C&K Signature experiences

Watch the sun set over the Atacama desert

Private boat trip on Lake Todos los Santos

Superior room with views at Torres del Paine

Visit a traditional Patagonia estancia

Day 1: Fly to Santiago via São Paulo Fly from London (regional connections available) to Santiago, via São Paulo, with TAM Airlines. (N)

Day 2: SantiagoMorning arrival. Transfer to the Hotel Plaza San Francisco for 2 nights. Afternoon at leisure. (N)

Day 3: SantiagoMorning tour of Santiago, including the cathedral, the historic main square, the central market and Sky Costanera, the tallest building in South America for views across the city and the Andes beyond. Afternoon drive into the countryside to the Undurraga vineyard for a tour and wine tasting. (B)

Punta Arenas J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 15 14 12 9 6 4 4 5 7 10 12 14

B 6 6 5 3 1 0 -1 0 1 3 4 6

C 38 32 44 45 45 36 35 36 30 26 31 35

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

International & internal flights

Flexible – extensions (see pages 108-109) & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 16 people (max 26)

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

12 breakfasts & 3 lunches

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports

Christmas departure

J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 21 20 20 19 17 16 16 17 18 20 21 21

B 10 10 9 6 3 1 0 2 4 6 8 9

C 38 27 18 5 1 1 1 1 4 3 8 17

San Pedro de Atacama

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 106 22/09/2017 09:53

107

Flamingoes, Atacama desert

Day 13: Fly to SantiagoFly to Santiago and transfer to the Hotel Plaza San Francisco for an overnight stay. (B)

Day 14: Fly to London via São PauloMorning at leisure or optional tour of the Pre-Columbian Museum or Los Dominicos handicraft market. Afternoon transfer to the airport and fly to London, via São Paulo, with TAM Airlines. (B)

Day 15: LondonArrive in London. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £3,695Guide price months: Oct

High season from £3,795Guide price months: Jan – Feb, Nov

Single supplement from £895

Private travelLow season from £4,095Guide price months: Apr

High season from £4,195Guide price months: Feb – Mar

Single supplement on request

TAM Airlines flight upgradesBusiness Class from £2,195 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from: Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow or Manchester

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sun)21 Jan 18 04 Feb 1804 Feb 18 18 Feb 1825 Feb 18 11 Mar 18

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sun)21 Oct 18 04 Nov 1804 Nov 18 18 Nov 1818 Nov 18 02 Dec 18

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sun)16 Dec 18 30 Dec 1820 Jan 19 03 Feb 19

Out (Sun) Rtn (Sun)10 Feb 19 24 Feb 1903 Mar 19 17 Mar 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (21 Dec – 6 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: SOC

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 107 22/09/2017 09:53

108

CHILE

Tour + Australis Cruise & Buenos Aires9 Days & 7 Nights from £1,995

Discover the extraordinary beauty and isolation of Patagonia aboard an Australis cruise. Travel across great seas and discover the sparkling glaciers, dramatic scenery and wildlife of the southernmost part of the world, including Cape Horn. This extension ends with 2 nights in Buenos Aires.

Day 13: Punta ArenasStay in Punta Arenas for an extra night at the Cabo de Hornos Hotel. (B)Day 14: Board the Australis cruiseIn the afternoon, board the Stella or Ventus Australis for a 4-night cruise. These two sister ships accommodate up to 210 passengers in ocean-view cabins. Both feature a restaurant, three lounges, a gym and large open terrace. Expert guides lead daily excursions and give lectures on local wildlife, history and geography. (B, D)Days 15-17: Australis cruiseCruise highlights include a visit to Ainsworth Bay, elephant seal colony, Glacier Avenue, the Beagle Channel, Wulaia Bay and the meeting of the Atlantic and Pacific oceans at Cape Horn. (B, L, D)Day 18: Fly to Buenos Aires Arrive in Ushuaia. Fly to Buenos Aires and stay at the Intersur Recoleta for 2 nights. (B)Day 19: Buenos AiresHalf-day city tour. (B)Days 20-21: Fly to London via São PauloTransfer to the airport for your flight to London via São Paulo, with TAM Airlines, arriving on the following day. (B) (N)

Tour + Easter Island6 Days & 4 Nights from £1,095

Easter Island is officially part of Chile yet, lying 3,790km west of Santiago, it is the world’s most remote inhabited island. A visit to Easter Island is an extraordinary experience, with 600 or so moai statues scattered around the island, dramatically set against the dark waters of the Pacific Ocean, a reminder of the civilisation that once thrived and faded on these shores. The windswept landscape of volcanic craters, lava formations and sandy beaches adds to the otherworldly feel.

Day 14: Fly to Easter IslandMorning flight to Easter Island. Stay 3 nights at the Hotel Otai, located in the small town of Hanga Roa. (B)Day 15: Easter IslandA full-day excursion to various moai platforms, the quarry at Rano Raraku and Anakena beach, the site of the island’s first settlement. (B)Day 16: Easter IslandHalf-day tour of Rano Kao volcano and the ceremonial village of Orongo. (B)Day 17: Fly to SantiagoTransfer to the airport for a flight to Santiago. Overnight at the Hotel Plaza San Francisco. (B)Day 18: Fly to London via São PauloTransfer to the airport for a flight to London, via São Paulo, with TAM Airlines. (B)Day 19: LondonArrive in London. (N)

National park fee: Easter Island National Park fee is not included and is payable locally.

Tour + Tierra del Fuego 6 Days & 4 Nights from £1,695

The untamed wilderness of the Chilean Tierra del Fuego, forming the southernmost tip of South America, is particularly impressive. Stay on the island of Navarino and take group excursions to discover the indigenous culture, nature and beautiful scenery of this remote part of Patagonia.

Day 13: Fly to Puerto WilliamsFly to Puerto Williams in Tierra del Fuego and stay for 3 nights at Hotel Lakutaia. Visit Omora Park to observe native flora and fauna. (B, L, D)Days 14-15: Tierra del FuegoGroup excursions include trekking and a boat trip along the Beagle Channel to Wulaia Bay, once the site of a large Yaghan settlement. (B, L, D)Day 16: Fly to Santiago via Punta ArenasFly to Santiago for a final night. (B)Days 17-18: Fly to London via São PauloFly to London with TAM Airlines and arrive the following day. (B) (N)

M/V Stella Australis

Moai statue, Easter Island

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Tour Extensions

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 108 22/09/2017 09:53

109

Tour + Rio de Janeiro5 Days & 3 Nights from £845

Break up your journey home with a stop in the exhilarating Brazilian city of Rio de Janeiro, set between the mountains and the sea. Explore its celebrated sights and end your trip relaxing on one of the city’s superb beaches.

Day 14: Fly to Rio de JaneiroFly to Rio and transfer to the PortoBay Rio Internacional on Copacabana beach for a 3-night stay (Superior partial ocean-view room). (B)Day 15: Rio de JaneiroFull-day tour of this stunning city, including Sugar Loaf and Corcovado mountain, crowned by the Christ the Redeemer statue, and offering breathtaking panoramas. (B)Day 16: Rio de JaneiroAt leisure to relax by the beach or take an optional jeep tour to the Tijuca National Park and explore its Atlantic forest. (B)Days 17-18: Fly to London via São PauloTransfer to the airport for a flight to London via São Paulo with TAM Airlines. (B) (N)

Tour + Buenos Aires5 Days & 3 Nights from £495

Explore Buenos Aires with its lively streets and plazas filled with the sights and sounds of tango. There is also the opportunity to visit an estancia in the countryside or take a day trip to neighbouring Uruguay.

Day 14: Fly to Buenos AiresFly to Buenos Aires. Transfer to the Hotel Intersur Recoleta for 3 nights. (B)Day 15: Buenos AiresMorning tour of the city, visiting colourful La Boca, elegant Recoleta and the city’s palaces and monuments. (B)Day 16: Buenos AiresAt leisure or take an optional visit to an estancia or a day trip to Colonia across the Rio de la Plata. (B)Days 17-18: Fly to London via São PauloTransfer to the airport. Fly to London, via São Paulo, with TAM Airlines, arriving the following day. (B) (N)

Tour + Valparaíso 4 Days & 2 Nights from £275

The old port of Valparaíso is one of Chile’s most distinctive cities, with its numerous funicular elevators, steep hills, labyrinthine alleys and brightly painted houses. Declared a world heritage site by Unesco, the town has a unique faded grandeur and relaxed bohemian atmosphere.

Day 13: Fly to Santiago • ValparaísoFly to Santiago with the group and drive north to the Pacific coast and Valparaíso. Stay 2 nights at the Fauna Hotel (Superior room). Upgrade to the boutique Zero Hotel from £95. (B)Day 14: ValparaísoAt leisure to explore the colourful hills or visit the house of Pablo Neruda. (B)Day 15: Fly to London via São PauloTransfer to Santiago and fly to London with TAM Airlines. (B)Day 16: Arrive in London (N)

Valparaíso

La Boca, Buenos Aires

Sugar Loaf mountain, Rio de Janeiro

CHILE

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Tour Extensions

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 109 22/09/2017 09:53

110

CHILE, ARGENTINA & BRAZIL

Duration • 18 Days & 15 Nights Group tour • From £3,995Category • Superior Private tour • From £4,395

Splendours of South America

at Hotel CostAustralis (fjord-view room). (B)

Day 5: Torres del PaineFull-day excursion through the Torres del Paine National Park to see peaks, glacier lakes and Patagonian wildlife. Stay 2 nights at the Hotel Rio Serrano / Lago Grey (Superior room with view). (B)

Day 6: Torres del PaineMorning walk in the national park, close to Lake Sarmiento and Amarga lagoon. Afternoon at leisure or optional excursions in the park. (B)

Day 7: El Calafate, ArgentinaCross the border to El Calafate in Argentina and stay 2 nights at the Hotel Kosten Aike. (B)

Day 8: Perito Moreno glacierFull-day tour of Perito Moreno glacier. Optional boat trip in front of the gigantic glacier wall. (B)

Day 9: Fly to Buenos AiresFly to Buenos Aires and transfer to the Brick Hotel for 3 nights. (B)

Day 10: Buenos AiresHalf-day tour of the elegant capital city and the colourful La Boca district. (B)

Day 11: Buenos AiresAt leisure or optional excursion to an estancia in the Pampas or Colonia in Uruguay. (B)

Days 12-13: Fly to Iguazú / IguaçuFly to Iguaçu Falls and visit the Brazilian side of these striking cataracts. Return to Argentina and stay 2 nights at the Sheraton Iguazú Hotel inside the park (upgrade to a falls-view room from £60). The following day is at leisure to explore the walkways on the Argentinian side. The cascades can be experienced while the park is closed to other visitors. (B)

Day 14: Fly to Rio de Janeiro, BrazilFly to Rio, set on a natural bay and surrounded by mountains. Stay at the PortoBay Rio Internacional on Copacabana beach in a Superior partial ocean-view room for 3 nights. Upgrade to a partial or full ocean-view room at the luxurious Belmond Copacabana Palace from £195. (B)

Days 15-16: Rio de JaneiroFull-day city tour, including Corcovado, the statue of Christ the Redeemer and a cable-car ride up Sugar Loaf mountain. Day 16 at leisure or optional excursions including a visit to the old centre of Rio or a 4x4 tour to Tijuca forest. (B)

Days 17-18: Fly to LondonOvernight flight to London with British Airways. Please enquire for supplements for day room use if required. Arrive in London the next day. (B) (N)

Perito Moreno glacier, Argentina

Weather

Area map

Explore the celebrated highlights of Brazil, Chile and Argentina, combining spectacular natural wonders with some of South America’s most exciting cities. Start in the foothills of the Andes, discover the extraordinary landscapes of Patagonia and finish on a world-famous beach in Rio.

C&K Signature experiences

Privileged stay close to the dramatic Iguazú Falls

Room with views in Torres del Paine

Discover Patagonia’s celebrated sights on both sides of the Andes

Soak up the Latin culture of Buenos Aires & vibrant Rio de Janeiro

Day 1: Fly to Santiago, ChileFly from London (regional connections available) to Santiago with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: SantiagoArrive and transfer to the Hotel Plaza San Francisco for a 2-night stay. Optional afternoon visit to a nearby winery. (N)

Day 3: SantiagoMorning city tour including the historic centre, San Cristobal hill and the Museum of Pre-Columbian Art. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 4: Fly to Punta Arenas • PatagoniaFly to Punta Arenas for a short tour and views of the Strait of Magellan. Continue through the Patagonian wilderness to Puerto Natales. Overnight

El Calafate J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 16 15 13 10 5 3 2 4 8 11 13 15

B 5 5 3 1 -2 -4 -5 -3 -2 0 3 4

C 42 40 51 50 48 47 46 44 39 36 36 42

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 14 people (max 26)

Direct international flights with British Airways

Internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guides in each destination

15 breakfasts

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees*

Porterage at airports

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 110 22/09/2017 09:53

111

Iguazú Falls, Argentina

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Atacama Desert + Tour5 Days & 3 Nights from £1,095

Travel to the far north of Chile and the small oasis town of San Pedro de Atacama to explore the fascinating landscape of the Atacama desert, the driest place on Earth.

Days 1-2: Fly to SantiagoFly to Santiago with British Airways. On arrival take a flight to Calama and transfer to San Pedro de Atacama for 3 nights at the Altiplanico Hotel. (N)Day 3: AtacamaMorning at leisure to explore the town. Afternoon visit to the Valley of the Moon. (B)Day 4: AtacamaMorning tour of the Atacama salt flat and the Andean desert village of Toconao. Afternoon at leisure or take optional excursions. (B)Day 5: Fly to SantiagoFly to Santiago to join the rest of the group. (B)

Tour + Amazon 5 Days & 3 Nights from £1,125

An immense network of rivers and forest, the Amazon is home to the greatest number of living plants and animal species in the world.

Day 17: Fly to ManausFly to Manaus and transfer to the Amazon Ecopark Lodge for 3 nights. (B, D) Days 18-19: AmazonShared local excursions including jungle walks, alligator spotting and a boat trip to see the Meeting of the Waters. (B, L, D) Days 20-21: Fly to London via RioReturn to Manaus and fly to London via Rio with British Airways. (B)

Tour + Búzios 6 Days & 4 Nights from £625

The charming beach resort of Búzios provides a relaxing stay at the end of your journey. Please refer to the extension on page 104 for further details.

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is led in each destination en route by a local tour guide.

† Rio de Janeiro: The 25 January 2018 and 14 February 2019 departures include 3 days &

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £3,995Guide price months: Oct

High season from £3,995Guide price months: Jan – Mar, Nov

Single supplement from £1,295

Private travelLow season from £4,395Guide price months: Apr

High season from £4,495Guide price months: Jan – Mar, Nov

Single supplement on request

Departure dates for 2018-19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (Carnival & New Year)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: SPG

2 nights in Rio due to Carnival. If you would like to extend your stay to include Carnival, please enquire about prices.

Itinerary: This tour joins the Wonders of the New World tour (p104) from Buenos Aires to Rio.

*Park Fees: Entry fees at the Iguazú and Iguaçu national parks are not included.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)†25 Jan 18 10 Feb 1815 Feb 18 04 Mar 1808 Mar 18 25 Mar 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)18 Oct 18 04 Nov 1808 Nov 18 25 Nov 1822 Nov 18 09 Dec 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)24 Jan 19 10 Feb 19†14 Feb 19 02 Mar 1907 Mar 19 24 Mar 19

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £625 returnClub World from £2,295 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from: Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester or Newcastle

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 111 22/09/2017 09:53

112

CHILE, BOLIVIA & PERU

Weather

Duration • 19 Days & 16 Nights Group tour • From £3,995Category • Discovery Private tour • From £4,595

A Journey through the Andes

Area map

Uyuni J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 17 16 16 17 15 14 13 15 16 17 18 17

B 4 4 3 1 -3 -6 -6 -5 -2 1 2 4

C 42 37 27 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 10 22

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 7: Salar de UyuniA full-day 4x4 tour exploring the world’s largest salt flat and its stunning scenery. Visit the salt museum in Colchani, Ojos de Agua geysers and Inka Wasi island, located in the heart of the salar and covered in giant cacti. After lunch, discover the ancient Coquesa mummies on the slopes of the Tunupa volcano. (B, L, D)

Days 8-9: Fly to La PazTransfer to Uyuni and fly to La Paz, a bustling city with a dramatic setting. Stay for 2 nights at Hotel Presidente. The following morning take a city tour, including the colonial centre, the witch doctors’ market and take a cable car for bird's eye views. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 10: Lake Titicaca • Puno, PeruTransfer by road to the shores of Lake Titicaca. Discover the cultural heritage of the Aymara people at the Andean Roots Eco Village and see how reed boats are constructed. Take a hydrofoil cruise across the lake to Copacabana, stopping at the sacred Sun & Moon islands to visit the Inca staircase and the Sun Virgins’ Temple. In the afternoon, continue by road to Puno and stay 1-night at the José Antonio hotel. (B, L)

Days 11-12: Fly to Cuzco • Sacred Valley Fly to Cuzco and transfer to the Sacred Valley for a stay of 2 nights at the San Agustin Urubamba Hotel. The following morning visit the impressive Inca fortress of Ollantaytambo and the indigenous market town of Pisac. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 13: Machu PicchuTravel by train to Machu Picchu for a guided exploration of the remarkable Inca ruins. Overnight stay at El Mapi. (B, L, D)

Days 14-15: CuzcoMorning at leisure with the option to revisit the ruins (purchase ticket at time of booking). Afternoon train back to Cuzco. Stay 2 nights at Los Portales Hotel. Morning tour of Cuzco including the San Blas district to explore its sites and beautiful colonial architecture. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Days 16-17: Fly to Lima Morning at leisure. Fly to Lima for a 2-night stay at the José Antonio hotel. The following day take a morning tour of colonial and modern Lima, including a walking tour of the historical centre. (B)

Days 18-19: Fly to LondonDay at leisure or optional excursion to Pachacamac archaeological site and Larco Herrera Museum. This evening fly to London with British Airways, arriving the next day. (B) (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Travel through the heart of the Andes, visiting Chile, Bolivia and Peru. Discover dramatic highland scenery and traditional cultures including the stunning Atacama desert and the otherworldly Uyuni salt flats in Bolivia; Lake Titicaca, legendary birthplace of the Incas; and the ancient sites of the Sacred Valley and Machu Picchu.

C&K Signature experiences

4x4 travel through remote & extraordinary landscapes

Visit a traditional Atacameña farm

Stay in a salt hotel in the Salar de Uyuni

Hydrofoil cruise across Lake Titicaca & overnight at Machu Picchu

Day 1: Fly to Santiago, ChileFly from London (regional connections available) to Santiago with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: SantiagoMorning arrival. Visit the Sky Costanera viewing platform for panoramic views of the city and the Andes. Transfer to the Hotel NH Santiago for 2 nights. Afternoon at leisure. (N)

Day 3: SantiagoMorning tour of the city including the cathedral, the main square and Santa Lucia hill. Afternoon at leisure or optional excursions. (B)

Day 4: Fly to Calama • San Pedro de AtacamaEarly morning flight to Calama and transfer to San Pedro de Atacama for a 2-night stay at Hotel Diego de Almagro. Afternoon excursion to see the sun set over the Valley of the Moon. (B)

Day 5: Atacama desertExplore the spectacular desert landscapes on a full-day excursion, including the Atacama salt flats, where pink flamingoes may be seen, and the little village of Toconao, built of white volcanic stone. A visit will also be made to an Atacameña farm to learn about daily life and traditions. (B)

Day 6: Salar de Uyuni, BoliviaFull-day 4x4 drive to Uyuni, via a striking landscape of snow-capped peaks, volcanoes, geysers and mineral-rich lakes, such as the emerald-green Laguna Verde and red Laguna Colorado, home to rare flamingoes. Stay for 2 nights on the edge of the salt flat at Luna Salada, an extraordinary hotel constructed using blocks of salt. (B, L, D)

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Direct international flights with

British Airways

Internal flights

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guides in

each destination

Maximum group size – 26 people

16 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 3 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports

NEWTOUR

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 112 22/09/2017 09:53

113

Salar de Uyuni, Bolivia

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £3,995Guide price months: Sep

High season from £4,095Guide price months: Apr – May, Oct

Single supplement from £695

Private travelLow season from £4,595Guide price months: Mar

High season from £4,795Guide price months: Apr – Oct

Single supplement on request

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £695 returnClub World from £2,095 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester or Newcastle

Departure dates for 2018-19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (21 Dec – 2 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: JOA

Extensions

Valparaiso + Tour 4 Days & 2 Nights from £325

Spend 2 nights in the historic and colourful port city of Valparaíso in Chile before the start of the tour. Explore the steep hills, funicular elevators, twisting cobbled streets and brightly painted houses of this Unesco world heritage town and soak up the bohemian atmosphere and faded grandeur of yesteryear.

Tour + Paracas 4 Days & 3 Nights from £395

Extend your stay on Peru’s southern coast at Paracas, a desert peninsula located 3 hours’ drive south of Lima. Enjoy the sunny climate or take optional excursions to discover the Ballestas islands’ wildlife or the mysterious Nazca Lines.

For more suggested extensions in Peru and beyond, turn to pages 98-99.

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is led in each destination en route by a local tour guide.

Discovery tour: This tour is better suited to the hardier traveller as it includes long drives through

the Andean high plateau and along unpaved road surfaces around the Uyuni salt flats.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can

be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Out (Thu) Rtn (Mon)12 Apr 18 30 Apr 1810 May 18 28 May 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Mon)06 Sep 18 24 Sep 1811 Oct 18 29 Oct 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Mon)28 Mar 19 15 Apr 19

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 113 22/09/2017 09:53

114

PERU, BOLIVIA, ARGENTINA & BRAZIL

Duration • 18 Days & 16 Nights Group tour • From £4,095Category • Superior Private tour • From £4,695

Grand Tour of South America

Rio de Janeiro

Weather

Area map

Cuzco J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 17 17 17 18 18 18 17 18 18 19 19 18

B 4 4 4 3 0 -2 -2 -1 1 3 3 4

C 153 136 120 46 8 2 4 8 23 40 68 116

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This tour focuses on South America's cultural and natural highlights, revealing the continent's diversity, and passing from high Andean scenery down to the thundering Iguazú Falls. Stop in buzzing cities along the way including Bolivia’s capital of La Paz, cosmopolitan Buenos Aires in Argentina and the exotic Brazilian city of Rio de Janeiro.

C&K Signature experiences

Coast-to-coast, multi-country experience

Overnight stays at Machu Picchu and inside Iguazú National Park

Luxury sleeper train journey across the altiplano

Visit the islands of Lake Titicaca

Day 1: Fly to Lima, PeruFly from London (regional connections available) to Lima with British Airways. Transfer to the Casa Andina Premium Miraflores for 2 nights. (N)

Day 2: LimaMorning tour of Lima, including the colonial centre and a stop at the historic Cordano tavern for a local pisco sour. (B)

Day 3: Fly to Cuzco • The Sacred ValleyFly to Cuzco, the ancient capital of the Inca empire. Transfer to the Sacred Valley of the Incas, via the local market in Pisac and Ollantaytambo Inca fortress. Stay at the Casa Andina Premium Sacred Valley for 1 night. (B)

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation

Direct international flights with British Airways

Internal flights

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 16 people (max 26)

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guides in each destination

16 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 2 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees*

Porterage at airports and stations

Easter departures†

Day 4: Machu PicchuTake the Vistadome train to Machu Picchu and explore this spectacular Inca city. Stay at the Inkaterra Machu Picchu Pueblo Hotel for 1 night. (B, L, D)

Day 5: CuzcoMorning at leisure or further explore Machu Picchu (purchase tickets at time of booking). In the afternoon, return to Cuzco by train and stay 2 nights at the Casa Andina Premium Cuzco. (B)

Day 6: CuzcoMorning tour of Cuzco and San Blas. Afternoon at leisure or optional excursions. (B)

Day 7: Luxury train to PunoTake the Belmond Andean Explorer sleeper train across the altiplano (high plain) to Puno on the shores of Lake Titicaca. Enjoy majestic vistas from the stylish lounge car, stop by the archaeological site of Raqchi and watch the sunset at La Raya (the highest point of the route), where the snow-capped Andes tower over deep valleys. Dinner and overnight on board (bunk bed cabin – upgrade to a twin bedded cabin from £65). (B, L, D)

Day 8: Lake Titicaca • La Paz, BoliviaWake up to see sunrise over Lake Titicaca. After breakfast, travel by road to Bolivia and take a boat across the lake to visit the floating reed islands and Sun Island en route. Continue to the bustling city of La Paz and stay 2 nights at the Hotel Europa. (B, L)

Day 9: La PazMorning tour of La Paz, including the witches’ market and Moon Valley. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 10: Fly to Buenos Aires, ArgentinaFly to Buenos Aires, a city of grand architecture and European influences. Transfer to the Brick Hotel Buenos Aires for 3 nights. (B)

Day 11: Buenos AiresMorning city tour including a visit to the cathedral, La Boca district and the Recoleta cemetery. (B)

Day 12: Buenos AiresAt leisure or optional excursions. (B)

Day 13: Iguazú FallsFly to Iguazú and visit the Brazilian side of the park for panoramic views of the thundering cataracts. Return to the Argentinian side and stay for 2 nights at the Sheraton Iguazú Hotel inside the park (upgrade to a falls-view room from £60). (B)

Day 14: Iguazú FallsAt leisure to explore the various nearby walkways and viewing platforms on the Argentinian side or take an optional boat ride on the river below. (B)

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 114 22/09/2017 09:54

115

Machu Picchu, Peru

Day 15: Fly to Rio de Janeiro, BrazilFly to Rio, set among mountains, tropical forests and golden beaches. Transfer to the Copacabana beach for a stay of 2 nights at the PortoBay Rio Internacional (Superior partial ocean-view room). Upgrade to a partial or full ocean view room at the luxurious Belmond Copacabana Palace from £145. (B)

Day 16: Rio de JaneiroFull-day tour of Rio de Janeiro, including Corcovado and Sugar Loaf mountain. (B)

Days 17-18: Fly to LondonAt leisure or optional excursions (PortoBay day room use from £75). Evening flight to London with British Airways, arriving the following day. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Tour + Búzios Beach5 Days & 3 Nights from £595

Relax at the end of your tour in the charming beach resort of Búzios, where first-class restaurants, chic shops and numerous sandy beaches with crystal-clear waters can be found.

Day 17: BúziosTransfer to Búzios (approximately 2.5 hours) and stay for 3 or 4 nights at Vila d’Este (garden room). Upgrade to an oceanfront room from £65 per person or to Casas Brancas from £25 per person. (B) Days 18-19: BúziosAt leisure or optional excursions. (B) Day 20: Fly to LondonTransfer to Rio de Janeiro for an overnight flight to London with British Airways.Day 21: Arrive in London (N)

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £4,095Guide price months: Nov

High season from £4,195Guide price months: May – Oct

Single supplement from £1,195

Private travelLow season from £4,695Guide price months: Apr

High season from £4,795Guide price months: May – Oct

Single supplement on request

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £645 returnClub World from £2,195 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from: Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester or Newcastle

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Wed) Rtn (Sat)†21 Mar 18 07 Apr 1811 Apr 18 28 Apr 1809 May 18 26 May 1830 May 18 16 Jun 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Sat)18 Jul 18 04 Aug 1805 Sep 18 22 Sep 1819 Sep 18 06 Oct 1803 Oct 18 20 Oct 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Sat)10 Oct 18 27 Oct 1824 Oct 18 10 Nov 1807 Nov 18 24 Nov 1820 Mar 19 06 Apr 19

Out (Wed) Rtn (Sat)†17 Apr 19 04 May 1901 May 19 18 May 1915 May 19 01 Jun 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season (Carnival, Easter & New Year)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: GTA

Galapagos + Tour8 Days & 6 Nights from £3,095

Take a pre-tour to the Galapagos islands and discover their fascinating wildlife. The islands are best explored aboard an expedition cruiser and combined with a 2-night stay in Quito. Please contact your travel agent for further details.

† Easter departures

The 21 March 2018 departure will spend Easter Sunday in Buenos Aires. The 17 April 2019 departure will spend Easter Sunday at Machu Picchu.

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is led in each destination en route by a local tour guide.

Itinerary: This tour includes some early morning starts and long days. Departures in March and November will fly to Lima via Madrid.

* Park fees: Entry fees at Iguazú and Iguaçu national parks are not included.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 115 22/09/2017 09:54

116

COLOMBIA

Cocora Valley

Duration • 13 Days & 10 Nights Group tour • From £2,295Category • Standard Private tour • From £2,695

Treasures of Colombia

Weather

Area map

Cartagena J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 31 31 31 32 32 32 32 32 32 31 31 31

B 23 23 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 24 24 23

C 8 2 6 34 102 110 97 130 140 218 129 35

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Travel from Andean peaks to tropical Caribbean coastlines, passing through the mountain capital of Bogotá, picturesque Villa de Leyva, fertile coffee country, vibrant Medellín and the colonial port of Cartagena, one of South America’s most beautiful towns.

C&K Signature experiences

Visit the superb Gold Museum in Bogotá

Stay at a colonial-style hacienda in coffee country

Insight into the cultural & social transformation of Medellín

Soak up the atmosphere of colourful Cartagena on a walking tour

Day 1: Fly to BogotáOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Bogotá with Avianca. (N)

Day 2: Villa de LeyvaEarly morning arrival and transfer by road to Villa de Leyva, one of Colombia’s finest colonial towns. En route stop at Tunja and Boyacá bridge, the site of the turning point in Colombia's struggle for independence. Stay 2 nights at the Posada de San Antonio. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 3: Villa de LeyvaFull-day tour of this beautiful town of cobbled streets lined with whitewashed houses. Visit the nearby 120-million-year-old kronosaurus fossil and

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Direct international flights with Avianca

Internal flights

Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 10 people (max 26)

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guides in each destination

11 breakfasts, 1 lunch

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports

the Dominican convent. (B)

Day 4: BogotáTransfer by road back to Bogotá, stopping at Zipaquirá en route to see the remarkable salt cathedral, built inside an old salt mine. Stay at the Atton Bogotá 93 for 2 nights. (B)

Day 5: BogotáMorning walking tour of the historic La Candelaria district, see Botero’s art collection and visit the Gold Museum, featuring one of the world’s most complete collections of ancient gold artefacts. Afternoon at leisure or take an optional cable-car ride to the Monserrat Hill for panoramic views. (B)

Day 6: Fly to PereiraFly to Pereira in the coffee region, declared a world heritage site by Unesco. Visit a local coffee farm to learn about the growing and production of high quality coffee beans. Afternoon at leisure and stay for 2 nights at the Hacienda San José, an old colonial-style house with delightful gardens. (B)

Day 7: Coffee regionToday explore the verdant Cocora valley, famous for its wax palm trees – the tallest in the world. Take a walk into the cloud forest and visit the traditional villages of Filandia and Salento. (B, L) Day 8: MedellínTravel by road to Medellín (journey time approximately 5 hours), stopping at the scenic lookout for views over the Cauca river. Stay for 2 nights at the Hotel Poblado Alejandria. (B)

Day 9: MedellínFull-day city tour, including the curved sculptures by local artist Fernando Botero and the gigantic outdoor escalators. Take a cable car to the Arvi Park Reserve for a nature walk and learn about the cultural and social transformation projects of the city in the district of Santo Domingo. (B)

Day 10: Fly to CartagenaTransfer to the airport and fly to Cartagena, a beautiful Caribbean city with old colonial mansions, overhanging flower-filled balconies and small plazas. Stay at the characterful Hotel Kartaxa for 2 nights. (B)

Day 11: CartagenaHalf-day tour of Cartagena, including a walking tour of the old town, a visit to the impregnable Spanish fort, San Felipe, and San Pedro Claver church with its fine stained-glass windows. (B)

Days 12-13: Fly to London via BogotáMorning at leisure in the historic city or an optional visit to the national aviary of Colombia. Afternoon transfer to the airport for an overnight flight to London via Bogotá with Avianca. (B)

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 116 22/09/2017 09:54

117

Cartagena

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from N/AGuide price months: N/A

High season from £2,295Guide price months: Nov

Single supplement from £495

Private travelLow season from £2,695Guide price months: Apr

High season from £2,795Guide price months: Jan – Feb, Sep – Nov

Single supplement on request

Avianca flight upgradesBusiness Class from £1,995 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from: Belfast,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester or Newcastle

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Sat) Rtn (Thu)10 Feb 18 22 Feb 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Thu)25 Aug 18 06 Sep 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Thu)03 Nov 18 15 Nov 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Thu)09 Feb 19 21 Feb 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (21 Dec – 6 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: TCO

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Tour + San Agustín4 Days & 2 Nights from £695

Travel to the south-western Andes and explore the elaborate pre-Columbian ceremonial sites of San Agustín including huge carved stones, burial tombs and impressive statues.

Day 12: Fly to Pitalito via Bogotá • San AgustínMorning flight to Bogotá and on to Pitalito. Transfer by road (approximately 1 hour) to the small town of San Agustín and stay at Akawanka Lodge for 2 nights. (B) Day 13: San AgustínFull-day tour to the San Agustín Archaeological Park and Alto de los Idolos. Visit the small museum, explore the enormous stone statuary and see the Fuente de Lavapatas site, a religious monument carved in the stone bed of a stream. (B) Days 14-15: Fly to London via BogotáReturn to Pitalito and fly to Bogotá to connect to an overnight flight to London with Avianca. (B)

Tour + Tayrona National Park5 Days & 3 Nights from £685

Extend your journey on the rugged, unspoilt palm-fringed beaches of the Tayrona National Park, where the lush slopes of the Sierra Nevada mountains meet the turquoise waters of the Caribbean Sea.

Day 12: Tayrona National ParkTransfer by road (approximately 5 hours) to the Tayrona National Park. Stay 3 nights at the Ecohabs, a collection of thatched split-level cabañas built from natural wood and overlooking the sea. (B)Days 13-14: Tayrona National ParkAt leisure on the coast or take optional excursions. (B)Days 15-16: Fly to London via BogotáTransfer to the Santa Marta airport for a flight to Bogotá and on to London with Avianca and arrive the following day. (B)

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is lead in each destination en route by a local tour guide.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 117 22/09/2017 09:54

118

Duration • 12 Days & 10 Nights Group tour • From £2,195Category • Discovery Private tour • From £2,795

Splendours of Cuba

Museum, Hemingway’s Museum or the Revolution Museum. (B)

Day 4: Las TerrazasIn the morning, drive to Las Terrazas in the western province of Pinar del Rio for a stay of 2 nights. Established as a sustainable environmental and development project, Las Terrazas provides an ideal introduction to Cuba’s countryside life and landscapes. Visit the local community and the partially restored 19th-century coffee estate. (B, L, D)

Day 5: ViñalesFull-day tour of the beautiful Viñales valley, its tobacco plantations and rounded limestone hills. Visit a cigar factory and take a boat ride through the Indian Cave. (B, L)

Day 6: Peninsula de Zapata • CienfuegosTravel to Cienfuegos via the Peninsula de Zapata. Take a boat trip through the mangroves and drive past Playa Girón, site of the 1961 invasion. Continue to the small city of Cienfuegos, with its distinct French influence, for an overnight stay. (B, L, D)

Day 7: Cienfuegos • TrinidadMorning tour of Cienfuegos, known as the ‘Pearl of the South’, and visit the Cienfuegos botanical gardens. Afternoon transfer to Trinidad for a 3-night stay in a casa particular in the heart of the old town. Dine this evening at a privately run paladar. (B, D)

Day 8: TrinidadMorning walking tour of the town, including the Romantic Museum or Cantero Museum and a visit to Casa de la Musica. Founded in 1514, Trinidad contains well-preserved colonial buildings with hardly a trace of 20th-century architecture. Afternoon at leisure or take optional excursions. (B)

Day 9: Valley of the Sugar MillsMorning tour of the Valley of the Sugar Mills, dotted with ruins of large former sugar plantations. Visit the watchtower of the Manaca Iznaga plantation, a reminder of Cuba’s colonisation and slave trade, then have lunch before returning to Trinidad. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L)

Day 10: Santa Clara • HavanaMorning drive to historic Santa Clara, the site of the turning point in the Cuban revolution, and see Che Guevara’s museum and mausoleum. After lunch, continue to Havana for a final night. Optional evening music performance. (B, L)

Days 11-12: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport. Fly to London with Virgin Atlantic and arrive the following day. (B)

Double bass player, Havana

Weather

Area map

Trinidad J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 29 29 30 31 32 32 33 33 32 32 30 29

B 19 19 20 21 22 23 23 23 23 23 21 20

C 25 39 39 42 159 204 154 169 208 162 57 24

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Cuba is changing fast, so this is a great time to visit while its exotic and distinctive style remains. Discover faded colonial grandeur in Havana and Trinidad, delightful rolling countryside, tobacco and coffee plantations, the historical sites of the revolution and the ever-present rhythms of the son and mambo styles of music.

C&K Signature experiences

Take a ride in a classic American car & stroll around old Havana

Dine at a privately run paladar in Trinidad

Experience rural life at Las Terrazas community

Gain an insight into the revolution at Che Guevara’s Museum

Day 1: Fly to HavanaFly from London (regional connections available) to Havana with Virgin Atlantic. Transfer to Hotel Santa Isabel / Hotel Telegrafo for 3 nights. (N)

Day 2: HavanaMorning walking tour of Old Havana, including the Camera Obscura and a stop at El Floridita, home of the daiquiri cocktail. Afternoon panoramic tour in a classic American car, visiting Revolution Square and a rum factory. (B, L)

Day 3: HavanaDay at leisure to stroll along Old Havana’s cobbled streets or take optional visits to the Bellas Artes

This group tour features…

Simple & Good Standard

accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 14 people

(max 26)

Direct international flights with

Virgin Atlantic

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

10 breakfasts, 6 lunches, 3 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports

CUBA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 118 22/09/2017 09:54

119

Trinidad

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Cayo Santa Maria 7 Days & 5 Nights from £575

After visiting Santa Clara on day 10, continue to a white sandy cay off Cuba’s north coast. Stay for 4 nights at the all-inclusive Meliá Cayo Santa Maria or the first class Meliá Buenavista (upgrade to an ocean-view room from £95). Drive back to Havana for a final night before your flight to London with Virgin Atlantic.

Important information

Accommodation & travel in Cuba: This tour features a combination of simple and good standard hotels and casas particulares, which are simple, private, bed and breakfast-style accommodations that allow for an authentic insight into the Cuban way of life. Cuba combines increasing popularity with very limited good quality hotel options and the properties we use may vary from departure to departure. The specific accommodation for each departure as well as the exact order of your itinerary will be confirmed in the final travel documents. The tourist infrastructure in Cuba remains less developed than in most Latin American countries, which may result in erratic standards of service, outdated or worn hotel facilities, road journeys that can take longer

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,195Guide price month: Apr

High season from £2,295Guide price months: Jan – Mar

Single supplement from £495

Private travelLow season from £2,795Guide price month: May

High season from £2,895Guide price months: Jan – Mar

Single supplement on request

Virgin Atlantic flight upgradesPremium economy from £595 returnUpper Class from £1,895 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details.

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Mon) Rtn (Fri) 15 Jan 18 26 Jan 1829 Jan 18 09 Feb 1805 Feb 18 16 Feb 1812 Feb 18 23 Feb 1819 Feb 18 02 Mar 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Fri)26 Feb 18 09 Mar 1805 Mar 18 16 Mar 1812 Mar 18 23 Mar 1819 Mar 18 30 Mar 18 09 Apr 18 20 Apr 18

Out (Mon) Rtn (Fri)05 Nov 18 16 Nov 1819 Nov 18 30 Nov 1821 Jan 19 01 Feb 1904 Feb 19 15 Feb 19 18 Feb 19 01 Mar 19

Out (Mon) Rtn (Fri)25 Feb 19 08 Mar 1904 Mar 19 15 Mar 1918 Mar 19 29 Mar 1901 Apr 19 12 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (21 Dec – 6 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: CUB

than anticipated and limited dining options. We recommend an extremely flexible approach to booking a holiday and travel in Cuba.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be

taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 119 22/09/2017 09:54

120

CUBA

El Cobre church, near Santiago de Cuba

Duration • 13 Days & 11 Nights Group tour • From £2,495Category • Discovery Private tour • From £3,095

A Journey through Cuba

tobacco-growing area with beautiful limestone formations. Stay for 2 nights. (B, L)

Day 4: ViñalesDay at leisure to enjoy the views or take walks in the surrounding countryside. (B)

Day 5: Santa ClaraDrive to the town of Santa Clara, whose historic revolutionary attack led to the surrender of the dictatorship. Take a panoramic city tour and stay overnight. (B)

Day 6: Cienfuegos • TrinidadMorning visit to Che Guevara’s Museum before driving to the French-colonial town of Cienfuegos for a city tour. Continue to Trinidad, one of the oldest cities in Cuba, and stay for 2 nights at a casa particular for a unique experience of Cuban culture. (B, L, D)

Day 7: TrinidadMorning walking tour of the colonial centre including a visit to La Canchanchara to hear live Cuban music. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 8: Valley of the Sugar Mills • Camagüey Visit the ruins of former sugar plantations in the Valley of the Sugar Mills and drive on to Camagüey (5-6 hours). Take a short tour of its winding streets, built to deter pirate attacks, and stay overnight. (B)

Day 9: Bayamo • Santiago de CubaFull-day journey east to Santiago de Cuba for a 2-night stay, visiting Bayamo and El Cobre church, Cuba’s most important shrine, en route. Santiago de Cuba is the island’s first capital and birthplace of Afro-Cuban culture and music. (B, L) Day 10: Santiago de CubaMorning tour of the historical centre and El Morro fortress. In the afternoon, visit the Gran Piedra and see the spectacular scenery of the Sierra Maestra mountains. Optional evening visit to Casa de la Trova. (B, L)

Day 11: Fly to HavanaVisit Diego Velázquez house and the Moncada barracks, then transfer to the airport. Fly back to Havana for an overnight stay. Optional evening music performance. (B)

Day 12: Fly to LondonMorning at leisure or optional panoramic ride in a classic American car. Afternoon transfer to the airport and fly to London with Virgin Atlantic. (B)

Day 13: LondonEarly morning arrival. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Weather

Area map

Santiago de Cuba J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 29 29 30 30 30 31 32 32 32 31 30 29

B 18 18 19 20 21 22 22 22 22 22 20 19

C 39 39 50 97 206 153 115 138 164 191 87 39

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Traverse Cuba from west to east, passing through colonial towns, mountain scenery and verdant countryside. Along the way, learn about the Cuban revolution and its legacy, and soak up Afro-Cuban culture and music. The long but rewarding drives through the interior provide a rare glimpse into the everyday life of this unique destination.

C&K Signature experiences

Experience Viñales valley’s landscapes and tobacco plantations

Glimpse into eastern Cuba’s history, culture and mountain scenery

Visit the Che Guevara & Revolution museums

Genuine insight into Cuban way of life staying at a casa particular

Day 1: Fly to HavanaFly from London (regional connections available) to Havana with Virgin Atlantic. Transfer to your hotel for 2 nights. (N)

Day 2: HavanaMorning walking tour of the old town including the Plaza de Armas, the oldest square in Havana and the Revolution Museum. (B)

Day 3: ViñalesFull-day visit to the Viñales valley, a traditional

This group tour features…

Simple hotels & casas particulares

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 14 people

(max 26)

Direct international flights with

Virgin Atlantic

Internal flight

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

11 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 1 dinner

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 120 22/09/2017 09:54

121

Viñales valley

Extension

Tour + Esmeralda Beach 6 Days & 4 Nights from £645

Extend your holiday to relax on a beautiful white sandy beach, protected by extensive coral reefs. The Paradisus Rio del Oro, one of Cuba’s best all-inclusive resorts, is set on the beachfront amid tropical gardens.

Day 11: Esmeralda beachTravel by road to Esmeralda beach on the north coast (approximately 4 hours) and stay for 3 nights at the Paradisus Rio del Oro. (B, L, D)Days 12-13: Esmeralda beachAt leisure by the beach. (B, L, D)Day 14: Holguín • Fly to HavanaTransfer to Holguín and fly to Havana. Stay overnight in Havana. (B)Days 15-16: Fly to LondonFly to London with Virgin Atlantic. (B)

Important information

Accommodation & travel in Cuba: This tour is better suited to the hardier traveller as it includes longer road journeys and a combination of simple hotels and casas particulares, which are private bed and breakfast-style accommodations that allow for an authentic insight into the Cuban way of life. Cuba combines increasing popularity with very limited good quality hotel options and the properties we use may vary from departure to departure. The specific accommodation for each

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,495Guide price month: Mar

High season from £2,595Guide price months: Jan – Feb, Nov

Single supplement from £425

Private travelLow season from £3,095Guide price month: Apr

High season from £3,195Guide price months: Jan – Mar

Single supplement on request

Virgin Atlantic flight upgradesPremium economy from £595 returnUpper Class from £1,895 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Thu) Rtn (Tue)18 Jan 18 30 Jan 1808 Feb 18 20 Feb 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Tue)08 Mar 18 20 Mar 1829 Mar 18 10 Apr 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Tue)15 Nov 18 27 Nov 1817 Jan 19 29 Jan 19

Out (Thu) Rtn (Tue)07 Feb 19 19 Feb 1914 Mar 19 26 Mar 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (21 Dec – 6 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: JCI

departure as well as the exact order of your itinerary will be confirmed in the final travel documents. The tourist infrastructure in Cuba remains less developed than in most Latin American countries, which may result in erratic standards of service, outdated or worn hotel facilities, road journeys that can take longer than anticipated and limited dining options. We recommend an extremely flexible

approach to booking a holiday and travel in Cuba.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 121 22/09/2017 09:54

122

MEXICO

Duration • 14 Days & 12 Nights Group tour • From £2,795Category • Standard Private tour • From £3,395

Highlights of Mexico

Days 6-7: Fly to Tuxtla Gutierrez, via Mexico City • San Cristóbal de las CasasFly to Tuxtla Gutierrez, via Mexico City. Take a boat along the Grijalva river to the Sumidero canyon. Continue to San Cristóbal de las Casas for 2 nights at the Hotel Diego de Mazariegos. The following morning tour this colonial town and nearby indigenous villages. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 8: Agua Azul waterfalls • Palenque Drive from the cool highlands to the tropical lowlands and Palenque via the waterfalls of Agua Azul. Stay 2 nights at the Chan Kah Resort. (B, L)

Day 9: PalenqueMorning tour of Palenque, one of the greatest Mayan sites. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L)

Day 10: Fly to MéridaTransfer to Villahermosa and fly to Mérida. Stay 2 nights at the Casa del Balam. Afternoon walking tour. (B)

Day 11: Kabah • UxmalIn the morning, visit the Palace of Masks at Kabah and Uxmal for a tour of the Mayan ceremonial centre. In the afternoon return to your hotel. (B, L)

Day 12: Chichen ItzaTransfer to Chichen Itza and tour the ancient Mayan city. Overnight at the Hacienda Chichen. (B)

Days 13-14: Fly to LondonTransfer to Cancun for a direct overnight flight to London with British Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Copper Canyon + Tour5 Days & 4 Nights from £895

Explore northern Mexico’s vast Copper Canyon, one and a half times deeper than the Grand Canyon, and its spectacular landscapes.

Day 1: Fly to Chihuahua via the US Fly to Chihuahua via the US with BA / American Airlines. Overnight at Quality Inn San Francisco. (N)Days 2-3: BarrancasIn the morning board the Chepe train to ascend the Sierra Madre mountains. Stay for 2 nights at the Hotel Posada Barrancas Mirador, where all rooms have views over the canyon. Take a shared walk to the Divisadero viewing point, with time at leisure for optional excursions. (B, L, D)Day 4: Los MochisAfternoon descent by train to Los Mochis for an overnight stay at Hotel Santa Anita. (B)

Colonial Oaxaca

Weather

Area map

Discover the legacy of the Aztec, Mayan and Spanish empires on this outstanding tour of Mexico’s finest sites. Explore magnificent pyramids and temples, colourful colonial cities with their indigenous influences, and the natural beauty of valleys, canyons, waterfalls and tropical rainforests.

C&K Signature experiences

Boat ride through the Sumidero canyon

Flights to indigenous villages & Mayan sites, reducing long road journeys

Witness local traditions on festival departures including Easter & the Day of the Dead

Days 1: Fly to Mexico CityFly from London (regional connections available) to Mexico City with British Airways. Transfer to the Galeria Plaza Hotel for 3 nights. (N)

Day 2: Mexico CityFull-day city tour, including the Zócalo (main plaza), the murals of Diego Rivera, the National Cathedral and the Anthropological Museum. (B, L)

Day 3: TeotihuacánMorning visit to the historic Shrine of Our Lady of Guadalupe. Continue to the pyramids of Teotihuacán, dating back 2,000 years. (B, L)

Day 4: Fly to OaxacaFly to Oaxaca, a beautiful colonial city, and take an afternoon tour. Stay 2 nights at the Parador San Miguel. (B)

Day 5: Monte AlbánMorning visit to the impressive ancient Zapotec capital of Monte Albán. Afternoon at leisure or optional visit to the ruins of Mitla. (B)

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 14 people (max 26)

Direct international flights with British Airways

Internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

12 breakfasts, 5 lunches

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Festival departures†

Oaxaca J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 26 27 29 30 30 27 26 26 25 26 26 26

B 7 8 10 12 13 13 13 13 13 11 9 7

C 4 5 11 31 77 140 92 103 125 51 10 5

Mérida J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 29 30 33 35 36 34 34 34 33 31 30 29

B 17 18 20 21 23 23 23 23 23 21 19 18

C 35 25 20 25 74 146 145 168 186 108 35 32

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimmm average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 122 22/09/2017 09:55

123

Day 5: Fly to Mexico CityFly to Mexico City and join the group. (B)

Tour + Guatemala8 Days & 6 Nights from £1,695

Take in the highlights of Guatemala, including the ancient Mayan site of Tikal in the Petén jungle, the beautiful colonial city of Antigua and Lake Atitlán.

Day 13: CancunTransfer to Cancun for an overnight stay at the Presidente Intercontinental. (B)Days 14-15: Guatemala City • TikalFly to Guatemala City and on to Flores. Stay for 2 nights at Camino Real and take a tour of Tikal. (B)Day 16: Lake AtitlánFly back to Guatemala City and continue to Lake Atitlán. Take a boat trip to see local villages and overnight at Posada de Don Rodrigo. (B)Day 17: Chichicastenago • AntiguaMorning visit to Chichicastenango indigenous market and transfer to Antigua for 2 nights at Méson de María. (B, L)Day 18: AntiguaMorning walking tour of Antigua, including the main plaza, the cathedral and La Merced monastery. (B)Days 19-20: Fly to LondonFly overnight to London, via Madrid or Miami. (B)

Tour + Caribbean Coast5 Days & 3 Nights from £695

Spend 3 nights at the Ana y José Hotel & Spa enjoying the turquoise waters and sandy beaches of the Mayan Riviera, near Tulum. Please enquire for further options and prices.

†Festival departures

The 28 Mar 2018 and 17 Apr 2019 tours coincide with the Semana Santa (Easter week) processions in Oaxaca, while the 29 October 2018 departure coincides with the Day of the Dead celebrations, where families pay respect to the deceased with offerings such as flowers and food.

Palenque

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,795Guide price months: Nov

High season from £2,845Guide price months: Jan – Mar

Single supplement from £525

Private travelLow season from £3,395Guide price months: Sep

High season from £3,495Guide price months: Jan – Mar, Nov

Single supplement on request

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £450 returnClub World from £2,295 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from: Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Newcastle or Manchester.

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)26 Jan 18 08 Feb 1823 Feb 18 08 Mar 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Tue)†28 Mar 18 10 Apr 18†29 Oct 18 11 Nov 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)16 Nov 18 29 Nov 1801 Feb 19 14 Feb 19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)01 Mar 19 14 Mar 19†17 Apr 19 30 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (21 Dec – 2 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: HOM

Important information

Accessibility: Uneven terrain is covered during visits to the ruins.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 123 22/09/2017 09:55

124

COSTA RICA

Tortuguero J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 29 30 31 32 31 30 30 29 29 29 29 29

B 23 23 24 24 24 23 24 23 23 23 22 22

C 412 257 177 251 338 431 624 463 303 400 600 619

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Green iguana, Caño Negro

Duration • 11 Days & 9 Nights Group tour • From £1,995Category • Standard Private tour • From £2,295

Natural Splendours of Costa Rica

Monteverde J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 26 27 28 29 27 26 26 26 26 26 26 26

B 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 18 19 18 18 18

C 130 67 46 53 255 342 302 340 383 423 262 184

birdlife, monkeys, sloths and other wildlife. Stay for 2 nights at Mawamba Lodge or similar. (B, L, D)

Day 4: TortugueroFull day of shared local excursions in Tortuguero. From July to September, an option is available to observe turtles nesting on the beach. (B, L, D)

Day 5: ArenalReturn to Caño Blanco by boat and drive to Arenal, visiting La Selva Biological Station en route. Learn about the scientific and conservation work of the researchers and take a short walk in the protected rainforest surroundings. Stay 2 nights at Arenal Paraiso hotel, with views of the Arenal volcano. (B, L)

Day 6: Caño NegroFull-day tour to Caño Negro, an important wetland habitat for a range of bird species. (B, L)

Day 7: Lake Arenal • MonteverdeShared boat across Lake Arenal, taking in the spectacular views of the lake and its surroundings. Continue to Monteverde for 2 nights at the Fonda Vela Hotel. Afternoon visit to the Selvatura Butterfly Garden & Walkways and explore the treetop canopy from its hanging bridges. (B)

Day 8: MonteverdeMorning tour of the Monteverde cloud forest, a habitat for rare flora and fauna, such as the colourful quetzal bird. Afternoon visit to a typical family-run farm to learn about coffee and sugar cane production. (B, L)

Day 9: Sarchí • San José Return to San José via the town of Sarchí, home to

Weather

Area map

Located between the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific Ocean, the small country of Costa Rica is one of the most ecologically diverse places on Earth. This journey explores some of the major national parks and the astonishing variety of wildlife and contrasting habitats found here, including rainforest, cloud forest, volcanoes, lakes and canals.

C&K Signature experiences

View the Arenal volcano from your hotel Cruise the canals of Tortuguero & cross

Lake Arenal by boat

Caño Negro boat trip

Explore hanging bridges at Monteverde

Day 1: Fly to San José Fly from London (regional connections available) to San José with British Airways. Transfer to the Crowne Plaza Corobici Hotel for 2 nights. (N)

Day 2: San José In the morning, visit Poas or Irazu volcano and see its impressive crater and surroundings. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 3: TortugueroShared overland transfer to Caño Blanco on the Caribbean coast. Cruise through the canals and backwaters that lead to Tortuguero, looking for

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions (see pages 126-127) & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 16 people (max 26)

Direct international flights with British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

9 breakfasts, 5 lunches, 2 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 124 22/09/2017 09:55

125

Arenal volcano

traditional handicrafts and colourfully painted ox carts. Stay overnight at the Crowne Plaza Corobici Hotel. (B)

Days 10-11: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport for a flight to London with British Airways. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Standard tour: All the lodges are comfortable but do not always have a wide range of facilities. The tour also includes some longer drives on unpaved roads.

Itinerary: 5 April 2018 departure is based on flying with United Airlines via the US.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £1,995Guide price month: Nov

High season from £2,095Guide price months: Jan – Apr

Single supplement from £345

Private travelLow season from £2,295Guide price month: Sep

High season from £2,395Guide price months: Jan – Mar

Single supplement on request

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £625 returnClub World from £1,795 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. British Airways to / from: Aberdeen,Edinburgh, Glasgow, Newcastle & Manchester

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)25 Jan 18 04 Feb 1808 Feb 18 18 Feb 1822 Feb 18 04 Mar 1808 Mar 18 18 Mar 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)05 Apr 18 15 Apr 1815 Nov 18 25 Nov 1829 Nov 18 09 Dec 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)24 Jan 19 03 Feb 19 07 Feb 19 17 Feb 1921 Feb 19 03 Mar 19

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)07 Mar 19 17 Mar 19 21 Mar 19 31 Mar 1904 Apr 19 14 Apr 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (21 Dec – 4 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: NSR

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 125 22/09/2017 09:55

126

COSTA RICA

Tour Extensions

Tour + Corcovado5 Days & 3 Nights from £1,295

Corcovado National Park is a lowland primary rainforest described by National Geographic as ‘the most biologically intense place on Earth’. Explore the trails to spot a plethora of exotic creatures including monkeys, toucans, scarlet macaws and other species. A reasonable level of fitness is required.

Day 10: Fly to Palmar Sur • CorcovadoFly to Palmar Sur. Transfer by road to Sierpe and take a boat to Casa Corcovado Lodge for 3 nights. (B, L, D)Days 11-12: CorcovadoLocal shared excursions, including a tour to Corcovado National Park, a boat trip to Caño island and rainforest walks around the lodge. (B, L, D) Day 13: Fly to London via San JoséTransfer by boat and aeroplane to San José. Optional transfer to Xandari Hotel for lunch before boarding your overnight flight to London with British Airways. (B)Day 14: Arrive in London (N)

Flights: Domestic flights have a luggage allowance of 12kg per person.

Tour + Manuel Antonio6 Days & 4 Nights from £495

The smallest of Costa Rica’s national parks, Manuel Antonio is also one of the most visited due to the remarkable diversity of its wildlife. Its rainforest extends right down to the beautiful beaches where it is possible to see a surprising concentration of animals, including monkeys, sloths and armadillos.

Day 9: Manuel AntonioDrive from Monteverde to Manuel Antonio (5 hours). Stay 3 nights at El Parador, which features panoramic views of the ocean, beach and jungle. Please see page 134 for hotel details. (B)Days 10-11: Manuel AntonioAt leisure or take optional excursions, such as rainforest walks and boat tours in search of dolphins. (B)Day 12: San JoséTransfer to San José and stay at the Crowne Plaza Corobici Hotel. (B)Day 13: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)Day 14: LondonArrive in London. (N)

San Gerardo de Dota + Tour3 Days & 2 Nights from £395

San Gerardo de Dota is located near Cerro de la Muerte, meaning ‘the Mountain of Death’, which is one of Costa Rica’s highest peaks. Located in the narrow Savegre river valley, this is a birdwatcher’s and hiker's paradise. The cloud forest is home to more than 150 bird species, including a plethora of hummingbirds and woodpeckers.

Day 1: Fly to San José • San Gerardo de DotaFly to San José and transfer to San Gerardo de Dota in one of the most beautiful regions of Costa Rica and stay 2 nights at Trogon Lodge, surrounded by nature trails. The lodge has 23 rooms and a family-style restaurant serving delicious home-cooked meals. (N)Days 2: San Gerardo de DotaEarly morning shared birdwatching tour. The surrounding primary forest is one of the best places to spot resplendent quetzals, considered to be among the world’s most striking birds. The rest of the time is at leisure. (B)Day 3: San JoséTransfer to San José and join the rest of the group (B)

Scarlet macaws, Corcovado Squirrel monkeys, Manuel Antonio

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 126 22/09/2017 09:55

127

Tour + Nicaragua5 Days & 3 Nights from £725

Extend your trip with a visit to neighbouring Nicaragua. Marvel at its volcanic scenery, explore Granada’s colonial heritage on the shores of Lake Nicaragua, see the smoke and glowing lava of the active Masaya volcano or take optional hikes.

Day 9: GranadaDrive to the border and cross into Nicaragua (approx 7 hrs). Stay 3 nights at Hotel Colonial in the centre of Granada. (B)Day 10: GranadaMorning tour of Granada and a short boat trip on Lake Nicaragua. Late afternoon visit to Masaya handicraft market and the Masaya crater to see the glowing lava. (B, L)Day 11: GranadaAt leisure. Take optional excursions such as a morning hike along the cloud forest trails on the summit of the Mombacho volcano or a chocolate workshop. (B)Day 12: Fly to London via MiamiTransfer to Managua for an afternoon flight to London via Miami with British Airways/American Airlines. (B)Day 13: London Arrive in London. (N)

Tour + Panama5 Days & 3 Nights from £595

Travel along the Panama Canal, one of the wonders of modern engineering, explore the colonial heritage of Panama City or go birdwatching in the tropical rainforest.

Day 9: Fly to Panama CityReturn to San José and fly to Panama City. Transfer to the Crowne Plaza for 3 nights. (B)Day 10: Panama CanalHalf-day transit on the Panama Canal. (B, L)Day 11: Panama CityHalf-day tour of colonial Panama and the Miraflores canal locks. Add an optional excursion, such as a visit to Soberanía National Park, which offers some excellent birding. (B)Day 12: Fly to London via Madrid / MiamiFly to London, via Madrid / Miami with British Airways. (B)Day 13: LondonIn the afternoon, arrive in London. (N) Further extension: It is possible to further extend your stay at one of the Pacific beaches near to Panama City, the San Blas islands or the Caribbean Bocas del Toro archipelago.

Tour + Tamarindo6 Days & 4 Nights from £475

Tamarindo is situated in Guanacaste on the Pacific coast, with an abundance of sandy beaches. Take boat trips through the mangroves and excursions to see leatherback turtles at Playa Grande beach (November to March).

Day 9: TamarindoLeave the group in Sarchí and drive to Tamarindo (approximately 3 hours). Stay for 3 nights at the Esplendor Hotel with ocean views. Supplement for the beachfront Capitan Suizo from £175. (B)Days 10-11: TamarindoAt leisure to relax or take optional excursions. Nearby is one of Costa Rica’s most important nesting sites for endangered leatherback turtles, the largest of the sea turtle species. (B)Day 12: San JoséTransfer to San José by road (4.5 hours) and stay at the Crowne Plaza Corobici Hotel. (B)Days 13-14: Fly to LondonFly to London with British Airways. (B)

Flights: It is possible to fly out of Liberia (approx. 1.5 hours from Tamarindo) with United Airlines via the US rather than British Airways.

Hummingbird, San Gerardo de Dota Granada, Nicaragua

Casco Viejo, Panama City

COSTA RICA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 127 22/09/2017 09:55

128

CENTRAL AMERICA

Panama J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 30 31 31 32 31 29 30 29 29 29 28 29

B 22 22 23 24 24 23 23 23 22 23 22 22

C 32 13 11 77 263 256 272 265 265 333 311 135

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Duration • 19 Days & 17 Nights Group tour • From £2,995Category • Standard Private tour • From £4,195

Splendours of Central America

is the tenth largest lake in the world. Afternoon at leisure or optional excursions. (B)

Day 9: Fly to San Salvador • SuchitotoTransfer to Managua and fly to San Salvador. Continue to the charming town of Suchitoto for 1 night at Posada de Suchitlán. (B)

Day 10: Route of the FlowersExplore the cobbled streets of Suchitoto, then transfer to the archaeological site of Joya de Cerén, known as the ‘Pompeii of the Americas’. Later, explore cloud forest trails and enjoy spectacular volcano views on the picturesque Route of the Flowers. Overnight at Hotel Misión de Angeles. (B, L)

Day 11: Copán, HondurasThis morning explore the traditional artisan town of Ataco and stop at Santa Ana en route to Honduras (approx 10 hours). Stay at the Hotel Marina Copán for 2 nights. (B, L)

Day 12: CopánIn the morning, tour the fascinating Mayan ruins of Copán with its intricate and well-preserved sculptures. Optional afternoon tour to a bird sanctuary. (B)

Day 13: Livingston, GuatemalaCross into Guatemala and on to the Caribbean coast, visiting the impressive carved stelae at Quirigua en route (approx 6 hours). Take a 1.5-hour boat ride along the coast to the town of Livingston, which has a strong Garifuna culture. Stay overnight at the Hotel Villa Caribe. (B)

Day 14: FloresMorning walking tour of Livingston, before taking a boat trip along the lush gorges of the Dulce river to visit Bird Island and an indigenous community. Continue by road to the Flores area for a 2-night stay at the lakeside Camino Real Tikal. (B)

Day 15: TikalMorning tour of Tikal, one of the most spectacular Mayan ruins, located in the heart of the jungle. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L)

Day 16: Fly to Guatemala City • AntiguaEarly morning flight to Guatemala City and transfer to colonial Antigua for 2 nights at Mesón de Maria. Afternoon walking tour. (B)

Day 17: AntiguaDay at leisure or optional excursions. (B)

Days 18-19: Fly to London via the USTransfer to Guatemala City and fly to London via the US with United Airlines, arriving the next day. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Weather

Area map

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 14 people

(max 26)

International & internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guide in

each country

17 breakfasts & 5 lunches

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports

Take in the natural and cultural wonders of Central America, from tropical landscapes and volcanoes to colonial heritage and superb Mayan cities. Get an insight into the history of the civil war and colourful indigenous cultures, and learn about the amazing engineering feat that is the Panama Canal.

C&K Signature experiences

Navigate through the locks of the Panama Canal

Spot wildlife in the Monteverde cloud forest

Take a boat ride on Lake Nicaragua

Explore colonial towns & fascinating Mayan ruins, including Tikal & Copán

Day 1: Fly to Panama City, Panama via the USFly from London (regional connections available) to Panama City, via the US, with United Airlines. Transfer to the Crowne Plaza Hotel for 3 nights. (N)

Day 2: Panama CityMorning city tour, including the ruins of old Panama and the historic colonial district. (B)

Day 3: Panama CanalTake a shared partial transit and cruise through the various locks of the Panama Canal. (B, L)

Day 4: Fly to San José, Costa RicaFly to Costa Rica’s capital and visit a coffee plantation on the slopes of the active Poás volcano. Overnight at the Hotel Presidente. (B, L)

Day 5: MonteverdeTransfer to Monteverde and stay for 2 nights at the Heliconia Hotel (or similar). Afternoon visit to the Selvatura’s hummingbird garden and hanging walkways.

Day 6: MonteverdeMorning visit to Monteverde cloud forest to see its rare flora and fauna. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 7: Granada, NicaraguaFull-day journey across the border into Nicaragua to the city of Granada, overlooking Lake Nicaragua (approx 7-8 hours). Stay 2 nights at the Dario Hotel (or similar). (B)

Day 8: GranadaMorning tour of the colonial city, including the Franciscan convent. Take a boat ride through the canals formed by the small islands in the lake, which

P A N A M AC O S T A R I C A

N I C A R A G U A

H O N D U R A S

G U A T E M A L A

E L S A L V A D O R

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 128 22/09/2017 09:55

129

Tikal, Guatemala

Extensions

Tour + Lake Atitlán4 Days & 2 Nights from £495

Extend your tour with a visit to picturesque Lake Atitlán, a sapphire-blue lake surrounded by hills, volcanoes, traditional indigenous Mayan villages and market towns.

Day 18: Lake AtitlánTransfer by road to Lake Atitlán. Afternoon boattrip to visit local villages. Stay 2 nights at HotelAtitlán. (B)Day 19: Lake AtitlánMorning visit to Chichicastenango market. (B)Days 20-21: Fly to London via the USTransfer to Guatemala City and fly to London,via the US, with United Airlines, arriving the following day. (B) (N)

Tour + Belize 5 Days & 3 Nights from £895

Ambergris Caye lies off the coast of Belize, surrounded by the turquoise Caribbean Sea. Relax on white sandy beaches or swim in calm, clear waters.

Day 18: Fly to Belize via FloresFly to Belize City, via Flores and on to Ambergris Caye. Stay for 3 nights at the Portofino Hotel (beach cabana). (B)Days 19-20: Ambergris CayeAt leisure by the beach or snorkel in the coral reefs. (B)Days 21-22: Fly to London via Belize City & the USFly to Belize City and on to London, via the US, with United Airlines. (B)

Important information

Locally escorted tour: This tour is led in each country by an experienced local tour guide.

Standard tour: This tour includes some long road journeys and is based in 3- and 4-star hotels where rooms may vary. A flexible approach is recommended for travel in Central America

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £2,995Guide price month: Nov

High season from £3,095Guide price months: Jan – Mar

Single supplement from £795

Private travelLow season from £4,195Guide price month: Sep

High season from £4,295Guide price months: Jan – Mar

Single supplement on request

United Airlines flight upgradesEconomy Plus on requestBusiness Class from £2,295 return

Regional air connectionsPrices on request. United Airlines flights. Houstonor Newark to / from Manchester and Edinburgh

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Wed) Rtn (Sun)24 Jan 18 11 Feb 1814 Feb 18 04 Mar 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Sun)07 Mar 18 25 Mar 1807 Nov 18 25 Nov 18

Out (Wed) Rtn (Sun)16 Jan 19 03 Feb 1913 Feb 19 03 Mar 19

Out (Wed) Rtn (Sun)06 Mar 19 24 Mar 19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (20 Dec – 4 Jan)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: GCA

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for details.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 96-129 (Latin America).indd 129 22/09/2017 09:55

130

CANADA

Weather

Area map

Vancouver J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 6 8 10 13 17 20 22 22 19 14 9 6

B 0 2 3 5 8 11 13 13 10 7 3 1

C 191 155 135 97 73 56 48 50 80 152 207 228

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

an optional excursion such as a scenic helicopter ride (payable locally). (B)

Day 4: Lake LouiseJourney to Lake Louise with a stop at Moraine Lake en route. Tonight, stay at Lake Louise Inn. (B, D)

Day 5: Icefields Parkway • JasperTravel along the Icefields Parkway, stopping at the Columbia Icefield to board an Ice Explorer vehicle for an excursion on the Athabasca glacier. Arrive in Jasper and overnight at one of the Mountain Park Lodges*. (B)

Day 6: Maligne canyon • Blue RiverJourney out of Jasper National Park to the town of Blue River where the wilderness is filled with pristine lakes, waterfalls and rivers. Take a river excursion in search of grizzly and black bears. Overnight at Mike Wiegele Heliski Village. (Optional Rocky Mountaineer extension). (B, D)

Day 7: VancouverFollow the path of the early gold rush pioneers as you travel through the Cariboo region to Vancouver. Stay at the Marriott Pinnacle Downtown Hotel (or similar) for 2 nights. (B)

Day 8: VancouverMorning sightseeing tour of the city with the afternoon at leisure to relax, explore the city further or take an optional excursion such as tasting local produce on a guided tour of Granville Island market (payable locally). (B)

Day 9: WhistlerHead along the Sea to Sky Highway to Whistler and stay at the Delta Whistler Village Suites (or similar) for 1 night. We recommend taking a walk around this alpine village in the evening to soak up the atmosphere. (B)

Day 10: VictoriaTravel back along the Sea to Sky Highway to Horseshoe Bay, stopping en route at Shannon Falls. From Horseshoe Bay take a ferry across the Georgia Strait to Vancouver Island. Finish your journey in the city of Victoria with a 2-night stay at The Parkside Hotel & Spa. Alternatively take a floatplane between Whistler and Victoria from £175 (must be pre-booked). (B) Day 11: VictoriaOptional morning whale-watching cruise or horse-drawn carriage city tour (payable locally). Afternoon visit to the floral displays of the Butchart gardens, followed by a group farewell dinner. (B, D)

Day 12: Vancouver • Onward travelMorning ferry back to Vancouver, then either

Discover the best of western Canada on this 12-day escorted tour, including travelling through the Canadian Rockies with an option to upgrade to two days on board the Rocky Mountaineer train. Visiting national parks, picturesque towns, glaciers, turquoise lakes and charming cities, this tour showcases the breathtaking scenery and culture of British Columbia and Alberta.

Special experiences

Welcome reception at Calgary tower

Take an Ice Explorer ride on Athabasca glacier

Opportunity to seek out the area’s wildlife such as grizzly or black bears

Farewell dinner at Butchart gardens

Day 1: CalgaryOn arrival in Calgary, you will be met and transferred to the Marriott Downtown Hotel for an overnight stay. (N)

Day 2: BanffThis morning travel through beautiful Banff National Park with its towering mountains. Arrive into the picturesque mountain resort of Banff and stay 2 nights at Banff Park Lodge. (B, D)

Day 3: BanffDay at leisure. Explore the town on foot or take

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation*

Experienced local tour manager

11 breakfasts & 4 dinners

Maximum of 48 passengers

Guided sightseeing in selected

locations

Air-conditioned vehicles

Option of upgrading to the

Rocky Mountaineer from Jasper

to Vancouver

All tipping

Arrival & departure transfers

Duration • 12 Days & 11 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £2,495Category • Superior

Passage through the Rockies

Moraine Lake, Alberta

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 130-137 (Canada).indd 130 22/09/2017 09:57

131

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Departure dates for 2018

Out Rtn18 Apr 18 29 Apr 1824 Apr 18 05 May 1828 Apr 18 09 May 1805 May 18 16 May 1812 May 18 23 May 18

Out Rtn19 May 18 30 May 1826 May 18 06 Jun 1802 Jun 18 13 Jun 1816 Jun 18 27 Jun 1823 Jun 18 04 Jul 18

Out Rtn21 Jul 18 01 Aug 1828 Jul 18 08 Aug 1804 Aug 18 15 Aug 1811 Aug 18 22 Aug 1818 Aug 18 29 Aug 18

Out Rtn25 Aug 18 05 Sep 1801 Sep 18 12 Sep 1808 Sep 18 19 Sep 18

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £2,495Guide price months: Apr

High season from £2,895Guide price months: Jul

Single supplement from £800

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: YRO

transfer to the airport to fly home or continue your holiday by joining a 7-night Alaska cruise (see page 129 for further details). (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Rocky Mountaineer2 Days & 1 Night from £990(Jasper to Vancouver – SilverLeaf Service)

Add a 2-day rail journey on board Rocky Mountaineer to this itinerary. This spectacular rail trip would replace days 6 and 7 of the tour. Upgrades are available on Rocky Mountaineer to GoldLeaf Service from an additional £1,370 per person.

Day 6: KamloopsLeave the group in Jasper where you will board the Rocky Mountaineer for a scenic ride, passing Mount Robson and Pyramid falls. Arrive in Kamloops late afternoon and stay overnight*. (B, L) Day 7: VancouverBoard the train again and head towards the Pacific Ocean. Pass Hell’s Gate and Fraser canyon en route to Vancouver, where you will rejoin the group. (B, L)

Important information

*Accommodation: This tour is based in 4-star accommodation, except in Jasper and in Kamloops during the Rocky Mountaineer extension, where accommodation should be considered as 3 star and simple.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated by APT on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Bow Lake near Icefields Parkway, Banff Flights: International flights are not included with this itinerary. For flight options and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Itinerary: Please note this tour is operated by APT. Itinerary and departure dates are provisional and subject to change. Please contact your travel agent for details.

Extensions: Should you wish to extend your time in Canada, please discuss your requirements with your travel agent, who can tailor-make an itinerary for you.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 130-137 (Canada).indd 131 22/09/2017 09:57

132

CANADA

Weather

Area map

Lake Louise and the Fairmont Chateau Hotel

Banff J F M A M J J A S O N D

A -7 -2 1 5 11 15 19 18 13 8 -2 -7

B -19 -15 -12 -6 -2 2 4 3 0 -4 -12 -18

C 60 52 48 45 65 79 72 65 55 45 58 64

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 3: Rocky Mountaineer to KamloopsBoard the Rocky Mountaineer train for the journey to Kamloops in a SilverLeaf carriage. Enjoy the breathtaking scenery as you pass Fraser canyon, the Coast Mountains and Fraser valley. On arrival into Kamloops transfer to your hotel for your overnight accommodation.* (B, L)

Day 4: Rocky Mountaineer to BanffRejoin Rocky Mountaineer and continue on this world-renowned train journey, passing the Spiral Tunnels and Kicking Horse Canyon before arriving into the Alpine town of Banff. Stay 2 nights at Banff Park Lodge. (B, L)

Day 5: BanffToday is at leisure to relax, explore the town or take an optional excursion such as a helicopter ride over the Rocky Mountains or a tour to learn about the town's people and wildlife (payable locally). Tonight take a relaxing wagon ride along the banks of the Bow river and enjoy a traditional steak barbecue dinner. (B, D)

Day 6: Moraine lake • Lake LouiseThis morning there will be a guided tour of the town and a chance to ride the Banff gondola.Travel to Moraine lake (weather permitting) before continuing to the turquoise-coloured Lake Louise where you will stay at the illustrious Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise with dinner served at the hotel. (B, D)

Day 7: Athabasca glacier • JasperTravel along the Icefields Parkway to Columbia icefield where you will board the specially designed Ice Explorer vehicle for a thrilling excursion onto the Athabasca glacier. Continue on to Jasper and check in to one of the

Discover the highlights of British Columbia and Alberta, including a journey through the Canadian Rockies with two days on board the Rocky Mountaineer train. Along the way explore the picturesque cities of Victoria and Vancouver, visit idyllic alpine towns, pass dramatic mountain scenery and go in search of local wildlife and bears.

Special experiences

Stay in the Fairmont Chateau, a landmark hotel overlooking turquoise Lake Louise

Venture out onto the Athabasca glacier on an Ice Explorer vehicle

Enjoy the scenery of the Canadian Rockies aboard the Rocky Mountaineer

Visit the world-renowned Butchart gardens

Day 1: VancouverOn arrival in Vancouver, you will be met and transferred to the Marriott Pinnacle Hotel for a 2-night stay. Meet your tour director and fellow travellers for a welcome reception tonight. (N)

Day 2: Vancouver This morning discover the city’s main attractions on a guided sightseeing tour of Vancouver. This afternoon is at leisure to explore the city further. (B)

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation*

Experienced local tour manager (rail journey on days 3-4 escorted by a Travelmarvel tour director)

SilverLeaf Class aboard the Rocky Mountaineer train

11 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 4 dinners

Maximum of 48 passengers

Guided sightseeing in select locations

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

All tipping

Arrival & departure transfers

Duration • 12 Days & 11 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £3,545Category • Superior

Enchanting Rockies

NEWTOUR

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 130-137 (Canada).indd 132 22/09/2017 09:57

133

Rocky Mountaineer, Ottertail Creek, First Passage to the West route (© Rocky Mountaineer)

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Departure dates for 2018

Out Rtn18 Apr 18 29 Apr 1825 Apr 18 06 May 1828 Apr 18 09 May 1805 May 18 16 May 18

Out Rtn12 May 18 23 May 1826 May 18 06 Jun 1802 Jun 18 13 Jun 1816 Jun 18 27 Jun 18

Out Rtn30 Jun 18 11 Jul 1807 Jul 18 18 Jul 1821 Jul 18 01 Aug 1804 Aug 18 15 Aug 18

Out Rtn18 Aug 18 29 Aug 1801 Sep 18 12 Sep 1808 Sep 18 19 Sep 18

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £3,545Guide price months: Apr

High season from £4,095Guide price months: Jul – Sep

Single supplement from £800

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: YEN

Mountain Park Lodges (Lobstick Lodge or similar) for 1 night. (B)

Day 8: Blue RiverDepart Jasper and travel through the wilderness to the town of Blue River. Join a river safari to Grizzly Bear Valley in search of local wildlife such as grizzly and black bears. Tonight, eat dinner and stay at Mike Wiegele Heliski Village. (B, D)

Day 9: WhistlerAfter breakfast, travel to Whistler where the rest of the day will be at leisure. A range of optional activities are available including a jeep safari tour of Blackcomb Mountain, a floatplane flight or an adventurous zip line adventure (at own expense). Stay 1 night at Delta Whistler Village Suites. (B)

Day 10: VictoriaTravel to the coast and board the ferry for the scenic crossing from Horseshoe Bay to Vancouver Island before continuing on south to Victoria for a 2-night stay at the Doubletree by Hilton. Alternatively you may take a 1-hour floatplane flight between Whistler and Victoria from £175 (must be pre-booked). (B)

Day 11: VictoriaToday is at leisure with optional excursions such as a whale-watching cruise, a horse-drawn carriage ride around the city or a seaplane flightseeing tour (at own expense). Tonight enjoy a farewell dinner with the rest of the group at the Butchart gardens. (B, D)

Day 12: Vancouver • Onward travelMorning ferry back to Vancouver, then either transfer to the airport to fly home, or continue your holiday in Canada. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

*Accommodation: This tour is based in 4-star accommodation, but please note that the hotel in Kamloops, used in connection with the Rocky Mountaineer rail journey, is considered 3 star and simple. The hotel in Kamloops will be

advised shortly before departure.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated by APT on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Flights: International flights are not included with this itinerary. For flight options and prices, please contact your travel agent for details.

Itinerary: Please note this tour is operated by Travelmarvel, part of the APT group. Itinerary and departure dates are provisional and subject to change. For more information please contact your travel agent.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 130-137 (Canada).indd 133 22/09/2017 09:57

134

CANADA

Weather

Duration • 12 Days & 11 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £4,695Category • Luxury

Area map

Vancouver J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 6 8 10 13 17 20 22 22 19 14 9 6

B 0 2 3 5 8 11 13 13 10 7 3 1

C 191 155 135 97 73 56 48 50 80 152 207 228

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

the cultural centre of Granville Island. Afternoon at leisure to explore the city further. (B)

Day 3: On board the Rocky Mountaineer • KamloopsTransfer to the station and board the Rocky Mountaineer (GoldLeaf Service) for the initial leg of the ‘First Passage to the West’ route to Banff, passing fertile fields and towering peaks. Overnight at your Kamloops hotel*. (B, L)

Day 4: On board the Rocky Mountaineer • BanffRe-join the train and continue your journey towards the alpine town of Banff. Transfer to The Fairmont Banff Springs where you will stay for the next 2 nights. (B, L)

Day 5: BanffToday you can choose from a selection of included activities: a scenic floatplane flight, a cruise on Lake Minnewanka or a heli-flightseeing trip. This evening, enjoy an included dinner in one of the hotel's restaurants. (B, D)

Day 6: Moraine Lake • Lake LouiseAfter meeting a Mountie to listen to stories from the force, join a tour of Banff, including a ride on the gondola to the top of Sulphur Mountain. Drive to Lake Louise with a stop at Moraine Lake en route. Enjoy a guided tour around the lake and overnight at The Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise in a lake-view room. (B, D)

Day 7: Icefields Parkway • JasperTravel along the scenic Icefields Parkway and stop at the Columbia icefield to board the specially

Discover the highlights of Western Canada while staying in some of the best accommodation available. Visit small alpine towns, wake up overlooking turquoise lakes, explore cosmopolitan cities and travel along one of the most picturesque rail routes in Canada, passing the imposing Rocky Mountains.

Special experiences

Two-day journey on the Rocky Mountaineer train in a GoldLeaf carriage

Included floatplane flight, lake cruise or heli-flightseeing in Banff

Learn the fascinating tales of the Royal Canadian Mountain police from a Mountie

Lake-view room at The Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise

Day 1: VancouverOn arrival into Vancouver, you will be met and transferred to the Four Seasons hotel (or similar) for a 2-night stay. (D)

Day 2: VancouverThis morning join a shared tour of the city, including Stanley Park, Vancouver harbour and

This group tour features…

5-star de luxe accommodation*

Experienced local tour manager

11 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 7 dinners

Maximum of 40 passengers

Choice of included restaurants & premium activities in some locations

Air-conditioned vehicles

All tipping

Arrival & departure transfers

Rockies Explorer

Black bear, Blue RiverBanff J F M A M J J A S O N D

A -7 -2 1 5 11 15 19 18 13 8 -2 -7

B -19 -15 -12 -6 -2 2 4 3 0 -4 -12 -18

C 60 52 48 45 65 79 72 65 55 45 58 64

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 130-137 (Canada).indd 134 22/09/2017 09:57

135

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Departure dates for 2018

Out Rtn25 Apr 18 06 May 1805 May 18 16 May 1819 May 18 30 May 1826 May 18 06 Jun 18

Out Rtn16 Jun 18 27 Jun 1830 Jun 18 11 Jul 1814 Jul 18 25 Jul 1821 Jul 18 01 Aug 18

Out Rtn28 Jul 18 08 Aug 1804 Aug 18 15 Aug 1818 Aug 18 29 Aug 1825 Aug 18 05 Sep 18

Out Rtn01 Sep 18 12 Sep 1805 Sep 18 16 Sep 18

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £4,695Guide price months: Apr

High season from £5,595Guide price months: Jul – Aug

Single supplement from £900

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: YRR

designed Ice Explorer vehicle for an excursion on the Athabasca glacier. Continue on to the magical village of Jasper and overnight at The Fairmont Jasper Park Lodge. Tonight, enjoy an included dinner in one of the hotel's restaurants. (B, D)

Day 8: Blue River • Sun PeaksJourney out of Jasper National Park and on to Blue River. Take a river excursion in search of grizzly and black bears before continuing on to the centrally located Sun Peaks Grand Hotel & Conference Centre for 1 night. (B, L, D)

Day 9: WhistlerTravel through the rugged Cariboo region and pass through towering coastal mountains before arriving into Whistler. Overnight at the Westin Resort & Spa, which is just steps away from gondolas to both Whistler and Blackcomb mountains. (B, D)

Day 10: VictoriaTravel along the Sea-to-Sky Highway to Horseshoe Bay, stopping en route at Shannon Falls. From Horseshoe Bay, take the scenic ferry across the Georgia Strait to Vancouver Island, before continuing on to Victoria for a 2-night stay at the Hotel Grand Pacific. Alternatively you may take a 1-hour floatplane flight between Whistler and Victoria from £148 (must be pre-booked). (B)

Day 11: VictoriaMorning visit to the floral displays of the Butchart gardens followed by a choice of included excursions, such as whale watching, a scenic seaplane flight or afternoon tea at The

Fairmont Empress Hotel. This evening there will be a group farewell dinner. (B, D)

Day 12: Vancouver • Onward travelMorning ferry to Vancouver, then either transfer to the airport to fly home, or continue your holiday by joining a 7-night Alaska cruise – please contact your travel agent for details. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information *Accommodation: This tour features some of the most luxurious accommodation available but please note that the hotel in Kamloops,

used in connection with the Rocky Mountaineer rail journey, is considered 3 star and simple. Prices are based on the standard room category, unless otherwise stated.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated by APT on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Flights: International flights are not included with this itinerary. For flight options and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Itinerary: Please note this tour is operated by APT. The itinerary and departure dates are provisional and subject to change. For more information please contact your travel agent.

Green Lake, Whistler

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 130-137 (Canada).indd 135 22/09/2017 09:57

136

CANADA

Weather

Area map

Ottawa J F M A M J J A S O N D

A -6 -4 2 11 18 23 26 25 20 13 5 -4

B -16 -15 -8 0 7 12 15 14 9 4 -2 -11

C 59 58 62 65 73 83 88 86 80 71 84 82

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 3: Niagara FallsJourney south to the charming town of Niagara-on-the-Lake before continuing to Niagara Falls. Take a cruise to get closer to the falls and experience this natural wonder from many different angles. Optional afternoon helicopter flight over the falls (must be booked in advance). This evening enjoy dinner overlooking the falls and stay at the Hilton Niagara Falls in a falls-view room. (B, D)

Day 4: 1,000 Islands region • OttawaEnjoy views of Niagara Falls during breakfast before driving along the shores of Lake Ontario to the 1,000 Islands region. Board a cruise to see the lavish castles and estates built on these secluded islands. Afterwards, continue to The Fairmont Château Laurier in Ottawa for a 2-night stay. (B, D)

Day 5: OttawaMorning tour of Ottawa including a visit to see the impressive gothic revival architecture on Parliament Hill. This afternoon, choose from included excursions such as exploring the Canadian Museum of History, a guided bike ride or flying in a vintage open-cockpit biplane. (B)

Day 6: Mont TremblantExplore Parc Omega animal reserve and look out for deer, black bears and grey wolves. Continue on to Mont Tremblant and take a gondola ride

Explore Canada’s eastern provinces in style. Visit charming cities including Toronto, Ottawa, Quebec City and Montreal, marvel at the natural wonder of Niagara Falls and cruise through the scenic beauty of the 1,000 Islands region.

Special experiences

Visit a traditional sugar shack

Dinner overlooking Niagara Falls & cruise through the 1,000 Islands region

Fly in a vintage open cockpit biplane over Ottawa

Day 1: TorontoOn arrival into Toronto you will be met and transferred to the Fairmont Royal York for a 2-night stay. (N)

Day 2: TorontoMorning guided city tour, including a visit to the CN Tower, the tallest free-standing structure in the western hemisphere. Afternoon at leisure to explore the city further or relax at your hotel before the evening group dinner. (B, D)

This group tour features…

5-star de luxe accommodation

Experienced local tour manager

9 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 6 dinners

Maximum of 40 passengers

Choice of included restaurants and premium activities in some locations

Air-conditioned vehicles

All tipping

Arrival & departure transfers

Duration • 10 Days & 9 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £3,195Category • Luxury

Discover Eastern Canada

Chateau Frontenac, Quebec City

Toronto J F M A M J J A S O N D

A -2 -2 4 11 18 24 27 25 21 14 7 0

B -10 -9 -4 2 8 13 16 15 11 6 1 -6

C 54 45 60 67 69 69 70 83 75 63 72 72

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 130-137 (Canada).indd 136 22/09/2017 09:57

137

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Departure dates for 2018

Out Rtn16 May 18 25 May 1830 May 18 08 Jun 18

Out Rtn13 Jun 18 22 Jun 1827 Jun 18 06 Jul 18

Out Rtn11 Jul 18 20 Jul 1825 Jul 18 03 Aug 18

Out Rtn08 Aug 18 17 Aug 1822 Aug 18 31 Aug 18

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £3,195Guide price months: May

High season from £3,395Guide price months: Jul – Aug

Single supplement from £1,150

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: YDC

for panoramic views of the area. Stay at Le Westin Resort & Spa (or similar). This evening, enjoy an included dinner in one of the hotel's restaurants. (B, D)

Day 7: Quebec CityLearn about the production of maple syrup at a traditional Sugar Shack, followed by a hearty Quebecois meal accompanied by live entertainment. Travel to Quebec City with a short sightseeing tour on arrival. Remainder of the day is at leisure. Stay for 2 nights at Fairmont Le Château Frontenac. (B, L, D)

Day 8: Quebec CityDiscover the European charm of Quebec City on an escorted city tour. Afterwards, choose from a range of included activities such as a horse-drawn carriage ride, a walking tour or a cruise on St Lawrence river. (B)

Day 9: MontrealTravel to the French-influenced city of Montreal and visit the Notre Dame cathedral, Old Montreal and Mount Royal. The rest of the day is at leisure to explore the city further, followed by a farewell dinner in the heart of Old Montreal. Stay overnight at Fairmont The Queen Elizabeth. (B, D)

Day 10: Onward travel Transfer to the airport for onward travel. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Flights: International flights are not included with this itinerary. For flight options and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated by APT on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Itinerary: Please note this tour is operated by APT. The itinerary and departure dates are provisional and subject to change. For more information please contact your travel agent.

Niagara Falls, Ontario

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 130-137 (Canada).indd 137 22/09/2017 09:57

138

SOUTH AFRICA

Weather

Duration • 10 Days & 7 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £2,730Category • Superior

A Taste of South Africa

Area map

Cape Town J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 25 25 24 22 19 17 17 17 18 20 22 24

B 15 15 14 12 10 8 8 8 9 10 12 14

C 32 31 43 82 136 189 164 163 96 61 40 43

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 5: Plettenberg BayTravel along the Garden Route via Mossel Bay. Arrive in Plettenberg Bay in time for lunch and a stroll along its white sandy beaches. Stay 2 nights at Hunter’s Country House (or similar). (B, L, D)

Day 6: Tsitsikamma • Plettenberg BayThis morning visit Birds of Eden, the largest free-flight bird aviary in the world. Continue to the Tsitsikamma National Park. Take a walk along the suspension bridge across the Storms river mouth gorge, which offers incredible views. Enjoy time at leisure in the town of Plettenberg Bay before returning to the lodge for dinner. (B, D)

Day 7: Knysna • OudtshoornMorning drive to the lagoon-side town of Knysna – the gem of the Garden Route. Embark on an excursion to the Featherbed Nature Reserve located on the western Knysna Head. Take a ferry across the lagoon and a drive to the top of the reserve and walk an optional nature trail. A delicious lunch is served under the milkwood trees. Drive through George and via the Outeniqua Pass to Oudtshoorn. Visit an ostrich farm for a guided tour. Stay overnight at Rosenhof Country House (or similar). (B, L, D)

Day 8: Cape Town Morning visit to the Cango caves. Travel along the celebrated Route 62 to Cape Town taking in the majestic mountains, scenic passes, rivers, vineyards and orchards. Stop at the Country Pumpkin Restaurant near Barrydale for lunch, followed by a leisurely drive back to Cape Town for the final night at 2Inn1 Kensington / Dockhouse Boutique Hotel & Spa. (B)

Day 9: Cape Town • Fly to LondonDay at leisure to explore or take optional excursions. Evening flight to London. (B)

Day 10: LondonMorning arrival. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions

Tour + Safari4 Days & 2 Nights from £1,665

In the heart of the Timbavati Private Game Reserve, adjacent to the Kruger National Park, Kambaku River Sands Lodge is a small (just 10 suites) unfenced camp overlooking a waterhole. There is a steady stream of wildlife, including the Big Five. On day 9, fly from Cape Town to Hoedspruit with SA Airlink and stay 2 nights at Kambaku River Sands Lodge. Morning and afternoon safari activities are included. The inbound international flight will be with British Airways via Johannesburg.

Discover the splendour of South Africa’s Garden Route on this introductory tour taking in quaint towns, magnificent scenery, wildlife and gastronomy. Start in the vibrant city of Cape Town, travel along this compact coastal belt with its wide beaches, lakes, indigenous forest and impressive mountain passes. Encounter the region’s beauty, staying in boutique properties along the way and dining on delicious local cuisine, before returning to Cape Town.

Special experiences

Travel along the scenic Garden Route

Stay in charming, boutique properties

Enjoy the balance between group & private travel

Wine tasting in South Africa’s oldest vineyards

Day 1: Fly to Cape TownOvernight flight to Cape Town (regional connections available) with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: Cape TownEarly morning arrival. Transfer to 2Inn1 Kensington/ Dockhouse Boutique Hotel & Spa for a 2-night stay. Morning city tour, discovering the history and culture that makes up the ‘Mother City’, including a trip up Table Mountain. Afternoon at leisure. (N)

Day 3: Cape PeninsulaExplore the peninsula taking in the beaches of Camps Bay and Clifton before heading towards Hout Bay. Join an optional boat cruise to Seal Island before visiting the national park to witness the symbolic meeting of the two oceans and enjoy the spectacular views. Head to Simonstown for lunch and visit the penguin breeding colony at Boulders Beach. Stroll through the quirky boutiques and antique shops of Kalk Bay. En route back to the city visit a boutique winery for wine tasting, set within the picturesque Constantia area, South Africa’s oldest wine growing region. (B, D)

Day 4: Overberg region This morning, join the group and depart Cape Town over the Hottentots-Holland mountains via Sir Lowry’s Pass, stopping en route for wine tasting within the Hemel-en-Aarde valley. During the whale season, stop in Hermanus, which offers the best land-based whale watching along its cliff paths (June to November) and optional boat tours. Continue on the Swellendam, the third oldest settlement in South Africa. Overnight at Gaikou Lodge. (B, D)

This group tour features…

A selection of boutique & character hotels

Pre- & post-group tour nights in Cape Town (private basis)

A non-exclusive group tour element (days 4-8)

Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

Direct flights with British Airways

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour guides

7 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 5 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports

NEWTOUR

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 138 22/09/2017 09:58

139

Cape Town and Table Mountain

Tour + Victoria Falls4 Days & 2 Nights from £1,335

At Victoria Falls, the mighty Zambezi river thunders over a 100-metre drop into a narrow ravine, dividing Zimbabwe and Zambia. While it is not the highest or widest waterfall in the world, it can lay claim to being the largest sheet of falling water and one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World. On day 9, fly from Cape Town to Victoria Falls airport on SA Airlink. Stay 2 nights at the Victoria Falls Hotel (Stables Signature Wing room). The inbound international flight will be with British Airways via Johannesburg.

Important information

Itinerary options: If you would like to stay in a different hotel in Cape Town such as the Cape Grace or Belmond Mount Nelson Hotel, please enquire with your travel agent.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards or flight options, or to tailor this itinerary, please contact your travel agent.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £825 returnClub World from £3,275 returnFirst Class from £4,575

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon)13 Jan 18 22 Jan 1827 Jan 18 05 Feb 1817 Feb 18 26 Feb 1817 Mar 18 26 Mar 1831 Mar 18 09 Apr 1814 Apr 18 23 Apr 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon)28 Apr 18 07 May 18*12 May 18 21 May 18*26 May 18 04 Jun 18*28 Jul 18 06 Aug 18 *11 Aug 18 20 Aug 18*25 Aug 18 03 Sep 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon) 01 Sep 18 10 Sep 1815 Sep 18 24 Sep 1822 Sep 18 01 Oct 1829 Sep 18 08 Oct 1813 Oct 18 22 Oct 1827 Oct 18 05 Nov 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Mon)03 Nov 18 12 Nov 1817 Nov 18 26 Nov 1801 Dec 18 10 Dec 1815 Dec 18 24 Dec 18

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (1 Dec – 21 Dec)

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour codes: SCE & SCW

Low season from £3,035Guide price months: May

High season from £3,745Guide price months: Sep – Nov Single supplement from £835

* These departure dates have been discounted especially for Cox & Kings. Please contact your travel agent for further information.

Low season from £2,730Guide price months: May – Aug

High season from £3,215Guide price months: Sep, Oct Single supplement from £450

Non-exclusive group tour (SCE – 4-star hotels in Cape Town)

Non-exclusive group tour (SCW – 5-star hotels in Cape Town)

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 139 22/09/2017 09:58

140

Cape Town J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 25 25 24 22 19 17 17 17 18 20 22 24

B 15 15 14 12 10 8 8 8 9 10 12 14

C 32 31 43 82 136 189 164 163 96 61 40 43

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Duration • 16 Days & 13 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £3,390Category • Superior

South Africa: Safari & Cape

Day 6: Barrydale • OudtshoornTravel along Route 62. Stop at the town of Barrydale, surrounded by the Langeberg mountain range, for lunch (not included). Continue to Oudtshoorn – the ‘feather capital of the world’ – and visit a working ostrich farm for a guided tour. Overnight at Surval Boutique Olive Estate (or similar). (B, D)

Day 7: Cango Caves • Knysna • Plettenberg Morning tour of the Cango Caves. Drive to Knysna and spend some time at leisure at the waterfront, with its boutique shops, cafes and restaurants. Continue to The Crags near Plettenberg Bay and take a cruise up the Keurbooms river. Stay 2 nights at Hunters Country House (or similar). (B, D)

Day 8: Plettenberg Bay Morning visit to Birds of Eden, the largest free-flight bird aviary in the world. Continue to Bramon Wine Estate for a tasting followed by lunch (not included). Optional Marine Encounter boat trip (additional charge) before returning to the lodge for the remainder of the afternoon at leisure. (B, D)

Day 9: Tsitsikamma • Port Elizabeth Drive along the final leg of the Garden Route to Tsitsikamma National Park. Take a walk along the suspension bridge across the Storms river mouth gorge, which offers incredible views. Continue towards Port Elizabeth and overnight at Radisson Blu Port Elizabeth (or similar). (B)

Day 10: Fly to Johannesburg In the morning fly to Johannesburg and transfer to Protea Hotel Balalaika (or similar) for a 2-night stay. Afternoon city tour. Visit the Ghandi Memorial and the Carlton Centre for a bird’s-eye view of Johannesburg. (B)

Day 11: Johannesburg Morning visit to Soweto township and visit several sites of historical importance. After lunch, visit the Apartheid Museum, which tells the history of 20th-century South Africa. (B, L)

Day 12: Hazyview Drive to Hazyview via the scenic Panorama Route with stops along the way for views of the Blyde River Canyon. Time and weather permitting, stop at God’s Window before arriving at Perry’s Bridge Hollow (or similar) for an overnight stay. (B, D)

Day 13: Safari experienceDrive to Moditlo River Lodge located in a private reserve adjacent to the Greater Kruger National Park. Stay 2 nights at Moditlo River Lodge (or similar), a ‘Big Five’ reserve situated on the Blue Canyon Conservancy close to Hoedspruit. Afternoon wildlife drive. (B, L, D)

Weather

Area map

South Africa provides a wealth of spectacular sights and experiences. Start with the charm of the Western Cape, the world-renowned South African Winelands and the picturesque Garden Route. Fly to Johannesburg and explore both old and new aspects of this vibrant city. Continue through the rugged scenery of the Panorama Route and finish with wildlife viewing adjacent to the Greater Kruger National Park in a private reserve.

Special experiences

Stay in a luxury safari lodge in a Big Five reserve

Travel along the scenic Garden & Panorama routes

Learn about South Africa’s turbulent history, including visits to Soweto township & the Apartheid Museum

Day 1: Fly to Cape TownFly overnight from London (regional connections available) to Cape Town with British Airways. (N)

Day 2: Cape Town Arrive into Cape Town and transfer to President Hotel (or similar) for 4 nights in a sea-facing room. Spend the rest of the day at leisure or take optional excursions. (B)

Day 3: Cape Town Afternoon tour of Cape Town including an ascent up Table Mountain on the cable car (weather permitting), the Company Gardens, the South Africa Museum, the Castle of Good Hope and the flea market in Greenmarket Square. (B)

Day 4: Cape Point & the Cape Peninsula Full-day tour of Cape Point and the peninsula. Travel along the Atlantic seaboard, stopping at lookout points. Continue to the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve before lunch (payable locally). Continue to Simon’s Town with its Victorian architecture, naval base and home to a large penguin colony at Boulders beach. The final visit is to Kirstenbosch botanical gardens, renowned for its diversity of Cape flora. (B)

Day 5: Cape WinelandsFull-day tour of the Cape Winelands. Drive through mountain ranges, vineyards and Cape Dutch homesteads. Stops include Stellenbosch, Franschhoek and Paarl (time permitting) and includes wine tasting. (B)

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions (see pages 142-143), room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 10 people (max 16)

International & internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour managers

14 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 6 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports & stations

Guaranteed weekly Saturday departures

SOUTH AFRICA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 140 22/09/2017 09:58

141

Zebra herd, Kruger National Park

Day 14: Safari experience Morning and afternoon wildlife drives. (B, L, D)

Day 15: Fly to London via JohannesburgEarly morning wildlife viewing activity (dependant on the time available). After breakfast, transfer to Hoedspruit airport for your flight to London via Johannesburg with British Airways. (B)

Day 16: LondonEarly morning arrival. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Group tour manager: This tour is fully escorted throughout by a driver-guide from arrival in Cape Town. The tour is made up of two modules – ‘Cape Town & the Garden Route’ and ‘Johannesburg & Kruger’ – and there is a different specialist guide for each module. Some people may join just one module of the tour, but these numbers will be small.

Departures: Guaranteed weekly Saturday departures with minimum 2 people and maximum 16.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £775Club World from £3,225 First Class from £4,645

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (Nov – Dec)

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: HHS

This tour departs weekly from the UK on a Saturday and returns on a Sunday.The following departures have been discounted especially for Cox & Kings: 20 Jan, 17 Feb, 17 Mar, 7 Apr, 19 May, 9 Jun, 8 Sep & 1 Dec. Please speak to an Africa consultant for further details.

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £3,390Guide price months: 19 May, 9 Jun

High season from £4,025Guide price months: 22 Sep - 27 Oct

Single supplement from £650

tour is operated on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Extensions: Please see the recommended extension options on pages 142 and 143.

Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards or flight options, or to tailor this itinerary, please contact your travel agent.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 141 22/09/2017 09:58

142

SOUTH AFRICA

Cape Town + Tour 4 Days & 2 Nights from £240

Cape Town has one of the most spectacular city locations in the world, between the imposing Table Mountain and the vast Atlantic Ocean. Spend 2 nights at The President Hotel before the tour to explore the city’s many cafes, galleries, shops and restaurants.

Day 1: Fly to Cape TownFly overnight to Cape Town. (N) Days 2: Cape TownTransfer to Cape Town and stay for 2 nights at The President Hotel in a sea-facing room. Remainder of the day at leisure. (N) Day 3: Cape TownDay at leisure or optional excursions such as a trip to Robben Island, a helicopter tour over the city or a whale-watching tour (seasonal). (B)Day 4: Cape TownJoin the group tour. (B)

Tour Extensions

Winelands + Tour4 Days & 2 Nights from £400

Franschhoek is a small rural village in the heart of the Cape Winelands, known as the gourmet capital of South Africa. A 2-night stay at Last Word Franschhoek, located right in the heart of the town, means that a range of boutiques, restaurants and wine tasting option are all within easy walking distance.

Day 1: Fly to Cape TownFly overnight to Cape Town. (N)Days 2: FranschhoekTransfer to Franschhoek and stay for 2 nights at Last Word Franschhoek. Remainder of the day at leisure. (N) Day 3: FranschhoekDay at leisure or optional excursions. Spa treatments are available at additional cost. (B)Day 4: Cape TownTransfer to Cape Town and join the group tour. (B)

Sanbona Wildlife Reserve + Tour 4 Days & 2 Nights from £1,125

Covering 54,000 hectares, Sanbona is one of the largest privately owned wildlife reserves in South Africa. The sheer expanse and stark beauty of Sanbona is awe-inspiring. Visitors may spot the Big Five and some of the only free self-sustaining white lions in the world.

Day 1: Fly to Cape TownFly overnight to Cape Town. (N)Day 2: SanbonaTransfer to Sanbona Wildlife Reserve and stay 2 nights at Tilney Manor / Gondwana Lodge. Afternoon safari activity. Activities include safari drives, nature walks, rock art visits and stargazing. Spa treatments are optional extras. (N)Day 3: SanbonaMorning and afternoon wildlife activities. (B, L, D)Day 4: Cape TownMorning safari drive. After lunch, transfer to Cape Town and join the group tour. (B, L)

Table Mountain, Cape Town White lions, Sanbona Wildlife Reserve

Dutch Reformed Church, Franschhoek

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 142 22/09/2017 09:58

143

Mauritius

Hippos, Chobe National Park

Tour + Victoria Falls & Chobe National Park7 Days & 5 Nights from £1,905

Combine Victoria Falls with the spectacular wildlife of Chobe in Botswana, home to southern Africa’s largest elephant herds.

Day 15: Fly to JohannesburgTransfer to the airport and fly to Johannesburg. Stay overnight at the Peermont Mondior (B)Days 16-17: Fly to LivingstoneFly to Livingstone (Zambia) and transfer to Waterberry Zambezi Lodge for 2 nights. Spend time at leisure or take optional excursions. (B)Day 18: ChobeDrive to Muchenje Safari Lodge in Botswana for a 2-night stay. Afternoon safari drive. (B, L, D)Day 19: ChobeWildlife viewing. (B)Day 20: Fly to London via JohannesburgTransfer to Livingstone. Fly to London via Johannesburg with British Airways. (B) Day 21: LondonEarly morning arrival. (N)

Tour + Mauritius7 Days & 6 Nights from £1,245

This extension provides a relaxing end to your tour, with an opportunity to enjoy the white sandy beaches and turquoise waters of Mauritius. With only 91 suites, Sands Resort & Spa prides itself on offering a personal service to all its guests. All suites are sea-facing, with either a balcony or terrace.

Day 15: Fly to JohannesburgLate morning transfer to the airport and fly to Johannesburg. Stay overnight at the Peermont Mondior (B)Days 16-20: Fly to MauritiusFly to Mauritius and stay at Sands Resort & Spa for 5 nights. (B, D)Day 21: Fly to LondonMorning transfer to the airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Victoria Falls

Tour + Victoria Falls5 Days & 3 Nights from £835

At Victoria Falls, the mighty Zambezi river thunders over a 100-metre drop into a narrow ravine, dividing Zimbabwe and Zambia. While it is not the highest or widest waterfall in the world, it can lay claim to being the largest sheet of falling water and one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World.

Day 15: Fly to Johannesburg Transfer to the airport and fly to Johannesburg. Stay overnight at the Peermont Mondior. (B)Days 16-17: Victoria FallsFly to Victoria Falls (Zimbabwe) and transfer to Ilala Lodge Hotel for 2 nights. Spend time at leisure or take optional excursions (see page 81 for suggestions).Day 18: Fly to London via JohannesburgTransfer to the airport and fly to London, via Johannesburg. Day 19: LondonEarly morning arrival. (N)

SOUTH AFRICA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 143 22/09/2017 09:59

144

NAMIBIA, BOTSWANA & ZIMBABWE

Weather

Duration • 18 Days & 15 Nights Group tour • From £6,075Category • Discovery Private or self-drive tour • From £4,995

A Journey from Windhoek to Victoria Falls

Area map

Windhoek J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 30 29 27 26 23 20 21 23 27 29 30 31

B 17 17 16 13 9 7 6 8 12 14 16 17

C 73 85 85 33 6 1 1 1 3 12 25 34

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

home to elephants, reputed to be the largest in Africa, as well as rare black rhinos. (B, L, D)

Day 6: Etosha National Park (East) Full-day wildlife drive through Etosha National Park to Namutoni Gate in the eastern sector. Spend 2 nights at Mushara Bush Camp / Mushara Outpost / Mushara Lodge (or similar). (B, L, D)

Day 7: Etosha National Park (East)Full-day wildlife drive in Etosha National Park. Lunch at Namutoni Rest Camp. (B, L, D)

Day 8: Kavango region, Caprivi StripDrive north to the beginning of Namibia’s Caprivi Strip. With higher rainfall than the rest of Namibia, this landscape is a mosaic of waterways, bushveld and floodplains. Stay 1 night at Hakusembe River Lodge (or similar), a verdant oasis positioned on the southern bank of the Okavango river. Evening sunset boat cruise. (B, L, D)

Day 9: Kavango region, Caprivi StripDrive west along the Caprivi to River Dance Lodge / Nunda River Lodge (or similar). Stay 2 nights. Afternoon island nature walk. River Dance is part of an area known internationally as a birdwatcher’s paradise. Look out for the swallow-tailed bee-eater, brown hooded kingfisher and the African fish eagle. Elephants, hippos, crocodiles, snakes, otters, water monitors and amphibians may also be spotted. (B, L, D)

Day 10: Kavango region, Caprivi StripDay at leisure or optional excursion such as a wildlife drive in Mahango National Park or a visit to Popa Falls. (B, L, D)

Days 11-12: Zambezi riverbank, Caprivi StripContinue east along the Caprivi Strip to Zambezi Mubala Lodge. Stay 2 nights. The lodge is located on the Namibian riverbank of the Zambezi river where Carmine bee-eaters nest (Sep-Nov). Days at leisure or optional safari activities. (B, L, D)

Day 13: Chobe National Park, BotswanaCross the border into Botswana and drive to Kasane. Spend 2 nights at Chobe Bakwena Lodge, situated on the banks of the Chobe river. Activities include wildlife drives, boat cruises, guided village visits and cycling. Cycle to the world’s only ‘quadripoint’ where the borders of the four countries of Botswana, Namibia, Zambia and Zimbabwe come together. (B, L, D)

Day 14: Chobe National ParkMorning and afternoon inclusive activities. (B, L, D)

Days 15-16: Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe Cross the border between Botswana and Zimbabwe. Continue to Victoria Falls and stay 2 nights at the Victoria Falls Hotel (Ilala Lodge Hotel

This journey across Namibia, Botswana and Zimbabwe takes in a wide variety of remarkable landscapes and wildlife. In Namibia, visit the rocky landscapes of Damaraland, the shimmering white saltpan of Etosha National Park and the Caprivi Strip, criss-crossed by Africa’s mighty rivers. Continue to Botswana’s Chobe National Park to spot elephants and end the trip at the magnificent Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe.

C&K Signature experiences

A guided tour of Spitzkoppe in search of bushman paintings

Guided drives from waterhole to waterhole in Etosha National Park

Evening sunset boat cruise on the Okavango river

Explore the birdwatchers’ paradise, River Dance

Days 1-2: Fly to Windhoek, Namibia, via JohannesburgOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Windhoek, via Johannesburg, with British Airways. Arrive the next day and transfer to Villa Vista / Windhoek Gardens (or similar) for 1 night. Day at leisure or optional township excursion. Evening welcome drinks. (N)

Day 3: Spitzkoppe, DamaralandMorning drive to Damaraland. Stay 2 nights at Spitzkoppen Lodge (or similar) in an incredible desert location and a place of cultural and spiritual significance to the San Bushmen. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D)

Day 4: Spitzkoppe, DamaralandRise early and join a guided walk catching the first rays of sunlight on the Spitzkoppe (German for ‘pointed dome’), the granite inselberg. There are many examples of Bushmen artwork painted on the Spitzkoppe rocks. Bushmen paintings can be found at 40 different sites including the National Monument site called ‘Bushman’s Paradise’. Afternoon optional gemology tour to observe the local miners and their lifestyle (organised by the lodge and payable locally). (B, L, D)

Day 5: Etosha National Park (Central) Drive north and enter Etosha via Anderson’s Gate. Overnight at Okaukuejo Rest Camp / Etosha Safari Lodge / Okutala Etosha Lodge (or similar). Afternoon wildlife drive in Etosha National Park,

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Flexible – room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 7 people (max 11)

International flights via Johannesburg

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

15 breakfasts, 12 lunches, 12 dinners

Welcome drink to meet the group & guide

Guided wildlife viewing & park entrance fees (except Victoria Falls)

Porterage at airports

NEWTOUR

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 144 22/09/2017 09:59

145

Elephants, Chobe National Park

on 13 April departure). Afternoon guided tour of the falls (park fees not included). Day at leisure or take optional excursions. (B)

Days 17-18: Fly to London via JohannesburgMorning at leisure. Transfer to the airport and fly to London via Johannesburg with British Airways, arriving the next day. (B) (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Group tour manager: The tour is fully escorted until day 13, when the guide leaves the group at Chobe Bawenka Lodge and returns to Namibia.

Accessibility: This tour involves some long drives over some rough terrain and is better suited to the hardier traveller.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, either on a guided or self-drive basis, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £6,075Guide price months: Apr, Jun

High season from £6,680Guide price month: Oct

Single supplement from £1,060

Private travelLow season from £7,995Guide price months: Apr

High season from £8,395Guide price months: Oct

British Airways flight upgradesWorld Traveller Plus from £875 returnClub World from £2,895 returnFirst Class from £4,185 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)13 Apr 18 03 May 18 08 Jun 18 28 Jun 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)07 Sep 18 27 Sep 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)12 Oct 18 01 Nov 18

Out (Fri) Rtn (Thu)09 Nov 18 29 Nov 18

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: NVF

Self-driveLow season from £4,995Guide price months: Apr

High season from £5,295Guide price months: Oct

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 145 22/09/2017 09:59

146

Weather

Area map

Windhoek J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 30 29 27 26 23 20 21 23 27 29 30 31

B 17 17 16 13 9 7 6 8 12 14 16 17

C 73 85 85 33 6 1 1 1 3 12 25 34

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 5: SwakopmundEarly morning optional balloon safari (from £435). Morning drive to Swakopmund on the west coast, a seaside resort with German architectural and cultural influences. Stay 2 nights at Hotel Pension Rapmund / Swakopmund Plaza Hotel (or similar). (B)

Day 6: SwakopmundDay at leisure or optional excursion such as a catamaran cruise (from £50) or Living Desert tour (from £50). (B)

Day 7: Twyfelfontein • Damaraland Travel inland, to the heart of Damaraland, passing Brandberg, the highest mountain in Namibia. Continue to Grootberg Lodge* (or similar) for 2 nights and en route, visit the prehistoric rock art at Twyfelfontein. (B, D)

Day 8: DamaralandMorning drive in 4x4 vehicles in search of rare desert-adapted elephants. You may also see Hartman’s mountain zebras, giraffes, oryx, springbok and kudus. Afternoon optional excursion to see the Himba tribes or relax by the pool and take in this magical setting. (B, L, D)

Day 9: Etosha National Park Drive north and enter Etosha via the Galton Gate. Drive through the remote western sector, stopping at waterholes en route. A vast white saltpan dominates the centre of the park and wildlife concentrates around the waterholes. Continue to Okutala Etosha Lodge / Okaukuejo Rest Camp (or similar), famous for its floodlit waterhole, for a 2-night stay. (B, L, D)

Day 10: Etosha National Park Full-day wildlife drive in Etosha National Park, home to elephants, reputed to be the largest in Africa, as well as rare black rhinos. (B, D)

Day 11: Cheetah Conservation Fund • Erindi Private Game Reserve Drive south to the Cheetah Conservation Fund (CCF), home to orphaned and injured cheetahs. Afternoon introductory tour showcasing the work of the CCF including the education centre, the Cheetah Museum and the Creamery, followed by a short cheetah drive. Continue to Erindi Private Game Reserve and overnight at Erindi Old Traders Lodge*. (B, L, D)

Days 12-13: Fly to London via JohannesburgMorning wildlife drive in a 4x4 vehicle with opportunities to spot lions, elephants, hippos, rhinos and wild dogs. Drive to Windhoek and fly to London, via Johannesburg, with Virgin Atlantic, arriving the next day. (B) (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Namibia is one of the world’s last great wilderness countries. This tour visits the magnificent sand dunes of the Namib desert and the German colonial town of Swakopmund before travelling inland to the national parks to spot rare and exotic wildlife.

C&K Signature experiences

Desert stay to explore Namibia’s vast sand dunes

Search for desert-adapted elephants in Damaraland

Drive through Etosha’s less-explored, remote western sector

Wildlife drive in Erindi Private Game Reserve*

Day 1: Fly to Windhoek via Johannesburg Overnight flight from London (regional connections available) to Windhoek, via Johannesburg, with Virgin Atlantic. (N)

Day 2: Windhoek Early afternoon arrival. Transfer to Villa Vista (or similar) for 1 night. Day at leisure or optional township excursion. (N)

Day 3: Namib desertMorning drive to the Namib desert. Stay 2 nights at Desert Homestead (or similar) in an incredible desert location. (B, D)

Day 4: Sossusvlei Early morning drive to Sossusvlei to explore the giant sand dunes with a stop at the 30-metre-deep Sesriem canyon. Afternoon at leisure. (B, D)

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 6 people (max 8)

International flights via Johannesburg

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

10 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 7 dinners

Welcome drink to meet the group and guide

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports & stations

Duration • 13 Days & 10 Nights Group tour • From £4,045Category • Standard Private or self-drive tour • From £2,595

Namibia: Untouched Wilderness

8-Seater Land Cruiser

NAMIBIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 146 22/09/2017 09:59

147

Oryx, Namib desert

Extension

Tour + Cape Town5 Days & 3 Nights from £660

On day 12, fly from Windhoek to Cape Town with Air Namibia. Stay 3 nights at Four Rosmead, an exclusive guesthouse. Explore the city or relax in the hotel’s pool and spa. If adding this extension, the outbound and inbound international flights will be with British Airways.

Important information

*Accommodation: On day 11, the 17 Feb and 12 May 2018 departures stay at Okonjima, home of the AfriCat Foundation. Activities include leopard tracking and cheetah tracking.

Accessibility: This tour involves some long drives over some rough terrain and is better suited to the hardier traveller.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, either on a guided or self-drive basis, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £4,045Guide price month: Feb

High season from £4,455Guide price month: Oct

Single supplement from £295

Private travelLow season from £4,995Guide price months: Jan – Jun

High season from £5,195Guide price months: Jul – Oct

Virgin Atlantic flight upgradesPremium Economy from £655 returnUpper Class from £2,675 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out (Sat) Rtn (Thu)17 Feb 18 01 Mar 1812 May 18 24 May 1809 Jun 18 21 Jun 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Thu)14 Jul 18 26 Jul 1804 Aug 18 16 Aug 1801 Sep 18 13 Sep 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Thu)29 Sep 18 11 Oct 1813 Oct 18 25 Oct 1803 Nov 18 15 Nov 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Thu)17 Nov 18 29 Nov 1816 Feb 19 28 Feb 1911 May 19 23 May 19

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: NAM

Self-driveLow season from £2,595Guide price months: Jan – Jun

High season from £3,095Guide price months: Jul – Dec

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 147 22/09/2017 09:59

148

Weather

Duration • 11 Days & 8 Nights Group tour • From £3,335Category • Discovery Private tour • From £3,995

Treasures of Ancient Nubia

Area map

Khartoum J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 31 33 37 40 42 41 38 37 39 39 35 32

B 15 16 20 23 26 27 26 25 26 25 20 17

C 0 0 0 0 3 6 46 68 22 3 0 0

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

overlooking the ruins of the palaces and temples. Return to the Nubian Rest House for lunch. Drive south to the village of El Kurru and the necropolis of Napata. Visit tombs located under partially collapsed pyramids. Return to Karima after visiting a desert area containing fossilised tree trunks. (B, L, D)

Day 5: Tombos • KermaDrive via the Third Cataract of the Nile to the village of Tombos, where there is a small stele and a statue of King Taharqa. Continue to the town of Kerma and visit the deffufa (a type of mud brick temple) and a fascinating museum. Return to Karima. (B, L, D)

Day 6: Bayuda desert • MeroëCross the Nile and visit the Pyramids of Nuri. Enter the impressive Bayuda desert, characterised by sharp, black basalt mountains. Picnic in the desert, where groups of Bisharin nomads, with their herds of camels and donkeys, are likely to be seen. Cross the Nile for the last time and visit the Railway Museum. Stay 3 nights at Meroë Tented Camp. (B, L, D)

Day 7: MeroëVisit the royal necropolis at Meroë, located in a semi-desert area, set against reddish-brown hills. Optional 10-minute camel ride between the north and south necropolis (payable locally). Return to camp for lunch and then visit the ancient ruins of the royal city of the Kushite kings. (B, L, D)

Day 8: Naga • MussawaratMorning visit to the archaeological sites of Naga and Mussawarat. Picnic lunch in the area around Mussawarat and return to camp. (B, L, D)

Day 9: KhartoumDrive to Khartoum via a spectacular desert area covered in huge granite boulders. Have lunch at the Sabaloka gorge, where there are impressive rock formations, and the rapids of the sixth cataract. Drive on to Omdurman where local handicrafts can be purchased in the colourful souk. Continue on to Khartoum and watch Nuba wrestling. Overnight at the Grand Holiday Villa Hotel & Suites / Corinthia Hotel† Khartoum. (B, L)

Days 10-11: Fly to London via Addis AbabaCheck out of the hotel after breakfast. Morning visit to the Omdurman market and Khalifa House Museum (including Mahdi’s tomb). Lunch at Al Hoshe restaurant on the Nile. Afternoon visit to the Archaeological Museum. Transfer to the airport and fly back to London via Addis Ababa, arriving the next day. (B, L) (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

This fascinating tour takes in the historic sites of the capital Khartoum before heading into the desert in search of the remote ruins of Meroë, Jebel Barkal, El Kurru, Naga and Mussawarat. The quality of these archaeological sites rivals Egypt’s, providing a fascinating insight into Nubia’s lost civilisations and evidence of their influence throughout eastern Africa over thousands of years.

C&K Signature experiences

Visit some of the oldest sites in sub-Saharan Africa, such as the pyramids of Meroë

Experience the hospitality & unique culture of Nubia

Cruise to the confluence of the White & Blue Nile

Watch a sunset performance of the Whirling Dervishes & Nuba wrestling

Day 1: Fly to Khartoum via Addis AbabaOvernight flight on Ethiopian Airlines from London (regional connections available) to Khartoum via Addis Ababa. (N)

Day 2: KhartoumLate morning arrival. Overnight at the Grand Holiday Villa Hotel & Suites / Corinthia Hotel† Khartoum. In the afternoon, take a Nile cruise to see the confluence of the Blue and White Nile. Sunset performance of the Whirling Dervishes (Fridays only). Welcome dinner included at Assaha restaurant. (D)

Day 3: Wadi Muqaddam • Old Dongola • KarimaDrive to Karima via the chai houses at Wadi Muqaddam and marble-columned Coptic temple on the banks of the Nile at Old Dongola. Hospitality abounds in this central area of the Nubian region, and some houses are painted with colourful patterns and flowers. Stay 3 nights in the Nubian Rest House, right at the foot of Jebel Barkal. (B, L, D)

Day 4: Jebel Barkal • NapataVisit the Unesco world heritage site at Jebel Barkal. At the foot of this isolated red sandstone mountain lies a holy temple, dedicated to the Pharaohs of the New Reign. Take an optional 20-minute walk to the top of the mountain, where you will be greeted by impressive views

This group tour features…

3- & 4-star accommodation*

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 8 people (max 14)

Direct international flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

8 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 7 dinners

Welcome drink to meet the group & guide

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports and stations

SUDAN

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 148 22/09/2017 09:59

149

Temple ruins, Naga

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £3,335Guide price months: Apr – Oct

High season from £3,540Guide price month: Nov

Single supplement from £0 – £475‡

Private travelLow season from £3,995Guide price month: Oct

High season from £4,595Guide price months: Nov – Mar

Ethiopian Airlines flight upgradesBusiness Class from from £1,225 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: SUDImportant information

* Discovery tour: This tour is based in 3- and 4-star accommodation and involves some long drives over rough terrain. It is therefore better suited to the hardier traveller.

† Hotel upgrade: Upgrade to the Corinthia Hotel in Khartoum for 2 nights from £125 per person, or from £175 single room supplement.

‡ Departures with low single supplement: The 5 Apr 2018 departure has no single supplement. 15 Mar 2018, 18 Oct 2018 and 14 Mar 2019 departures have low single supplements.

Itinerary: The itinerary may be run in reverse without any changes to the content of the tour. Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent for more information. Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)

18 Jan 18 28 Jan 1801 Feb 18 11 Feb 18‡15 Mar 18 25 Mar 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)‡05 Apr 18 15 Apr 18‡18 Oct 18 28 Oct 1822 Nov 18 02 Dec 18

Out (Thu) Rtn (Sun)20 Dec 18 30 Dec 1817 Jan 19 27 Jan 1907 Feb 19 17 Feb 19‡14 Mar 19 24 Mar 19

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 149 22/09/2017 09:59

150

Weather

Duration • 13 Days & 11 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £3,540Category • Superior Private tour • From £3,895

Kenya & Victoria Falls

Area map

Lion, Masai Mara

Nairobi J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 25 26 26 24 23 22 21 21 24 25 23 24

B 12 12 13 14 13 11 10 10 11 12 13 13

C 57 49 93 244 186 42 22 27 29 67 151 99

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

stay 2 nights at Serena Sweetwaters Tented Camp. Morning and afternoon wildlife drives. (B, L, D)

Day 5: The Rift ValleyDrive south-west to Lake Elmenteita, arriving in time for lunch. Afternoon wildlife drive. Stay overnight at Serena Lake Elmenteita Tented Camp. (B, L, D)

Days 6-7: Masai Mara Continue south-west to the Masai Mara, arriving in time for lunch. Stay 2 nights at Mara Serena Lodge. Morning and afternoon wildlife drives. (B, L, D)

Day 8: NairobiAfter breakfast, return to Nairobi. Overnight at the Nairobi Serena Hotel. Afternoon at leisure or optional excursions such as a visit to Daphne Sheldrick’s Elephant Orphanage or an ‘Out of Africa’ tour visiting the Karen Blixen Museum, the Giraffe Centre and Kasuri, a jewellery and ceramic-making business. (B)

Day 9: Fly to Livingstone • Victoria FallsFly to Livingstone (Zambia) and cross the border to Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe. Stay 3 nights at Victoria Falls Safari Lodge (Standard Room) / Victoria Falls Hotel (Deluxe Room)*. Afternoon guided visit to Victoria Falls. (B)

Days 10-11: Victoria FallsDay at leisure or optional excursions. (B)

Day 12: Fly to NairobiCheck out of your hotel (day room available at extra cost). Afternoon flight to Nairobi. (B)

Day 13: Fly to LondonFly to London with Kenya Airways. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

This introductory tour to Kenya’s most beautiful and varied wildlife areas begins on the slopes of Mount Kenya National Park, one of the world’s highest national parks. Continue to the Ol Pejeta Conservancy with its ‘Big Five’ wildlife; Lake Elmenteita, where thousands of birds congregate; and the Masai Mara, where you will stay at Mara Serena Safari Lodge, a ringside seat to the annual wildebeest migration between July and October. Finish the tour at Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe, the incredible ‘smoke that thunders’.

Special experiences

Visit four of Kenya’s most prolific wildlife areas

‘Big Five’ wildlife viewing in the Masai Mara & the Ol Pejeta Conservancy

A guided walking tour of the magnificent Victoria Falls

Day 1: Fly to NairobiOvernight flight from London to Nairobi with Kenya Airways. (N)

Day 2: Mount Kenya National ParkEarly morning arrival. Drive north to Mount Kenya and arrive in time for lunch at Serena Mountain Lodge. Stay 1 night. Set high on the slopes of Mount Kenya, this lodge offers stunning mountain views. Afternoon and evening at leisure for wildlife viewing over the lodge’s floodlit waterhole. (L, D)

Days 3-4: Ol Pejeta ConservancyDrive north to the Ol Pejeta Conservancy and

This group tour features…

4- & 5-star accommodation in Kenya

Choice of 4- or 5-star accommodation in Victoria Falls

Nights in Nairobi & Victoria Falls (private basis)

A non-exclusive group tour element (days 2-7)

Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 6 people (max 14)

International flights via Nairobi

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

10 breakfasts, 6 lunch, 6 dinners

Guided safari activities

National park & wildlife reserve fees

NEWTOUR

KENYA & ZIMBABWE

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 150 22/09/2017 09:59

151

Victoria Falls

Important information

Group tour manager: This tour is fully escorted throughout by a local tour manager from arrival in Nairobi until arrival back in Nairobi on day 8.

*Hotel upgrade: Upgrade to the Victoria Falls Hotel (deluxe room) for 3 nights from £175 per person twin room sharing, or from £550 single room supplement.

Transport: Based on a 7- or 9-seater 4x4 pop-up roof safari vehicle in which each passenger has a window seat. A 4x4 vehicle will be provided for those taking the tour on a private basis and you will be accompanied by an expert driver-guide.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards, to discuss flight options or to tailor this itinerary, please contact your travel agent.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Kenya Airways flight upgradesBusiness Class from £1,595

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

This tour departs weekly from the UK on a Saturday and returns on a Thursday. Private travel tours depart on a date of your choosing, subject to availability.

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £3,540Guide price months: 21 Apr – 26 May

High season from £4,430Guide price months: 14 Jul – 18 Aug

Single supplement from £175

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: KVF

Private tourLow season from £3,895Guide price months: Jan – Jun

High season from £4,795Guide price months: Jul – Dec

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 151 22/09/2017 09:59

152

Weather

Area map

Addis Ababa J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 22 23 23 23 23 22 20 20 20 21 21 21

B 5 7 9 9 9 9 10 9 9 7 5 4

C 23 47 74 97 93 127 274 281 176 43 13 11

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Days 6-7: Fly to Lalibela via GondarFly to the world heritage site of Lalibela, via Gondar. The site features 11 rock-hewn churches. Afternoon visit to the north-west cluster of churches, including the Church of St George. Stay 2 nights at the Mountain View Hotel (or similar). Morning walk the following day up to Asheton Maryam (weather permitting). Alternatively, visit the cave church Nakutelab, accessible by car. Afternoon visit to the south-east cluster of churches. (B, L, D)

Days 8-9: Fly to Gondar • Simien mountainsFly to Gondar, located at the foot of the Simien mountains. Visit the Church of Debre Berhan Selassie to see its murals. Drive to the Simien Mountain Lodge and stay for 2 nights. Evening talk on gelada monkeys, endemic to this area. Morning drive the following day to Chennek, home to the endemic walia ibex. Stop to view gelada monkeys and walk to a waterfall. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D)

Day 10: Gondar Drive to Gondar and stay 1 night at the Mayleko Lodge (or similar). Afternoon tour of the castles of Emperor Fasiladas and the Palace of the Queen Mentuab. (B, L, D)

Day 11: Gorgora • Zeghe peninsula • Bahir DarDrive to Gorgora and visit the monastery of Debre Sina Mariam. Cross Lake Tana by boat and visit Narga Selassie. Continue to URA Kidane Mihret and Azwa Mariam on the Zeghe peninsula. Stay 2 nights at the Kuriftu Resort & Spa (or similar). (B, L, D)

Day 12: Blue Nile Falls • Bahir DarVisit the Blue Nile Falls at Tissisat. Afternoon visit to the Bezawit Palace and the market in Bahir Dar. Optional spa treatments available. (B, L, D)

Days 13-14: Fly to London via Addis Ababa Morning flight to Addis Ababa. Day room at the Golden Tulip Hotel Addis Ababa. Short visit to the Mercato. Dinner at a cultural restaurant and transfer to the airport. Fly to London. (B, L, D) Arrive the next day. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + Rift Valley8 Days & 7 Nights from £1,445

Travel south from Addis Ababa, following the course of the East African Rift Valley through dramatic landscapes.

Day 13: Fly to Addis AbabaFly to Addis Ababa and transfer to the Golden Tulip

The only African country that has never been colonised, Ethiopia is also unusual for its Orthodox Christian heritage. This journey travels through this enthralling and beautiful country to discover the layers of history that have shaped the land.

C&K Signature experiences

Explore the impressive Tigray & Lalibela rock-hewn churches

Spend 2 nights immersed in the spectacular Simien mountains scenery

Take a boat trip on Lake Tana & visit the Blue Nile Falls

Day 1: Fly to Addis AbabaFly from London (regional connections available) to Addis Ababa with Ethiopian Airlines. (N)

Day 2: Addis Ababa Arrive in the third highest capital in the world. Afternoon city tour, including the Ethnographic Museum and the Holy Trinity Cathedral. Overnight at the Golden Tulip Hotel (or similar). Pre-dinner welcome drink. (L, D)

Day 3: Fly to Mekelle • HawzienMorning flight to Mekelle. Short tour of Mekelle, including Bete Yohannes. Drive to Hawzien. En route, visit the rock-hewn churches of Wukro Cherkos and Abraha Atsbeha. Stay overnight at the Gheralta Lodge (or similar). (B, L, D)

Days 4-5: AxumMorning drive to Axum. Stay 2 nights at Sabean Hotel (or similar). Morning excursion the next day to the tombs of King Kaleb and Gebra Meskel, the Queen of Sheba’s swimming pool and palace, King Ezana’s Stone and the magnificent stele (obelisks). Afternoon visit to the Cathedral of St Mary of Zion and the Chapel of the Tablet, said to contain the Ark of the Covenant, as well as the Axum Museum. (B, L, D)

This group tour features…

Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

Average group size – 10 people (max 18)

Direct international flights

Internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

11 breakfasts, 12 lunch, 12 dinners

Welcome drink to meet the group & guide

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports & stations

5 special festival departures, including Timkat, 7 January 2018 & 2019

Duration • 14 Days & 11 Nights Group tour • From £3,035Category • Discovery Private tour • From £3,895

Ethiopian Odyssey

Rock-hewn church, Lalibela

ETHIOPIA

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 152 22/09/2017 09:59

153

Fasilides castle, Gondar

Hotel (or similar) for 1 night. Dinner at a cultural restaurant. (B, L, D) Day 14: Tiya • Arba MinchDrive to Arba Minch via the Unesco-listed site of Tiya. Stay 2 nights at Paradise Lodge. (B, L, D)Day 15: Konso • Lake ChamoMorning visit to Konso. Afternoon boat trip on Lake Chamo to see hippos and crocodiles. (B, L, D)Days 16-17: Chencha • YirgalemMorning visit to Chencha, home of the Dorze people – cotton weavers who live in tall beehive-shaped dwellings. Afternoon drive to Yirgalem. Stay 2 nights at Aregash Lodge. Following day at leisure and take part in the daily sunset coffee ceremony. (B, L, D)Day 18: Lake LanganoDrive to Lake Langano. Overnight at Sabana Beach Resort. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D)Day 19: Addis AbabaMorning at leisure. Drive to Addis Ababa. Transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel for 1 night. (B, L, D).Day 20: Fly to LondonTransfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Important information

Discovery tour: This tour is best suited to the hardier traveller as it includes some rougher road journeys and some basic accommodation. Hotels, while sometimes not reaching western standards, are clean and comfortable and the country’s cultural wonders more than make up for occasional deficiencies (please note that some churches are not open to female travellers). Ethiopia is mountainous and altitude may be a problem for some visitors.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £3,035Guide price month: Feb

High season from £3,625Guide price months: Jan 2019

Single supplement from £535

Private travelLow season from £3,895Guide price months: Jan – Mar

High season from £4,495Guide price months: Apr – Jun

Ethiopian Airlines flight upgradesBusiness Class from £1,845 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018-19

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices.

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: ETH

Out Rtn*07 Jan 18 21 Jan 18 03 Feb 18 16 Feb 18 16 Mar 18 29 Mar 18

Out Rtn†14 Sep 18 27 Sep 1805 Oct 18 18 Oct 18‡26 Nov 18 09 Dec 18

Out Rtn*07 Jan 19 21 Jan 1901 Feb 19 14 Feb 1915 Mar 19 28 Mar19

Festivals of EthiopiaSome of the departures have been scheduled to coincide with Ethiopia’s most celebrated festivals, as marked with an asterisk in the departure dates table.

* Timkat: Taking place in Bahir Dar on 19 January, Timkat is the Ethiopian Orthodox celebration of Epiphany. The 7 January 2018 departure leaves and returns on a Sunday. The 7 January 2019 departure leaves and returns on a Monday. Both Timkat festival departures have a duration of 15 days & 12 nights.

† Meskel: Celebrated in Addis Ababa on 26 September, Meskel commemorates the finding of the true cross by Queen Helena. The 14 September 2018 departure leaves and returns on a Friday and returns on a Thursday.

‡ Hidar Tsion: Celebrated in Axum on the 30 November, Hidar Tsion is associated with the presence of the Ark of the Covenant and is a joyous annual pilgrimage. The 26 November 2018 departure leaves on a Monday and returns on a Sunday.

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 153 22/09/2017 09:59

154

Weather

Duration • 16 Days & 13 Nights Group tour • From £3,745Category • Discovery Private tour • From £4,495

Madagascar Wildlife Adventure

Area map

Ifaty J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 32 32 32 30 28 27 26 28 28 29 30 31

B 23 23 22 20 17 15 14 15 16 19 20 22

C 108 99 40 17 15 12 5 4 7 12 22 104

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 3: Andasibe • Vakona Private Reserve • Analamazaotra ReserveMorning walk in Andasibe. Return to the lodge for lunch. Visit Lemur Island in Vakona Private Reserve, a small island sanctuary for lemurs. Afternoon walk in Andasibe. After dinner, take a second night walk to the Analamazaotra Reserve. (B, L, D)

Day 4: Mantadia National Park (or Mitsinjo forest)Full-day walk through the primary forest of Mantadia National Park. The beautiful scenery is home to the black and white ruffed lemur, the diademed sifaka, Parson’s chameleon and a wide variety of frogs. Alternatively, for the less active, walk in Mitsinjo Reserve and plant an endemic tree as part of the forest’s reforestation project. (B, L, D)

Day 5: Antananarivo Morning drive back to Antananarivo. Stay 1 night at Le Royal Palissandre (or similar). Afternoon city tour including the hills of the royal palaces and the botanical and zoological garden of Tsimbazaza. Special chef’s dinner in the evening. (B, L, D)

Day 6: Antsahabe • AntsirabeDrive to Antsahabe, a village typical of the Merina tribe. After lunch, continue to the spa town of Antsirabe and stay 1 night at Couleur Café Hotel (or similar). Afternoon tour of Antsirabe, centre of the gem trade and home to hundreds of pousse-pousse (rickshaws), a legacy of Chinese labour imported to work on the railways. (B, L, D)

Day 7: Ambositra • RanomafanaContinue south to Ambositra, known as Madagascar’s handicraft and wood-carving capital. Following a typical Malagasy lunch accompanied by folklore entertainment, continue to Ranomafana. Stay 3 nights at Thermal Hotel (or similar). Evening walk in search of nocturnal species. (B, L, D)

Day 8: RanomafanaMorning walk in the Ranomafana National Park where you can spot three species of bamboo lemur: the grey, the golden and the greater. Endemic birding in the park is also excellent. Afternoon visit to Tanala village. (B, L, D)

Day 9: RanomafanaMorning walk in Ranomafana National Park. Afternoon talk at the ValBio Research Centre by a specialist guide. Second evening walk in search of nocturnal species. (B, L, D)

Day 10: Fianarantsoa • Ambalavao • RanohiraMorning drive via Fianarantsoa, the Betsileo tribe’s capital, to the vineyard of Lazan’ny Betsileo. Continue to Ambalavao. Visit the Antemoro paper factory and the Anja Reserve, where ring-tailed lemurs are often spotted. Continue to Ranohira and stay 3 nights at Relais de la Reine (or similar). (B, L, D)

Much of Madagascar’s exotic flora and fauna is found nowhere else on Earth. This tour offers an opportunity to discover the island’s extraordinary wildlife, natural history, stunning scenery, idyllic beaches and fascinating culture, which is based on a mix of Christianity and ancient spiritual beliefs. This tour is well paced, allowing for a wildlife focus in Andasibe, Ranomafana and Isalo National Parks.

C&K Signature experiences

Afternoon talk at the ValBio Research Centre, Ranomafana, by a specialist guide

Walk in Mantadia’s primary rainforest

Traditional sunset music performance in Isalo National Park

Special ‘chef’s dinner’ in Antananarivo

Day 1: Fly to Antananarivo via Addis AbabaOvernight flight from London (regional connections available) to Antananarivo, via Addis Ababa, with Ethiopian Airways. (N)

Day 2: Andasibe • Analamazaotra ReserveEarly morning arrival. Drive to Andasibe. Transfer to Andasibe Hotel (or similar) and stay for 3 nights. Afternoon introductory walk in Andasibe rainforest, home to the largest living lemurs, the indri. After dinner, take a night walk to Analamazaotra Reserve. Here you may spot nocturnal lemur species, including mouse, greater dwarf and eastern woolly lemurs. Welcome drinks reception before dinner. (B, L, D)

This group tour features…

Flexible – extensions, room & flight

upgrades available

Average group size – 9 people

(max 16)

International & internal flights

Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

Experienced local tour manager

14 breakfasts, 12 lunches, 13 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Porterage at airports

Avenue of baobab trees

MADAGASCAR

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 154 22/09/2017 09:59

155

Ring-tailed lemurs

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Group tourLow season from £3,745Guide price months: May, Oct

High season from £3,795Guide price months: Aug – Sep

Single supplement from £500

Private travelLow season from £4,495Guide price months: 1 Jan – 15 Mar, 9 Apr – 13 Jul

High season from £5,095Guide price months: 17 Jul – 12 Aug

Ethiopian Airways flight upgradesBusiness Class from £2,365 return

Regional air connectionsPlease contact your travel agent for details

Departure dates for 2018

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: WAM

Day 11: Isalo National ParkFull day to explore the breathtaking eroded sandstone landscapes of Isalo National Park. In the morning, visit the natural swimming pool where there is a crystal-clear waterfall that tumbles into a deep-green pool. In the afternoon continue to the Cascade des Nymphes where you may spot ring-tailed lemurs, Verreaux’s sifakas and the dumpy ‘Elephant’s foot’ plant (flowers in September). Birdlife that you may see includes Malagasy hoopoes, Madagasgar white-browed owls, Madagascar nightjars and juvenile long-eared owls. (B, L, D)

Day 12: Isalo National ParkMorning walk in Isalo National Park to explore the viewpoint. Enjoy a break at the hotel in the mid-afternoon to rest before an early evening traditional music performance against a view of the sunset. (B, L, D)

Day 13: Zombitse-Vohibsia National Park • IfatyContinue towards the west coast. Stop en route at Zombitse-Vohibsia National Park it may be possible to spot Appert’s tetrakas, one of the most endangered endemic birds on the island. The region is known for its large baobabs and traditional family tombs, central to Malagasy beliefs and culture. Stay 1 night at Les Dunes d’Ifaty (villa room) (or similar) in Ifaty, a quiet coastal fishing village known for its long beach. Evening farewell dinner. (B, D)

Day 14: Fly to AntananarivoMorning at leisure. Afternoon flight from Toliara to Antananarivo. Transfer to Le Royal Palissandre (or similar) for 1 night. (B, L, D)

Day 15: Fly to London via Addis AbabaMorning at leisure. Afternoon flight to London, via

Addis Ababa, with Ethiopian Airways. (B)

Day 16: Fly to London via ParisEarly morning arrival in London. (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Group tour manager: This tour is fully escorted throughout by a local tour manager from arrival in Antananarivo to day 13 in Toliara.

Discovery tour: This tour is best suited to the hardier traveller as it includes some quite basic accommodation, longer and rougher road journeys and more strenuous activities, such as trekking.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please contact your travel agent.

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sun)05 May 18 20 May 1825 Aug 17 09 Sep18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sun)08 Sep 18 23 Sep 1813 Oct 18 28 Oct 18

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sun)10 Nov 18 25 Nov 18

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 138 -155 (Africa).indd 155 22/09/2017 09:59

GROUP TOUR

156

Weather

Duration • 13 Days & 12 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £3,175Category • Superior

Australian Highlights

Area map

Alice Springs J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 36 35 32 28 23 20 19 22 26 31 34 36

B 21 20 17 12 8 5 3 6 10 14 18 20

C 39 36 39 17 23 17 17 11 10 22 25 38

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Discover outback life, Aboriginal culture and native wildlife on this introductory non-exclusive group tour to Australia. Watch the sun set and rise over Uluru (Ayers Rock), take a catamaran cruise out to the Great Barrier Reef and explore the cosmopolitan cities of Melbourne and Sydney.

Special experiences

Sunset excursions at Uluru & Kata Tjuta with sparkling wine

Catamaran cruise to the Great Barrier Reef with snorkelling & semisubmersible boats

Learn about outback life at the School of Air and Royal Flying Doctors Service

Lunch cruise around Sydney Harbour

Day 1: MelbourneOn arrival in Melbourne, you will be met and transferred to the Crowne Plaza for 3 nights. In the evening there will be a welcome dinner on board the Colonial Tramcar Restaurant. (D)

Day 2: MelbourneMorning walking tour taking in Melbourne’s eclectic little alleyways, arcades and cafe society. Afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 3: MelbourneDay at leisure in Melbourne. Optional excursions to Yarra Valley, Mornington peninsula, Phillip Island or the Great Ocean Road can be booked locally. (B)

Day 4: Fly to Alice SpringsMorning flight to the outback town of Alice Springs. Visit the School of the Air, an educational facility for remote families of the outback; the Royal Flying Doctors Service; and historic Telegraph Station. Stay overnight at the Chifley Alice Springs Resort. Barbecue dinner at the Earth Sanctuary Nature Centre. (B, D)

Day 5: UluruMorning drive to Uluru via the MacDonnell and James ranges. En route, view the majestic Attila, a distinctive mountain which, in pioneering times, was often mistaken for Uluru. Stay 2 nights at Desert Gardens Hotel. Late afternoon excursion to view the striking colour changes of Uluru as the sun sets. (B)

Day 6: Uluru • Kata TjutaEarly morning sunrise tour of Uluru to learn about

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation

Flexible – extensions available

Experienced travel director &

driver guide

Arrival & departure transfers

Air-conditioned vehicles

Maximum of 46 passengers

12 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 4 dinners

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

AUSTRALIA

the significance of the site to local Aboriginal tribes. Afternoon visit to the Kata Tjuta rock formations for a walk along the creek bed between two of the tallest domes, before watching the sun set over them with a glass of sparkling wine. (B)

Day 7: Fly to CairnsJoin a local artist for an introduction to the indigenous art of the Western Desert. Afternoon flight to Cairns, then transfer to the Hilton Cairns for 3 nights. (B)

Day 8: CairnsDay at leisure in Cairns. Optional excursions may be booked locally and include a hot air balloon ride over the Atherton Tablelands or a visit to the mountain retreat of Kuranda. (B)

Day 9: Great Barrier ReefTravel out to the world heritage-listed Great Barrier Reef on board a catamaran to a pontoon situated on the reef. During the day, there will be opportunities to go snorkelling and also view the reef from a semi-submersible. (B, L, D)

Day 10: Cairns • Fly to SydneyMorning visit to the Cairns Wildlife Dome to view native wildlife. Afternoon flight to Sydney. On arrival, transfer to the Sofitel Sydney Wentworth for 3 nights. (B)

Day 11: SydneyMorning tour of Sydney, including visits to the Sydney Opera House, Sydney’s Eastern Suburbs and Bondi Beach. Return to the city for a cruise with lunch in Sydney harbour. Remainder of the afternoon at leisure. (B, L)

Day 12: SydneyDay at leisure in Sydney. Optional excursions may be booked locally and include visits to the Blue Mountains or Hunter Valley. Evening farewell dinner. (B, D)

Day 13: Onward travelTransfer to the airport for your flight home or continue your holiday. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extension

Tour + New Zealand10 Days & 9 Nights from £2,325

This tour can be combined with an escorted tour of New Zealand, including geothermal Rotorua, Franz Josef glacier and a cruise on Milford Sound.

Days 13-14: Fly to Auckland

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 156 22/09/2017 10:05

157

XXXXXXXXXX

Sydney Harbour Bridge, New South Wales

Transfer to Sydney airport and fly to Auckland. On arrival, you will be met and transferred to the Stamford Plaza for 2 nights. Dinner at Eight restaurant, featuring eight different kitchens. (B, D)Morning cruise the following day in Waitemata harbour, followed by a city tour. (B)Day 15: RotoruaContinue to Rotorua, visiting the glow-worm caves at Waitomo en route and the Agrodome sheep show. Evening Maori hangi (food cooked using heated rocks) and concert. Stay 1 night at the Millennium Hotel Rotorua. (B, D)Day 16: Fly to ChristchurchThis morning explore the Rainbow Springs Nature Park, including Te Puia Thermal Reserve for a guided tour of the bubbling mud pools and thermal springs. Afternoon flight to Christchurch. Stay overnight at the Novotel Hotel Christchurch. (B)Day 17: Franz JosefMorning rail journey aboard the TranzAlpine through the Southern Alps to Arthur’s Pass, followed by a factory visit at Hokitika, the home of native greenstone (jade). Continue by coach to Franz Josef glacier and stay overnight at the Te Waonui Forest Retreat. (B, D)Day 18: Arrowtown • QueenstownTravel to Queenstown, visiting Arrowtown en route, a historic gold-mining settlement. Stay 3 nights at the Millennium Hotel Queenstown. Dinner at The Boatshed. (B, D)Day 19: Milford Sound cruiseTravel to Milford Sound for a nature cruise. Return to Queenstown. (B, L)Day 20: QueenstownDay at leisure to relax. (B)Day 21: Lake Tekapo • ChristchurchTravel back to Christchurch, visiting Lake Tekapo and a working farm for lunch en route. Overnight at the Novotel Hotel Christchurch. Farewell dinner. (B, L, D)

Day 22: Onward travelTransfer to Christchurch airport to fly home, or continue your holiday. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Flights: International and internal flights are not included with this itinerary. For flight options and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated by AAT Kings on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Itinerary: Please note the itinerary is provisional and subject to change. Itinerary and departure dates may change from 1st October 2018. AAT Kings also operates a number of touring itineraries in other parts of Australia, including South Australia, the Kimberley and Tasmania. For more information and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: OZH

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £3,175Guide price months: Jun – Aug 18

High season from £3,450Guide price months: Sep – Dec 18

Single supplement from £1,200

Early booking offer

• Save 10% if you book by 31 Jan 2018• Save 7.5% if you book by 28 Apr 2018• Save 5% if you book by 30 Jun 2018

(Note that these are valid for bookings travelling from Apr 2018)

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out Rtn18 Mar 18 30 Mar 18 25 Mar 18 06 Apr 18 01 Apr 18 13 Apr 18 15 Apr 18 27 Apr 18 06 May 18 18 May 18 03 Jun 18 15 Jun 18 01 Jul 18 13 Jul 18

Out Rtn 12 Aug 18 24 Aug 18 02 Sep 18 14 Sep 18 16 Sep 18 28 Sep 18 30 Sep 18 12 Oct 18 14 Oct 18 26 Oct 18 04 Nov 18 16 Nov 18 11 Nov 18 23 Nov 18

Out Rtn 18 Nov 18 30 Nov 18 25 Nov 18 07 Dec 18 02 Dec 18 14 Dec 18 16 Dec 18 28 Dec 18 30 Dec 18 11 Jan 19 06 Jan 19 18 Jan 19 13 Jan 19 25 Jan 19

Out Rtn 20 Jan 19 01 Feb 19 27 Jan 19 08 Feb 19 03 Feb 19 15 Feb 19 10 Feb 19 22 Feb 19 17 Feb 19 01 Mar 19 24 Feb 19 08 Mar 19 03 Mar 19 15 Mar 19

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 157 22/09/2017 10:05

158

AUSTRALIA

Millaa Millaa waterfall, Atherton Tablelands

Area map

Cairns J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 31 31 30 29 27 25 25 26 27 29 30 31

B 23 23 22 21 19 17 16 17 18 20 22 23

C 423 431 442 232 138 72 44 38 38 45 101 188

Duration • 13 Days & 12 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £3,550Category • Superior

East Coast Beaches & Reef

Noosa J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 29 28 27 26 23 21 20 22 24 25 27 28

B 20 21 20 17 14 11 9 10 12 15 18 19

C 223 240 228 166 157 115 110 61 49 98 139 162

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

Day 3: Kuranda • Atherton Tablelands • Mission BeachThis morning travel through the high tropical plateau to Kuranda and explore this village in the rainforest. Continue to traverse the Atherton Tablelands, an area of rainforest, waterfalls and plateaux, with stops at Millaa Millaa Falls and the Curtain Fig Tree, one of the largest trees in Tropical North Queensland. Arrive at Mission Beach in the afternoon with time to walk on the golden sands. Stay overnight at Castaways Resort & Spa. (B, D)

Day 4: Townsville • Hamilton IslandTravel along the coast to Airlie beach, with a stop in Townsville en route. Take the ferry to Hamilton Island, one of the 74 islands that make up the Whitsundays and located in the heart of the Great Barrier Reef. Stay 2 nights at Reef View Hotel. (B, D)

Day 5: Hamilton IslandThis morning join a cruise to spectacular Whitehaven beach and take a walk to Hill’s Inlet for views over the Whitsunday Islands. This afternoon is at leisure. (B)

Day 6: Mackay • RockhamptonReturn to the mainland by ferry and journey south to Mackay for a guided tour of a miniature sugar mill in Australia’s sugar capital. After watching sugar cane production, sample some of the products on offer followed by a light lunch. Continue to Rockhampton for a 1-night stay at Quality Hotel Regent Rockhampton. Evening at leisure. (B, L)

Day 7: Langmorn Station • Hervey BayCross the Tropic of Capricorn en route to Langmorn Station, a fully operational cattle station where you can take morning tea at the homestead. Afterwards travel to Hervey Bay, the gateway to Fraser Island, and stay overnight at Mantra Hervey Bay. (B)

Day 8: Fraser Island • NoosaTake the ferry to Fraser Island, then explore on a 4x4 tour visiting Lake McKenzie and the rainforest near Central Station. Enjoy a barbecue lunch then return to the mainland for a 2-night stay at The Sebel Resort Noosa. (B, L)

Day 9: NoosaDay at leisure in Noosa, with optional boat ride in the Noosa Everglades. This evening enjoy dinner at a local restaurant overlooking the beach. (B, D)

Day 10: Brisbane • Gold CoastThis morning visit Australia Zoo, an organisation founded by the late Steve Irwin with an emphasis on the conservation of native animals. Continue on to Brisbane for a city tour and finish the day at Gold Coast for a 2-night stay at the Novotel Surfers Paradise. (B)

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation

Guaranteed departures

Experienced travel director & driver guide

Arrival & departure transfers

Air-conditioned vehicles

Maximum of 46 passengers

14 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 11 dinners

Choice of excursions in Rotorua, Te Anau & Queenstown

Weather

Tour the highlights of Australia’s East Coast. Beginning in Cairns, cruise to the Great Barrier Reef before travelling south through the tropical Atherton Tablelands. Enjoy the exquisite white sandy beaches of the Whitsunday Islands and a full-day excursion to the wild and beautiful Fraser Island. Further visits are made to charming coastal towns and Hunter Valley wine region before finishing in Sydney.

Special experiences

4x4 excursion on Fraser Island visiting Lake McKenzie & the rainforest

Visit Australia Zoo, which focuses on the conservation of native animals

Wine tasting & lunch in Hunter Valley

Cruise over the world’s largest coral system

Day 1: CairnsArrive in Cairns and join an orientation tour of this tropical city. Evening welcome dinner hosted by the tour director. Stay 2 nights at Hilton Hotel Cairns. (D)

Day 2: Great Barrier ReefBoard a high-speed catamaran for a full-day cruise over the Great Barrier Reef. Equipment is provided to snorkel over the reef, or view the underwater world from the observatory or semi-submersible craft. The evening is free to explore Cairns. (B, L)

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 158 22/09/2017 10:05

159

The Great Barrier Reef, Queensland

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: OZR

Day 11: Gold CoastToday is at leisure with an optional excursion to the Gold Coast hinterland to visit the town of Mount Tamborine and discover the surrounding rainforest (at own expense). (B)

Day 12: Cape Byron • Port Macquarie Journey to Cape Byron lighthouse for views over the Pacific Ocean from Australia’s eastern-most point. There may be the opportunity to spot whales before spending time discovering the bohemian vibe of Byron Bay. Continue on to Port Macquarie and overnight at the Waters Edge. (B)

Day 13: Hunter Valley • SydneyTravel to the well-known wine region of Hunter Valley for wine tasting and a delicious lunch at a local winery. Continue on to Sydney in the late afternoon and transfer to the airport for your flight home or continue your holiday. (B, L)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Flights: International and internal flights are not included with this itinerary. For flight options and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated by AAT Kings on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Itinerary: Please note the itinerary is provisional and subject to change. Itinerary and departure

dates may change from 1st October 2018. AAT Kings also operates a number of touring itineraries in other parts of Australia, including South Australia, the Kimberley and Tasmania. For more information and prices please contact your travel agent.

Departure dates for 2018-19

Out Rtn15 Apr 18 27 Apr 1813 May 18 25 May 1810 Jun 18 22 Jun 1808 Jul 18 20 Jul 18

Out Rtn02 Sep 18 14 Sep 1830 Sep 18 12 Oct 1828 Oct 18 09 Nov 1820 Jan 19 01 Feb 19

Out Rtn17 Feb 19 01 Mar 1914 Apr 19 26 Apr 1912 May 19 24 May 1909 Jun 19 21 Jun 19 07 Jul 19 19 Jul 19

Out Rtn 01 Sep 19 13 Sep 1929 Sep 19 11 Oct 1927 Oct 19 08 Nov 1924 Nov 19 06 Dec 19 22 Dec 19 03 Jan 20

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £3,550Guide price months: Apr – Sep 18

High season from £3,675Guide price months: Apr – Sep 19

Single supplement from £810

Early booking offer

• Save 10% if you book by 31 Jan 2018• Save 7.5% if you book by 28 Apr 2018• Save 5% if you book by 30 Jun 2018

(Note that these are valid for bookings travelling from Apr 2018)

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 159 22/09/2017 10:05

160

NEW ZEALAND

Milford Sound, Fiordland, South Island

Area map

Auckland J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 23 24 22 20 17 15 14 15 16 18 20 22

B 15 16 15 12 10 8 7 8 9 11 12 14

C 75 80 92 102 111 130 133 124 100 86 86 89

Duration • 15 Days & 14 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £3,595Category • Superior

New Zealand Splendour

Queenstown J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 20 20 17 13 9 6 6 8 11 13 16 18

B 8 8 6 4 1 -2 -2 -1 1 3 4 6

C 99 67 105 88 100 94 80 85 103 114 87 99

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

at the Polynesian Spa, visit Te Puia and explore the Whakarewarewa Thermal Reserve, take a tour of the Hobbiton movie set or explore Rotorua and its three lakes in an amphibious second world war-era Duck. Tonight you have the option of staying at your hotel or with a nearby Kiwi family. (B)

Day 4: WellingtonTravel south to New Zealand’s capital city, Wellington. En route, drive along the shores of Lake Taupo and pass Tongariro National Park. On arrival, enjoy a sightseeing tour of the city before transferring to the James Cook Grand Chancellor for 1 night. (B, D)

Day 5: Wellington • BlenheimMorning at leisure to explore Wellington before a visit to Te Papa, the National Museum of New Zealand. In the afternoon, board the Interislander ferry for a scenic cruise to South Island. On arrival, take a panoramic city tour of Blenheim before transferring to the Chateau Marlborough for 1 night. Tonight, dinner will be accompanied by wines of the region, which have been paired with the meal. (B, D)

Day 6: Kaikoura • Christchurch Morning drive south to Christchurch, visiting the whale-watching town of Kaikoura en route, where there will be time to join an optional whale-watching cruise. On arrival, transfer to the Novotel Hotel Christchurch for 1 night. (B)

Day 7: TwizelIn the morning, travel to a working farm for a barbecue lunch before travelling south to Twizel. En route, visit the Church of the Good Shepherd at Lake Tekapo and see the spectacular Mount Cook National Park. Stay overnight at MacKenzie Country Inn. (B, L, D)

Day 8: DunedinTravel from Twizel to Dunedin, passing the Waitaki Hydro Power Scheme and Benmore dam. On arrival in Dunedin, there will be a short orientation tour before spending the remainder of the afternoon at leisure. Stay overnight at the Scenic Hotel Southern Cross. (B, D)

Day 9: Te AnauIn the morning, choose from a selection of included tours such as a visit to New Zealand’s only castle, Larnach Castle, a ride on the historic Taieri Gorge Railway, a wildlife cruise or a tour of Speight’s Brewery. In the afternoon, travel to the lakeside town of Te Anau. Stay overnight at the Distinction Hotel. (B, D)

Day 10: Milford Sound • QueenstownMorning drive to Milford Sound and join a nature cruise. Continue to Queenstown for an orientation tour. Stay 2 nights at the Millennium Hotel. (B)

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation

Guaranteed departures

Experienced travel director & driver guide

Arrival & departure transfers

Air-conditioned vehicles

Maximum of 46 passengers

14 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 11 dinners

Choice of excursions in Rotorua, Te Anau & Queenstown

Weather

This comprehensive non-exclusive group tour of New Zealand takes in highlights across the length and breadth of the country, from thermal pools and Maori culture in North Island to dramatic fiord cruises and rainforest walks in South Island.

Special experiences

Visit the Te Papa National Museum of New Zealand

Join a nature cruise along Milford Sound

Rainforest exploration on the West Coast Treetop Walk

Scenic rail journey across the Southern Alps on the TranzAlpine train

Day 1: AucklandOn arrival in Auckland, you will be met and transferred to The Langham for 1 night. In the evening, join the rest of the group for a welcome dinner. (D)

Day 2: Auckland • Rotorua Morning tour of Auckland’s city sights before travelling south towards Rotorua. En route, visit the glow-worm caves at Waitomo. On arrival in Rotorua, there will be a short orientation tour before an evening Maori hangi feast (food cooked using hot stones) and concert. Stay 2 nights at the Millennium Hotel Rotorua. (B, D)

Day 3: RotoruaChoose from a selection of included tours: unwind

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 160 22/09/2017 10:05

161

Clutha river and the Southern Alps, South Island

Day 11: Queenstown Choose from a selection of included excursions: ride the Shotover Jet, take a gondola to Bob’s Peak for thrilling luge rides, take a 4x4 minibus tour through spectacular Skippers Canyon, visit Kiwi Birdlife Park or journey deep into the mountains to Mount Nicholas High Country Farm for lunch. Evening cruise across Lake Wakatipu Walter Peak Station with an after-dinner farm show providing an insight into country farm life. (B, D)

Day 12: Arrowtown • Franz JosefIn the morning, travel to Franz Josef, home to the world’s most accessible glacier. En route, pass spectacular scenery, stop at the historic gold-mining settlement of Arrowtown and take a short rainforest walk. Stay overnight at Scenic Hotel Franz Josef. (B, D)

Day 13: PunakaikiThis morning enjoy an exhilarating adventure among the temperate rainforest on the West Coast Treetop Walk. Travel north to Punakaiki, the Pancake Rocks and blowhole. Overnight at Punakaiki Resort. (B, D)

Day 14: ChristchurchMorning at leisure before travelling to Arthur’s Pass, where you will join the TranzAlpine train for a spectacular journey across the dramatic Southern Alps to Christchurch, considered one of the most spectacular rail journeys in the world. On arrival, transfer to the Novotel Hotel Christchurch for 1 night. (B, D)

Day 15: Onward travelMorning at leisure. Afternoon transfer to Christchurch airport to fly home or continue your holiday. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Flights: International and internal flights are not included with this itinerary. For flight options and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated by AAT Kings on a non-exclusive

basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Itinerary: Please note the itinerary is provisional and subject to change. Itinerary and departure dates may change from 1st October 2018. For more information and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: NZX

Departure dates for 2018

Out Rtn06 Mar 18 20 Mar 18 13 Mar 18 27 Mar 18 20 Mar 18 03 Apr 18 27 Mar 18 10 Apr 18 03 Apr 18 17 Apr 18 10 Apr 18 24 Apr 18 17 Apr 18 01 May 18

Out Rtn 24 Apr 18 08 May 18 01 May 18 15 May 18 05 Jun 18 19 Jun 18 03 Jul 18 17 Jul 18 31 Jul 18 14 Aug 1814 Aug 18 28 Aug 18 28 Aug 18 11 Sep 18

Out Rtn 04 Sep 18 18 Sep 1811 Sep 18 25 Sep 1818 Sep 18 02 Oct 1825 Sep 18 09 Oct 1802 Oct 18 16 Oct 1809 Oct 18 23 Oct 1816 Oct 18 30 Oct 18

Out Rtn 23 Oct 18 06 Nov 1830 Oct 18 13 Nov 1806 Nov 18 20 Nov 1813 Nov 18 27 Nov 1820 Nov 18 04 Dec 1827 Nov 18 11 Dec 1804 Dec 18 18 Dec 18

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £3,595Guide price months: Jun – Sep 18

High season from £4,195Guide price months: Nov – Dec 18

Single supplement from £1,115

Early booking offer

• Save 10% if you book by 31 Jan 2018• Save 7.5% if you book by 28 Apr 2018• Save 5% if you book by 30 Jun 2018

(Note that these are valid for bookings travelling from Apr 2018)

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 161 22/09/2017 10:05

162

NEW ZEALAND

Maori carving, Rotorua

Area map

Duration • 10 Days & 9 Nights Non-exclusive group tour • From £2,350Category • Superior

Contrasts ofNew Zealand

Day 3: RotoruaMorning guided tour of the Glowworm Grotto by boat then enjoy a country lunch at Waikato Farm. Continue to Rotorua. This evening experience a Maori hangi feast (food cooked over hot stones) and concert. Stay overnight at the Millennium Hotel, Rotorua. (B, L, D)

Day 4: Fly to ChristchurchVisit Rainbow Springs Nature Park this morning where you may spot the kiwi bird. Visit Te Puia thermal reserve and see the stunning geysers. This afternoon, fly to Christchurch and stay 1 night at the Novotel Christchurch. (B)

Day 5: Hokitika • Franz JosefJourney across the Canterbury Plains and the Southern Alps to Arthur’s Pass on the spectacular TranzAlpine train. Visit Hokitika, home to the native greenstone (jade), for a jewellery demonstration. Continue to Franz Josef glacier. Stay overnight at the Te Waonui Forest Retreat. (B, D)

Day 6: QueenstownDrive over the Haast Pass, passing lakes Wanaka and Hawea, the town of Cromwell and the historic mining village of Arrowtown. Continue to Queenstown for an orientation tour. This evening join your travel director for dinner at The Boatshed with spectacular views of Lake Wakatipu and the Remarkables mountain range. Stay at the Millennium Hotel, Queenstown for 3 nights. (B, D)

Day 7: Milford SoundJourney over the Devil’s Staircase and along the shores of Lake Wakatipu to Te Anau and its lake, the largest in South Island. Travel through Fiordland National Park, a world heritage area of glaciers and mountain ranges. Continue to Milford Sound with photo opportunities at scenic sights en route. Join a lunch cruise on Milford Sound before returning to Queenstown this evening. (B, L)

Day 8: QueenstownDay at leisure to explore Queenstown: optional excursions include a ride on the exhilarating Shotover Jet, a 4x4 excursion through Skippers Canyon or a wine tour of Gibbston Valley Winery. (B)

Day 9: ChristchurchSpend some time in the awe-inspiring Mount Cook National Park before continuing to lakes Pukaki and Tekapo where you will stop to view the Church of the Good Shepherd. Barbecue lunch at Morelea Farm where you will gain an insight into farm life. Travel to Christchurch via the Canterbury Plains and stay at the Novotel, Christchurch for 1 night. Evening farewell dinner with your group and travel director. (B, L, D)

Day 10: Onward travelMorning at leisure before an afternoon transfer to

This group tour features…

4-star accommodation

Guaranteed departures

Experienced travel director & driver guide

Arrival & departure transfers

Air-conditioned vehicles

Maximum of 46 passengers

Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

9 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 5 dinners

New Zealand wines with all hotel dinners

Weather

This non-exclusive group tour takes in the enormous variety of scenery across New Zealand, from Auckland’s sparkling harbour to Rotorua’s geothermal activity, across to the rugged beauty of the west coast and the serenity of Milford Sound. Along the way, meet with friendly locals passionate about their culture and lifestyles.

Special experiences

Discover the Glowworm Grotto by boat with a local guide

Maori welcome & dinner with the Tamaki family

Journey over the Southern Alps on the TranzAlpine train

See the remarkable Franz Josef glacier

Lunch cruise on the spectacular Milford Sound

Day 1: AucklandOn arrival in Auckland, you will be met and transferred to The Langham for 2 nights. In the evening, join the rest of the group for a welcome dinner. (D)

Day 2: AucklandMorning tour of Auckland’s city sights before a cruise around Auckland’s Waitemata Harbour, the best way to see the ‘City of Sails’. (B)

Rotorua J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 23 23 21 18 15 12 12 13 14 17 19 21

B 12 12 12 9 6 4 3 4 6 7 9 11

C 125 130 176 135 152 187 172 198 173 151 145 166

Christchurch J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

B 22 22 20 17 14 11 11 12 14 17 19 21

C 12 12 11 8 5 2 2 3 5 7 9 11

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 162 22/09/2017 10:05

163

View over Queenstown and surrounds

Christchurch airport to fly home or continue your holiday. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Flights: International and internal flights are not included with this itinerary. For flight options and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated by AAT Kings on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Itinerary: Please note the itinerary is provisional and subject to change. Itinerary and departure dates may change from 1st October 2018. For more information and prices please contact your travel agent.

Guideline prices for 2018 Tour code: CNZ

Departure dates for 2018

Out Rtn13 Apr 18 22 Apr 1827 Apr 18 06 May 1825 May 18 03 Jun 1815 Jun 18 24 Jun 1813 Jul 18 22 Jul 18

Out Rtn 24 Aug 18 02 Sep 1831 Aug 18 09 Sep 1814 Sep 18 23 Sep 1828 Sep 18 07 Oct 1812 Oct 18 21 Oct 18

Out Rtn26 Oct 18 04 Nov 1816 Nov 18 25 Nov 1823 Nov 18 02 Dec 1830 Nov 18 09 Dec 18

Out Rtn 07 Dec 18 16 Dec 1814 Dec 18 23 Dec 1821 Dec 18 30 Dec 1828 Dec 18 06 Jan 19

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

Non-exclusive group tourLow season from £2,350Guide price months: Jun – Sep 18

High season from £2,650Guide price months: Oct – Dec 18

Single supplement from £780

Early booking offer

• Save 10% if you book by 31 Jan 2018• Save 7.5% if you book by 28 Apr 2018• Save 5% if you book by 30 Jun 2018

(Note that these are valid for bookings travelling from Apr 2018)

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 163 22/09/2017 10:05

164

NEW ZEALAND

New Zealand Small Group ToursDuration • Kakapo: 23 Days & 22 Nights Price • Kakapo: from £7,195 Kiwi: 14 Days & 13 Nights Kiwi: from £4,625 Category • Standard Basis • Non-exclusive group tour

Area map

Auckland J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 23 24 22 20 17 15 14 15 16 18 20 22

B 15 16 15 12 10 8 7 8 9 11 12 14

C 75 80 92 102 111 130 133 124 100 86 86 89

Queenstown J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 20 20 17 13 9 6 6 8 11 13 16 18

B 8 8 6 4 1 -2 -2 -1 1 3 4 6

C 99 67 105 88 100 94 80 85 103 114 87 99

A: Maximum average temperature (C)B: Minimum average temperature (C)C: Average rainfall (mm)

This group tour features…

Hand-picked 3- & 4-star accommodation for best views and location

Fully escorted by a MoaTrek ‘Kiwi guide’

Arrival & departure transfers

Air-conditioned vehicles

Maximum of 18 passengers

22 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 2 dinners (Kakapo tour)

Porterage included

Weather

Day 5: AucklandVisit the ancient Kawiti glow-worm caves, then on to Auckland and overnight at the Sebel Suites. (B)

Day 6: RotoruaTravel south-east to Rotorua through Waikato’s farmlands and discover the area’s gold-mining past. Visit a working kiwifruit orchard then take an afternoon cruise by catamaran on Lake Rotoiti to visit otherwise inaccessible hot pools. Stay 2 nights at Novotel Rotorua Lakeside. (B)

Day 7: RotoruaMorning at leisure. Lunch at the Buried Village Rotorua where your hosts will share stories from their Maori and European histories. (B, L)

Day 8: TongariroSee the bubbling mud pools at Wai-O-Tapu, then drive to Tongariro via Huka Falls. On arrival in Tongariro you may like to take a walk in Tongariro National Park for some magnificent views over the area’s active volcanoes. Stay overnight at Chateau Tongariro Hotel. (B)

Day 9: WellingtonTravel to the country’s capital, Wellington. Take a city tour, including stunning views over the harbour from Mount Victoria, and stay 2 nights at the Bolton Hotel. (B)

Day 10: WellingtonToday is free to explore the city further. You may wish to visit Te Papa National Museum, some of the boutique breweries or see how Hollywood props are made at Weta Workshop. (B)

Day 11: Marlborough wine region • NelsonMorning ferry crossing of the Cook Strait and Queen Charlotte Sound to South Island. On arrival, drive into the Marlborough wine region for a wine-tasting and light lunch at Forrest Estate vineyard. Continue on to Nelson, where you will stay 2 nights at Trailways Hotel. (B, L)

Day 12: Abel Tasman National ParkExplore the Abel Tasman National Park with a choice of a full-day scenic cruise or a shorter cruise with a coastal walk. (B)

Day 13: Methven*Travel through picturesque countryside and traverse the Southern Alps before arriving at the foot of the Mountains at Methven. Stay 1 night at Skitime Lodge. (B)

Day 14: Aoraki / Mount Cook VillageTravel to Aoraki / Mount Cook Village. En route, visit a homestead for lunch and the Church of the Good Shepherd beside Lake Tekapo. Stay

These non-exclusive escorted group tours with MoaTrek venture off the beaten track. Travel in spacious, comfortable coaches with up to 18 people, accompanied by knowledgeable local guides who share insights into their country and its culture and introduce you to the locals.

The following itinerary can be booked in full as the Kakapo tour, or shorter versions are available.

The 14-day Kiwi tour runs from day 5 to day 18. 19-Day, 18-day, 9-day and 4-day versions are also available.

Special experiences

Scenic flight over the Southern Alps

Cruises on Lake Rotoiti, Bay of Islands (Kakapo tour only) and Milford Sound

See New Zealand’s highest mountain in the Aoraki/Mt Cook region

Explore the Abel Tasman National Park

Day 1: Auckland Arrive in Auckland and transfer to the Sebel Suites for 1 night. (N)

Day 2: HokiangaStroll along the headland at Muriwai Beach and then depart to Hokianga in the Northland region. Afternoon Maori guided walk into the Waipoua forest. Overnight at the Copthorne Hotel & Resort Hokianga. (B, D)

Day 3: Paihia (Bay of Islands)Morning cruise in Hokianga harbour, a significant and spiritual place for the Maori. In the afternoon, travel to the east coast visiting Kerikeri en route and the historic Waitangi Treaty House, the site where Maori chiefs signed a treaty with Queen Victoria’s representatives in 1840, giving birth to the nation. Stay 2 nights at the Copthorne Hotel & Resort Bay of Islands in Paihia. (B)

Day 4: Bay of Islands • RussellMorning dolphin cruise in the spectacular Bay of Islands or visit the Hole in the Rock. Afternoon visit to Russell, New Zealand’s first capital. (B)

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 164 22/09/2017 10:05

165

Franz Josef glacier, South Island

Out Rtn10 Oct 18 01 Nov 1824 Oct 18 15 Nov 1831 Oct 18 22 Nov 1807 Nov 18 29 Nov 1814 Nov 18 06 Dec 1821 Nov 18 13 Dec 1828 Nov 18 20 Dec 1805 Dec 18 27 Dec 1812 Dec 18 03 Jan 19

Out Rtn 19 Dec 18 10 Jan 1926 Dec 18 17 Jan 1902 Jan 19 24 Jan 1905 Jan 19 27 Jan 1909 Jan 19 31 Jan 1912 Jan 19 03 Feb 1916 Jan 19 07 Feb 1919 Jan 19 10 Feb 1923 Jan 19 14 Feb 19

Out Rtn 26 Jan 19 17 Feb 1930 Jan 19 21 Feb 1902 Feb 19 24 Feb 1906 Feb 19 28 Feb 1909 Feb 19 03 Mar 1913 Feb 19 07 Mar 1916 Feb 19 10 Mar 1920 Feb 19 14 Mar 1923 Feb 19 17 Mar 19

Out Rtn 27 Feb 19 21 Mar 1902 Mar 19 24 Mar 1906 Mar 19 28 Mar 1913 Mar 19 04 Apr 1920 Mar 19 11 Apr 1927 Mar 19 18 Apr 1903 Apr 19 25 Apr 1910 Apr 19 02 May 1917 Apr 19 09 May 19

Non-exclusive group tourFrom £7,195Guide price months: Oct – Dec 18

Single supplement from £1,425

Guideline prices for 2018-19 Tour code: KPO

overnight at the Hermitage Hotel. (B, L)

Day 15: QueenstownMorning at leisure. Join an optional walk through the valleys around Mount Cook or a cruise on a glacial lake (payable locally). This afternoon, travel south over the Lindis Pass and through Alpine scenery to Queenstown. Stay 3 nights at the Scenic Suites Queenstown. (B)

Days 16-17: Fiordland National Park • QueenstownFull-day tour to the Fiordland National Park for a relaxing cruise on the magnificent Milford Sound. Return to Queenstown via a scenic flight over the Southern Alps (weather permitting). Following day at leisure with optional excursions such as a jet boat ride, wine tasting and walking on the Routeburn Track (all at own expense). (B)

Day 18: Arrowtown • WanakaDrive to Lake Wanaka via the former gold-mining town of Arrowtown, with lunch and local wine at a homestead near Wanaka. Overnight at Edgewater Resort. (B, L)

Day 19: Ship Creek • Franz JosefTravel to the glacier town of Franz Josef, stopping en route at Ship Creek for a walk along the beach and through the rainforest. Stay 1 night at Scenic Hotel Franz Josef Glacier. (B)

Day 20: PunakaikiMorning at leisure with optional excursions including walks to the face of Franz Josef glacier or heli-hikes onto the glacier itself (at own expense). Travel to Punakaiki via Hokitika. Stay 2 nights at Punakaiki Resort. (B)

Day 21: PunakaikiDay at leisure to discover the area. Your ‘Kiwi

guide’ will provide options such as the Nile River glowworm caves and the Pancake rocks. (B, D)

Days 22-23: ChristchurchTravel across the Southern Alps to Christchurch, visiting Arthur’s Pass en route (optional ride on the TranzAlpine train at an additional cost). Stay overnight at the Distinction Christchurch Hotel. The next day, transfer to Christchurch airport for your flight home, or continue your holiday. (B)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Flights: International flights are not included with this itinerary. For flight options and prices, please contact your travel agent.

Non-exclusive group tour: Please note that this tour is operated by MoaTrek on a non-exclusive basis. Therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

*Methven: Due to long term road closures the itinerary stays in Methven. This is likely to change to Kaikoura once the northern road to Kaikoura is open again. Please refer to your final itinerary for your specific departure.

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please contact your travel agent. All prices are subject to availability.

Departure dates for 2018-19

For further information or to book please contact your travel agent

WW18 page 156-165 (Australasia).indd 165 22/09/2017 10:05

166 Contact us on 020 3930 5094 or [email protected]

INFORMATION

Booking ConditionsOur full booking conditions apply to all bookings. These appear on our website www.coxandkings.co.uk and can also be provided by post or e-mail on request. The following booking conditions contain only some of the terms and conditions (which may also be a summary) which apply to your booking. Before you make your booking, you must read our full booking conditions. By seeking confirmation of your booking, we are entitled to assume that you have done so and accept the full booking conditions as the basis for your contract with Cox & Kings Travel Limited (‘Cox & Kings’, ‘we’, ‘our’ or ‘us’) and with any supplier with whom you have a direct contract. In these booking conditions, ‘you’ and ‘your’ means all persons named on the booking or any of them as applicable (including anyone who is added or substituted at a later date).1) YOUR CONTRACT(a) If you book only one type of arrangement with Cox & Kings (for example hotel(s) only or cruise only) and unless otherwise advised at the time of booking, Cox & Kings acts only as a booking agent for the supplier of that arrangement (for example the hotel or cruise provider). Your contract for that arrangement will be with that supplier (in these conditions referred to as the ‘Third Party Supplier’) and not Cox & Kings. The Third Party Supplier’s own terms and conditions (copies available on request) will apply to that contract in addition to the applicable parts of these conditions. (b) In all other cases your contract will be with Cox & Kings. (c) When you make a booking the person who makes the booking guarantees that they have the authority to accept and do accept on behalf of your party the terms of these booking conditions.2) BOOKING, PAYMENT AND CONFIRMATION(a) Information as to how to make a booking, including the applicable deposit or other amount payable in order to do so and how we will communicate with you in respect of your booking, is shown on our website. For some holidays, a higher deposit will be payable or it may be necessary to make full payment at the time of booking. This is usually the case where full payment for certain services, such as your flight, has to be made at the time of booking in order to secure that service or the price quoted. Where full payment is required at the time of booking, 100% cancellation charges will also apply from confirmation of booking in the event that you subsequently cancel. (b) Where you book over the telephone and we are in a position to confirm your booking, a binding contract between you and Cox & Kings or between you and the Third Party Supplier, as applicable, will come into existence when we verbally confirm your booking. All other bookings will be confirmed and a binding contract will come into existence when we issue a confirmation invoice. Please note, though, that if you book private travel arrangements or an extension to a group tour, your accommodation, flights etc will only be requested by Cox & Kings once the payment due at the time of booking has been received. Your confirmation invoice will indicate your requested package cost and you will be advised of any accommodation, flights etc that are still on request and not confirmed at the time the confirmation invoice is issued.(c) It is your responsibility to check the confirmation invoice and any other documents we send you carefully and to let Cox & Kings or your travel agent know immediately in the event of any error or inaccuracy, as it may not be possible to make changes later. Where we act only as agent for a Third Party Supplier we will have no responsibility for any errors in any documentation except where those errors were made by ourselves.(d) The balance of the cost of your arrangements is payable not less than 10 weeks (Europe) or 8 weeks (rest of the world) prior to departure, unless you are informed otherwise. If all payments (including any

surcharge where applicable) are not received on time, we (or we acting as agent for the Third Party Supplier where applicable) are entitled to assume that you wish to cancel your booking and will retain the deposit paid. If we do not cancel straightaway because you promise to make payment but you still fail to do so, you must pay the cancellation charges shown in clause 10 depending on the date we (or, where applicable, the Third Party Supplier where we are acting as agent) reasonably treat your booking as cancelled by you.(e) Travel documents will be provided as referred to in our full booking conditions.(f) Cox & Kings has included in the relevant prices all government taxes in the amount applicable at the time of booking that do not have to be paid locally. Those that have to be paid locally by you are extra and are your responsibility (such as international airport departure tax).3) SPECIAL REQUESTS / MEDICAL CONDITIONS / DISABILITIES / REDUCED MOBILITYIf you have any special requests, including for flight seats, room / cabin allocation, dietary considerations etc, you must advise in writing at the time of booking. The same applies to any disability, medical condition or reduced mobility which may affect your arrangements or the booking process so that we can advise as to the suitability of the chosen arrangements and / or assist you with making your booking. We will deal with special requests and information relating to any disability, medical condition or reduced mobility as referred to in our full booking conditions. 4) YOUR TRAVEL AGENTFor holidays which do not include flights organised by us, any money you pay to one of our authorised travel agents for your booking will be held by the travel agent on behalf of Cox & Kings / the Third Party Supplier (as applicable) until it is paid to us.For flight inclusive bookings, all monies paid to any authorised travel agent of ours for your holiday with us will be held on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust subject to the travel agent’s obligation to pay such monies to us in accordance with our trading terms unless we fail. In the unlikely event of our financial failure, all monies then held by the travel agent or subsequently paid by you to the travel agent will be held by the agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust without any obligation on the agent to pay such monies to us.5) INSURANCEIt is a condition of booking with us that you take out insurance at the time of, or prior to, making your booking. Further information in respect of this requirement is shown in our full booking conditions. 6) ALTERATION BY YOU(a) If you wish to make any amendments to your holiday after it has been confirmed (including where you wish to transfer your place on the booking to someone else), you must inform us in writing and we will do our best to help. An amendment fee together with the costs and charges incurred as a result or, for certain alterations, cancellation charges, will be payable. Please see our full booking conditions for further information. (b) If you wish to change any aspect of your holiday after it has commenced, Cox & Kings and / or their agents will do their best to assist, subject to you being responsible for any cancellation charges that may be levied for the arrangements originally booked, for the cost of your new arrangements and for any costs incurred by Cox & Kings and / or their agents in attempting to secure or securing any revised arrangements. All such charges and costs are payable locally.7) PRE-DEPARTURE CHANGES TO, OR CANCELLATION OF, YOUR ARRANGEMENTS BY US OR YOUR THIRD PARTY SUPPLIER(a) This clause 7(a) applies only if your contract is with us.

Occasionally, we have to make changes to and correct errors in brochure and other details both before and after bookings have been confirmed and cancel confirmed bookings, which we reserve the right to do.Most changes are minor. Occasionally, we have to make a significant change. Examples of significant and minor changes and the options and compensation (where applicable) we will offer you in the event of our having to make a significant change or cancel are shown in our full booking conditions. Exceptions to the payment of compensation apply. We are not obliged to notify you of minor changes. All group holidays with Cox & Kings require a minimum number of bookings before they will operate. If an insufficient number of people have booked to make your holiday arrangements financially viable so that we have to cancel, we will inform you no later than 10 weeks (Europe) or 8 weeks (rest of the world) before your departure date. In this case, you will be offered the options set out above but no compensation will be payable.(b) This clause 7(b) applies if your contract is with a Third Party Supplier.If the Third Party Supplier changes or cancels your booking, we will pass on the new details to you together with any compensation that the Third Party Supplier may offer. As agent only for the Third Party Supplier we cannot accept any liability for any changes or cancellations made to these bookings.8) POST-DEPARTURE CHANGES AND CURTAILMENTPlease note, clauses 8(a) and (b) only apply where your contract is with us.(a) Changes and curtailment after departure (not caused by force majeure) If, after departure, it becomes apparent that a significant proportion of the services you have booked with us cannot be provided, we will make suitable alternative arrangements at no extra cost to you and, where appropriate, compensate you for any difference in value between the arrangements you should have received and the alternative arrangements made and for any disappointment or inconvenience you have reasonably suffered as a result as referred to in our full booking conditions. (b) Changes and curtailment after departure (caused by force majeure) If, after departure, it becomes apparent that a significant proportion of the services you have booked with us cannot be provided, we will make suitable alternative arrangements at no extra cost to you. If we are unable to do so, or you reject the alternative arrangements offered for good reasons, we will, where appropriate, return you by equivalent transport (type and class of travel) to the departure point of your holiday or such other place as we agree as soon as we are reasonably able to do so. Please refer to our full booking conditions for further details of the extent of our liability in this situation. Very rarely, we may be forced to curtail your holiday and return you to the UK (where your holiday includes return travel) before the scheduled end of your holiday. This is extremely unlikely, but if this situation does occur, we regret we will be unable to make any refunds, pay you any compensation or meet any costs or expenses you incur as a result.(c) Changes and curtailment after departure – contract with a Third Party Supplier As agent only for the Third Party Supplier, we cannot accept any liability for any changes to or curtailment of your arrangements made after departure.9) FORCE MAJEUREExcept where otherwise expressly stated in these booking conditions, neither we nor any Third Party Supplier can accept liability or pay any compensation where the performance or prompt performance of our or the Third Party Supplier’s contractual obligations is prevented or affected

WW18 page 166-171 (Outros).indd 166 22/09/2017 10:06

167Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

INFORMATION

by or you otherwise suffer any damage or loss (as more fully described in clause 13(a)(ii) of our full booking conditions) as a result of force majeure. In these booking conditions, ‘force majeure’ means any event which we / the supplier of the service(s) in question / the Third Party Supplier could not, even with all due care, foresee or avoid. Such events are likely to include, whether actual or threatened, war, riot, civil strife, terrorist activity, industrial dispute, natural or nuclear disaster, adverse weather conditions, flood, epidemics, fire, airport, port or airspace closures, restrictions or congestion, flight restrictions imposed by any regulatory authority or other third party and all similar events outside the control of the party concerned.10) CANCELLATION BY YOUShould you wish to cancel your booking, the person who made the booking must notify Cox & Kings or your travel agent (as applicable) in writing. Such notification will only be effective on receipt by us of your written notification, since we can only act on receipt of this. Please state the reason for your cancellation as you may be covered by your insurance policy. Claims must, however, be made direct to your insurance company.

The following cancellation charges will apply unless you are otherwise advised at the time of booking. For some bookings, including those for which full payment is required at the time of booking, 100% cancellation charges apply from the confirmation of your booking. Where the cancellation charge is shown as a percentage, this is calculated on the basis of the total cost payable by the person(s) cancelling, excluding insurance premiums and amendment charges. Insurance premiums and amendment charges are not refundable.

Days before Amount of departure cancellation charges as notification received a % of total tour costMore than 56 days Deposit(s) (inc any(or 70 days Europe) additional deposit)56 (or 70 days Europe) 40% or deposit(s) if higher- 29 days 28-15 days 60% or deposit(s) if higher14-8 days 75% or deposit(s) if higher7-4 days 90%3 days to day of departure or later 100%

No allowance or refund can be made for meals, rooms, excursions etc included in the price of your tour but not taken, nor can any refund be made for services that cannot be used due to lost, mislaid or destroyed travel tickets or vouchers. Part cancellation of a booking may result in increased costs for the remaining party members where any cancellation reduces the number of full paying party members below the number on which the price, number of free places and/ or any concessions agreed for your booking were based. We will recalculate these items and re-invoice you accordingly.11) PRICESPrices are based upon known costs and exchange rates as shown in our full booking conditions which can be viewed on our website at CoxandKings.co.uk. Where your contract is with Cox & Kings, once the price of your chosen holiday has been confirmed at the time of booking, we will only change it in the circumstances and subject to the restrictions set out in our full booking conditions. Where your contract is with a Third Party Supplier, as we act only as agent, we must pass on to you in full all additional costs and charges of whatever nature imposed by the Third Party Supplier in accordance with its own terms and conditions.Please note, changes and errors occasionally occur. You must check the price of your chosen holiday at the time of booking. We reserve the right to make changes to, and correct errors in, advertised prices at any time before your holiday is confirmed. Occasionally our holiday prices are discounted for a limited period for promotional purposes. Discounts cannot be applied retrospectively to reduce the

price of a confirmed booking.12) YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES(a) Visas: General information concerning visa requirements applicable to British citizens with British citizen passports is set out in our Documents & Health section. Please also see our full booking conditions for further information.(b) Passports: British citizens require a full British passport (valid for at least six months beyond the end of your holiday) for the holidays we offer. Please see our Documents & Health section for full details or seek the advice of our travel consultants. Please note, requirements may change and you must check the up-to-date requirements in good time before departure. A full British passport presently takes approximately three to six weeks to obtain. Please also see our full booking conditions for further information. (c) Health: It is your responsibility to ensure you are aware of all recommended and required vaccinations and health precautions in good time before departure. Please also see our full booking conditions for further information. (d) Documents: It is the responsibility of the person who makes the booking to ensure that all members of the party are in possession of all necessary travel and health documents and have all necessary vaccination certificates before departure. All costs incurred in obtaining such documentation or vaccinations / certificates must be paid by you. We regret we cannot accept any liability if you are refused entry onto any transport or into any country due to failure on your part to carry correct documentation or have the correct vaccinations / certificates. Please see our full booking conditions for further information.(e) Travel advice: For up to date travel advice from the UK government, visit www.gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice and https://travelaware.campaign.gov.uk/ which you are recommended to consult before booking and in good time before departure.13) OUR LIABILITYThis clause 13(a) does not apply where your contract is with a Third Party Supplier(a) (i) We promise to make sure that the holiday arrangements we have agreed to make, perform or provide as applicable as part of our contract with you are made, performed or provided with reasonable skill and care. This means that, subject to these booking conditions, we will accept responsibility if, for example, you suffer death or personal injury or your contracted holiday arrangements are not provided as promised or prove deficient as a result of the failure of ourselves, our employees, agents or suppliers to use reasonable skill and care in making, performing or providing, as applicable, your contracted holiday arrangements. Please note, it is your responsibility to show that reasonable skill and care has not been used if you wish to make a claim against us. In addition, we will only be responsible for what our employees, agents and suppliers do or do not do if they were at the time acting within the course of their employment (for employees) or carrying out work we had asked them to do (for agents and suppliers). (ii) We will not be responsible for any injury, illness, death, loss (including loss of possessions or enjoyment), damage, expense, cost or other sum or claim of any nature whatsoever which results from any of the following: (1) the act(s) and / or omission(s) of the person(s) affected or any member(s) of their party or (2) the act(s) and / or omission(s) of a third party not connected with the provision of your holiday and which were unforeseeable or unavoidable or (3) force majeure as defined in clause 9. (iii) We cannot accept responsibility for any services that do not form part of our contract. This includes, for example, any additional services or facilities that your hotel, cruise provider or any other supplier agrees to provide for you where the services or facilities are not advertised in our brochure or on our website as forming part of your holiday and we have not agreed to arrange them as part of our contract, and any excursion / activities you purchase while away. Please also see clause 17 “Excursions /

Activities / Suppliers Terms and Conditions”. In addition, regardless of any wording used by us on our website, in any of our brochures or elsewhere, we only promise to use reasonable skill and care as set out above and we do not have any greater or different liability to you. (iv) The promises we make to you about the services we have agreed to provide or arrange as part of our contract – and the laws and standards of the country in which your claim or complaint occurred – will be used as the basis for deciding whether the services in question had been properly provided. If the particular services that gave rise to the claim or complaint were provided in compliance with the applicable local laws and standards, the services will be treated as having been properly provided. This will be the case even if the services did not comply with the laws and standards of the UK that would have applied had those services been provided in the UK. The exception to this is where the claim or complaint concerns the absence of a safety feature that might lead a reasonable holidaymaker to refuse to take the arrangements in question. Please note, however, our obligation is to exercise reasonable skill and care as referred to in clause 13(a) (i). We do not make any representation or commitment that all services will comply with applicable local laws and standards and failure to comply does not automatically mean we have not exercised reasonable skill and care. (v) As set out in our full booking conditions we limit the maximum amount we may have to pay you for certain claims you may make against us. (vi) Where any claim or part of a claim (including those involving death or personal injury) concerns or is based on any travel arrangements (including the process of getting on and / or off the transport concerned) provided by any air, rail or sea carrier to which any international convention or EU regulation applies, our liability (including the maximum amount of compensation we will have to pay you, the types of claim and the circumstances in which compensation will be payable) will be limited as if we were the carrier in question as referred to below. The most we will have to pay you for that claim or that part of a claim if we are found liable to you on any basis is the most the carrier concerned would have to pay under the international convention or EU regulation that applies to the travel arrangements in question (for example, the Warsaw Convention as amended or unamended and the Montreal Convention for international travel by air and / or, for airlines with an operating licence granted by an EU country, the EC Regulation on Air Carrier Liability No 889/2002 for national and international travel by air, the Athens Convention (as amended by the 2002 Protocol) and the Convention concerning International Travel by Rail (COTIF) as amended for travel by rail). Where a carrier would not be obliged to make any payment to you under the applicable international convention or EU regulation (including where any claim is not notified and issued in accordance with the time limits stipulated in the applicable convention or regulation), we similarly are not obliged to make a payment to you for that claim or part of the claim. Please also note that strict time limits usually apply for notifying loss, damage or delay of luggage. You are not entitled to make any claim against us which concerns or is based on any travel arrangements provided by any air, rail or sea carrier if such a claim is not expressly permitted to be brought against the carrier by the international convention or regulation that applies to the travel arrangements in question. When making any payment, we are entitled to deduct any money that you have received or are entitled to receive from the carrier for the complaint or claim in question. Copies of the applicable international conventions and regulations are available from us on request. Please note, for travel by sea the Athens Convention (as amended by the 2002 Protocol) limits the maximum amount the carrier has to pay if found liable in the event of death or personal injury. The Athens Convention also limits the maximum amount the carrier has to pay if found

WW18 page 166-171 (Outros).indd 167 22/09/2017 10:06

168 Contact us on 020 3930 5094 or [email protected]

INFORMATION

liable in the event of loss or damage to luggage and also makes provision for valuables. Once on board ship, all valuable and important items should be deposited with the purser or in the mini-safe in your cabin if available. Please remember that no cabin mini-safe is totally secure and consider whether you need to bring such items on holiday with you. Placing items in a mini-safe is not depositing them with the carrier for safekeeping for the purposes of the Athens Convention. We and the carrier cannot accept any responsibility or liability for any valuable or important items which are not deposited with the purser for safekeeping. For items which are deposited with the purser for safekeeping, the maximum the carrier would have to pay you if found liable for any item(s) lost or damaged (for any reason) while deposited is the maximum which is payable under the Athens Convention in this situation. As referred to above, we are entitled to rely on all limitations of liability available to the carrier. (vii) Please note, we cannot accept any liability for any damage, loss, expense or other sum(s) of any description (1) which on the basis of the information given to us by you concerning your booking prior to our accepting it, we could not reasonably have foreseen you would suffer or incur if we breached our contract with you or (2) which did not result from any breach of contract or other fault by ourselves or our employees or, where we are responsible for them, our suppliers. Additionally we cannot accept liability for any expenses or losses that relate to or arise from any business (including without limitation, self-employed loss of earnings).(b) Clauses 13(b) (i) and (ii) below apply only if your contract is with a Third Party Supplier.(i) When we act only as an agent for the Third Party Supplier concerned we accept no liability in relation to the arrangements provided by that Third Party Supplier or for the acts or omissions of the Third Party Supplier concerned. The terms and conditions of the Third Party Supplier will apply to your contract (copies available on request from us). (ii) However, in the event that we are found liable in respect of any Third Party Supplier arrangements on any basis whatsoever, we are entitled to rely on the limitations and exclusions of liability and defences set out in clause 13(a). We do not exclude or limit any liability for death or personal injury that arises as a result of our negligence or that of our employees while acting in the course of their employment.14) TRANSPORTATION (INCLUDING DELAY)(a) Air, rail, road and other departure times are supplied by the carriers. Please see our full booking conditions for details of our responsibility in the event of delay.(b) In accordance with EU Directive (EC) No 2111/2005, we are required to bring to your attention the existence of a ‘Community list’ that contains details of air carriers that are subject to an operating ban within the EU Community. The Community list is available for inspection at http://ec.europa.eu/transport/modes/air/safety/air-ban_en. We are also required to advise you of the carrier(s) (or, if the carrier(s) is not known, the likely carrier(s)) that will operate your flight(s) at the time of booking. Where we are only able to inform you of the likely carrier(s) at the time of booking, we shall inform you of the identity of the actual carrier(s) as soon as we become aware of this. Any change to the operating carrier(s) after your booking has been confirmed will be notified to you as soon as possible. For information on flight timings, please see our full booking conditions. (c) If your flight is cancelled or delayed, your flight ticket is downgraded or boarding is denied by your airline, depending on the circumstances, the airline may be required to pay you compensation, refund the cost of your flight and / or provide you with accommodation and / or refreshments under EC Regulation No 261/2004 – the Denied Boarding Regulations 2004. Please see our full booking conditions for further information.15) COMPLAINTS AND PROBLEMSIf you have a complaint about any of the holiday

arrangements booked with or through Cox & Kings, you must follow the complaint procedure set out in our full booking conditions.16) ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTIONA choice of two alternative dispute resolution schemes are available in the event that you have a compliant or claim against Cox & Kings which cannot be resolved. Please see our full booking conditions for further information.17) EXCURSIONS / ACTIVITIES / SUPPLIERS TERMS AND CONDITIONS(a) Please see our full booking conditions for details of our liability for the excursions and activities which you may be offered.(b) Many of the services that make up your holiday are provided by independent suppliers. Those suppliers provide these services in accordance with their own terms and conditions. Some of these terms and conditions may limit or exclude the supplier’s liability to you, usually in accordance with applicable international conventions (see clause 13(a)(vi)). Copies of the relevant parts of these terms and conditions are available on request from ourselves or the supplier concerned.18) FINANCIAL SECURITYWe are a member of ABTA (ABTA number V2999). We also hold an Air Travel Organiser’s Licence issued by the Civil Aviation Authority (ATOL number 2815.) When you buy an ATOL protected flight or flight inclusive holiday from us*, you will receive an ATOL Certificate. This lists what is financially protected, where you can get information on what this means for you and who to contact if things go wrong. We, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, will provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide you with services you have bought or a suitable alternative (at no extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable). If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL certificate, are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit, you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent or your credit card issuer where applicable. You also agree that any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL scheme.*The air inclusive holidays and flights we arrange are ATOL-protected providing they are made available in the UK. For further information, visit the ATOL website at: www.atol.org.uk. The price of our air holiday packages includes the amount of £2.50 per person which is the ATOL Protection Contribution (APC) we pay to the CAA. This charge is included in our advertised prices. If you have a contract with us for arrangements that do not include a flight(s), Abta will financially protect your holiday in the event of our insolvency by arranging for you to receive a refund or to be repatriated except where your contracted arrangements with us do not include transport to and from the UK. In this case, if already abroad, you will be returned to the point where your contracted arrangements with us commenced. Please go to www.abta.com for information on Abta’s travel protection. Please note, our ATOL and Abta membership does not protect bookings where we act only as agent.

19) LAW AND JURISDICTIONYour relationship (and any contract you may have) with Cox & Kings or with any Third Party Supplier and any dispute, claim or other matters of any nature arising from it (‘claim’) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. We both agree that any claim (and whether or not involving any personal injury) that arises between us must be dealt with under the Abta or Aito arbitration schemes (if the scheme is available for the claim in question and you wish to use it – see clause 16) or by the Courts of England and Wales only unless, in the case of Court proceedings, you live in Scotland or Northern Ireland. In this case, proceedings must either be brought in the Courts of your home country or those of England and Wales. If proceedings are brought in Scotland or Northern Ireland, you may choose to have your contract and any dispute, claim or other matter of any description that arises between us governed by the law of Scotland / Northern Ireland as applicable (but if you do not so choose, English law will apply).DATE OF ISSUE OCTOBER 2017DATA PROTECTION PRIVACY POLICYFor the purposes of the Data Protection Act 1998, we are a data controller. The following is a summary of our full privacy policy, which sets out how we collect and use the personal information (‘personal data’) you provide us with directly or through use of our website. Our full, current privacy policy appears on our website, which you should read before providing us with any personal data.Appropriate personal data will be passed on to relevant suppliers / any Third Party Supplier / any other third party (including banks and / or credit card issuers) who need to know it so that your holiday can be provided, to government / public authorities (UK and overseas) such as the police, customs or immigration if required by them, to security or credit checking companies, to other companies who provide services on our behalf (such as mailing brochures and marketing material) or as required by law. We take steps to protect the personal data that is provided to any such party. In making your booking, you consent to personal data being passed on to the relevant parties. Your personal data may be stored, used and otherwise processed within the UK and / or any other country / countries of the European Economic Area (EEA) and / or outside the EEA. Data protection laws may not be as strong outside the EEA as they are in the EEA. Personal data will not be transferred to a country outside the EEA unless the conditions referred to in our full privacy statement are satisfied. We would also like to store and use your personal data for future marketing purposes as referred to in our full privacy policy. We take appropriate technical and organisational measures that are intended to prevent unauthorised or unlawful processing of personal data and accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data. Our full privacy policy contains the procedure for reviewing and amending any personal data of yours we are processing. See www.coxandkings.co.uk for details.

AbtaAbta and Abta members help holidaymakers to get the most from their travel and assist them when things do not go according to plan. We are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you by Abta’s Code of Conduct. For further information about Abta, the Code of Conduct and the arbitration service available to you if you have a complaint, contact Abta, 30 Park Street, London SE1 9EQ or call 020 3117 0500 or www.abta.com. The above applies only to services supplied by Cox & Kings Travel Limited and does not apply to services featured in this brochure that are provided by any Third Party Supplier where you enter into a contract with the Third party Supplier.

WW18 page 166-171 (Outros).indd 168 22/09/2017 10:06

169Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

INFORMATION

Travel Insurance

Travel insurance is an important part of any booking. Cox & Kings requires that everyone who books with us has travel insurance which includes cover for all activities featured as part of their trip at the time of booking. If you have not already arranged appropriate cover, our recommended travel insurance provider is Campbell Irvine Direct.

To arrange cover or to obtain a quotation, please contact Campbell Irvine Direct.

You can apply for travel insurance online at: campbellirvinedirect.com/coxandkings

Or call: 020 7938 1734 • Email: [email protected]

IMPORTANTThis is only a summary of cover; full details of the cover provided are shown on your policy document. You will be asked to read it carefully to ensure you are happy with the cover provided which is offered on a non-advised basis from a single insurer.

A copy of the policy document is available for download online at campbellirvinedirect.com/coxandkings. The policy contains a 21-day cooling off period and details of how to make a claim and who to contact in the event of a medical emergency.

The policy includes certain terms and conditions, exclusions and excesses. In particular cover is excluded for any defined pre-existing medical condition from which you or any person upon whom travel depends are suffering. If in doubt please contact the insurer's medical helpline as additional cover may be purchased directly from the insurer’s medical screening helpline for certain pre-existing medical conditions.

An additional premium applies to any person aged 66 to 69 years at the date of payment of the insurance premium. The appropriate premium will be quoted on application. This insurance is not available to any person aged 70 years or more at the date of payment of insurance premium unless agreed in writing. If you are aged 70 or older, the charity Age UK offers a travel insurance policy. You can find details at ageuk.org.uk/products/insurance.

Cox & Kings is an Introducer Appointed Representative of Campbell Irvine Ltd. who is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. This can be checked on the FCA's register by visiting the FCA's website at fca.org.uk or by contacting them on 0800 111 6787.

BENEFIT LIMITA. Medical expenses £10,000,000 Diagnostic tests £10,000 In patient benefit £10 per day up to £200 Criminal injuries £100 per day up to £5,000

B. Personal liability £2,000,000C. Personal accident £25,000D. Cancellation or curtailment £3,000*E. Delayed departure or arrival Either compensation up to £100 OR cancellation after 8 hours up to £1,500 Hijack of aircraft £100 per day up to £3,000 Interruption of transport £300

F. Personal effects £2,000 (Valuables limited to £350) (Single article limit £250) (Disc collections £200) Temporary loss of baggage £100 Money £500 Tickets £1,000 Passport and visas £250

G. Legal expenses £25,000H. Winter sports Optional

*Cancellation cover may be increased when you apply.

TRAVEL INSURANCE SUMMARY OF COVER (SUMS INSURED ARE PER INSURED PERSON)

Passage leading to Siq, Petra, Jordan

Blue and yellow macaw, Mexico

WW18 page 166-171 (Outros).indd 169 22/09/2017 10:06

170 Contact us on 020 3930 5094 or [email protected]

INFORMATION

Health & Entry Requirements

All the destinations featured in this brochure have specific entry regulations and many have recommended health precautions. The requirements and recommendations in force at the time of publication are detailed below. If there are any alterations, you will be informed at the time of booking or as soon as these are known to us. However, it is your responsibility to check the relevant requirements and recommendations before departure to ensure that you comply with them, and to take with you the correct documentation for the country or countries that you are visiting.

Please note that the entry requirements listed are only valid for British citizens. All other nationalities should check with the relevant embassy / consulate for advice. Regarding any inoculations or health precautions that may be needed, Cox & Kings recommends that you consult your GP or travel clinic for personal advice.

Requirements and recommendations are as follows:Albania: A C†EGHIKArgentina: AEFGHIAustralia: AB C†GHAustria: AGJBhutan: ABC*DEFGHIKBolivia: ACC†EFGHIJKBosnia: AGEHJKBrazil: ACEFGHIJKBurma (Myanmar): ABC†DEFGHIJKCambodia: AB*C†DEFGIKCanada: ABGHChile: AEGHIChina: ABCDEFGHIKColombia: ACEFGHIKCosta Rica: AC*EFGHIJCroatia: AEGKCuba: ABC†DEGICzech Republic: AGKEcuador: ACEFGHIKEl Salvador: AC†EFGHIKEstonia: AGJKEthiopia: AB*CC†DEFGIJKGreece: AGHGuatemala: AC†EFGHIKHonduras: AC†EFGHIKHungary: AGIndia: AB†C*DEFGHIJKItaly: AGHIran: AB C†DEGHIJKLJapan: AGHKJordan: AB*C†EGIKLKenya: AB*CC†DEFGIKLLatvia: AEGJKLithuania: AEGKMexico: AEFGHIMorocco: AEGHIKNicaragua: A C†EFGIPanama: ACEFGHIJLaos: AB*C*DEFGHIJKMadagascar: AB*C*EFGHIJKNamibia: AC*DEFGHIKLNew Zealand: AGHJOman: AB*C*EGHIKPeru: ACEFGHIKPortugal: AG

Documents & Health

Romania: AEGHIKRussia: ABEGHIJKSlovenia: AGKSouth Africa: AC†DEFGHIJKSpain: AGHSri Lanka: AB†C†EGHIKSudan: ABC†DEFGHIJKLTaiwan: AEGHIKUzbekistan: ABEGHIKVietnam: ABC†DEFGHIJKZimbabwe: ABC*DEFGHIJK

Key to the codes:A: Full valid British passport required (minimum

six months validity from the intended date of return).

B: Visa required (see note).B*: Visa required and can be obtained on arrival,

please check requirements with your tour consultant.

B†: Visa required, to be completed online.C: Yellow fever precautions advised.C*: A yellow fever certificate is required if travelling

from an infected country.C†: A yellow fever certificate is required for all

travellers more than one year old when travelling from an infected country.

D: Cholera precautions advised.E: Typhoid, polio, rabies and hepatitis A precautions

may be advised.F: Malaria precautions advised.G: Tetanus precautions advised.H: Areas of high altitude – check with your GP for

confirmation that it is safe for you to visit.I: Food and drink precautions advised.J: Diphtheria precautions advised.K: Hepatitis B precautions advised.L: Entry is prohibited or can lead to complications if

you have an Israeli stamp or stamps from other countries bordering crossing points with Israel In your passport.

Changes to requirements and recommendations:The above information is accurate at the time of writing (September 2017). Cox & Kings will advise you before accepting your booking should there be any subsequent changes to the above recommendations and requirements. You should contact your GP or visit the Masta (Medical Advice Service for Travellers Abroad) website at masta-travel-health.com where you can receive professional advice as well as arrange any vaccinations. Further country-specific useful health advice for travellers can be found via:• fitfortravel.nhs.uk• gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice

General Health Advice

Please see the advice regarding inoculations for specific countries above. For more general advice, please note the following:

• Drink only bottled water and check the seal is secure when you receive it.• Do not eat raw vegetables, unpeeled fruit and raw or uncooked seafood.• Avoid drinks with ice in unless you know that the ice was made from filtered water.

• Avoid food and drink from street vendors and restaurants that might have suspect refrigeration and sanitary practices.

Malaria: Malaria is a risk in Burma (Myanmar) and throughout sub-Saharan Africa. In other areas, the risk is so low that anti-malarial prophylactics are not advised. However, it is advisable to take precautions to prevent mosquito bites. Please check with your doctor on the current precautions advised.

Zika: Cases of Zika virus have been reported across Central and South America following an outbreak in 2015. We advise you to follow the advice of the National Travel Health Network and Centre, particularly if you are pregnant or planning to become pregnant, and seek advice from a health professional. Further information can be found on the following website: travelhealthpro.org.uk/diseases/zikavirus/

High altitude: Please check with your tour consultant as to which areas have high altitudes. In order to minimise the effects of altitude, it is advisable to rest for a few hours upon arrival. If you have any history of heart complaints, or if you are over the age of 60, please check with your GP that it is safe to visit these areas.

Passports & Embassies

This advice is only valid for British citizen passport holders. Holders of any other type of British passport (eg British subjects) or of any other nationality must contact the relevant embassy / consulate (details listed below). It is important that you hold a valid 10-year British passport and we recommend that your passport is valid for a minimum of six months from your date of return to the UK. Passport application forms can be obtained from the post office or online at gov.uk/browse/abroad/passports. The passport advice telephone line is on 0300 222 0000 (calls are charged at national rate). Whether renewing your passport or applying for a new one, all relevant information can be found on the website or by telephoning the number above. The cost for a postal application is £72.50 and takes a minimum of three weeks to obtain from the date of application. Fast track passports of either 1 day or 1 week are also available at a higher cost.

Information on visas may be obtained from the respective embassies and high commissions at the following addresses:

• Albanian Embassy, 33 St. George’s Drive, London SW1V 4DG. Tel: 020 7828 8897.

• Argentine Consulate, 27 Three Kings Yard, London W1K 4DF. Tel: 020 7318 1340.

• Australian High Commission, Australia House, Strand, London WC2B 4LA. Tel: 020 7379 4334.

• Embassy of the Republic of Austria, 18 Belgrave Mews W, London SW1X 8HU. Tel: 020 7344 3250

• For Bhutan, Cox & Kings will process the visas as there is no consulate or embassy in the UK.

• Bolivian Embassy, 106 Eaton Square, London SW1W 9AD. Tel: 020 7235 4248.

• Embassy of Bosnia & Herzegovina, 5 Lexham Gardens, London W8 5JJ. Tel: 020 7373 0867.

• Brazilian Consulate, 3 Vere Street, London

WW18 page 166-171 (Outros).indd 170 22/09/2017 10:06

171

W1G 0DH. Tel: 020 7659 1550.• Embassy of the Union of Myanmar (Burma), 19

Charles Street, London W1J 5DX. Tel: 020 7148 0740.

• Royal Embassy of Cambodia, 64 Brondesbury Park, Willesden Green, London NW6 7AT. Tel: 020 8451 7850.

• Canadian High Commission, Canada House, 1 Trafalgar Square, London SW1Y 5BJ. Tel: 020 7004 6000.

• Embassy of the Czech Republic, 26 Kensington Palace Gardens, London W8 4QY. Tel: 020 7243 7942

• Chilean Embassy, 37-41 Old Queen Street, London SW1H 9JA. Tel: 020 7222 2361.

• Chinese Visa Application Service Centre, 12 Old Jewry, London EC2R 8DU. Tel: 020 7776 7888.

• Colombian Consulate, 3rd Floor, Westcott House, 35 Portland Place, London W1B 1AE Tel: 020 7637 9893.

• Costa Rican Embassy & Consulate, Flat 1, 14 Lancaster Gate, London W2 3LH. Tel: 020 7706 8844.

• Croatian Embassy, 21 Conway Street, London W1T 6BN. Tel: 020 7387 2022.

• Cuban Consulate, 167 High Holborn. London.• Consulate General of Ecuador, 144-146 King's Cross

Rd, London WC1X 9DU. Tel: 020 7451 0040. • El Salvador Embassy, 2nd floor, 8 Dorset Square,

London NW1 6PU. Tel: 020 7224 9800.• Estonian Embassy, 44 Queen’s Gate Terrace, London

SW7 5PJ. Tel: 020 7838 5388• Ethiopian Embassy, 17 Prince’s Gate, London

SW7 1PZ. Tel: 020 7589 7212.• Greek Embassy, 1A Holland Park, London W11 3TP.

Tel: 020 7313 5600.• Guatemalan Embassy, 105 a Westbourne Grove,

London W2 4UW. Tel: 020 7221 7448.• Embassy of Honduras, 4th Floor, 136 Baker Street,

London W1U 6UD. Tel: 020 7486 4880.• Hungarian Embassy, 35 Eaton Place, London

SW1X 8BY. Tel: 020 7201 3440.• Indian High Commission, India House, Aldwych,

London WC2B 4NA. Tel: 020 7836 8484.• Italian Consulate, Harp House, 83-86 Farringdon St,

London EC4A 4BL. Tel: 020 7936 5900.• Consulate of the Islamic Republic of Iran,

50 Kensington Court, London, W8 5DB. Tel: 020 7361 0814.

• The Consulate General of Japan, 101-104 Piccadilly, London W1J 7JT. Tel: 020 7465 6500.

• Embassy of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, 6 Upper Phillimore Gardens, London W8 7HA. Tel: 020 7937 3685.

• Kenyan High Commission, 45 Portland Place, London W1B 1AS. Tel: 020 7636 2371.

• Embassy of the Lao People’s Democratic Republic, 49 Porchester Terrace, London W2 3TS. Tel: 020 7402 3770.

• Latvian Embassy, 45 Nottingham Place, London W1U 5LY. Tel: 020 7312 0041.

• Lithuanian Embassy, 2 Bessborough Gardens, Lodnon SW1V 2JE. Tel: 020 7592 2840.

• Mexican Embassy, 16 St George St, Hanover Square, London W1S 1FD. Tel: 020 7499 8586

• Consulate General of the Kingdom of Morocco, Diamond House, 97-99 Praed Street, London W2 1NT. Tel: 020 7724 0624.

• Namibian High Commission, 6 Chandos Street, London W1G 9LU. Tel: 020 7636 6244.

• New Zealand High Commission, New Zealand House, 80 Haymarket, London, SW1Y 4TQ. Tel: 020 7930 8422.

• Nicaraguan Consulate, Vicarage House, 58-60 Kensington Church Street, London W8 4DB. Tel: 020 7938 2373.

• Consulate of Panama, 40 Hertford Street, London W1J 7SH. Tel: 020 7493 4646.

• Madagascar has no official representation in the UK. Please contact the French Embassy of Madagascar, 4 Avenue Raphael, 75016 Paris, France. Tel: +33 (0) 9 83 32 45 15

• Embassy of the Sultanate of Oman, 167 Queen’s Gate, London SW7 5HE. Tel: 020 7225 0001.

• Peruvian Consulate General, 52 Sloane Street, London SW1X 9SP. Tel: 020 7838 9223.

• Portuguese Consulate, 3 Portland Place, London W1B 3HR. Tel: 020 7291 3770.

• Romanian Embassy, Arundel House, 4 Palace Green, London W8 4QD. Tel: 020 7937 9666.

• The Embassy of the Russian Federation, (consular section), 6-7 Kensington Palace Gardens, London W8 4QP. Tel: 020 7229 6412.

• Embassy of Slovenia, 17 Dartmouth Street London, SW1H 9BL. Tel: 020 7222 5700

• South African High Commission, South Africa House, Trafalgar Square, London WC2N 5DP. Tel: 020 7451 7299

• Spanish Consulate, 20 Draycott Place, London SW3 2RZ. Tel 020 7589 8989

• High Commission of Sri Lanka, 13 Hyde Park Gardens, London W2 2LU. Tel: 020 7262 1841.

• Embassy of Sudan, 3 Cleveland Row, St James, London SW1A 1DD. Tel: 020 7839 8080.

• Taipei Representative Office in the UK, 50 Grosvenor Gardens, London SW1W 0EB. Tel: 020 7881 2650.

• Embassy of Uzbekistan, 41 Holland Park, London W11 3RP. Tel: 020 7229 7679.

• Embassy of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (Consular Section), 12-14 Victoria Road, London W8 5RD. Tel: 020 7937 1912.

• Zimbabwe High Commission, Zimbabwe House, 429 The Strand, London WC2R 0JR. Tel: 020 7836 7755.

Visas & Charges

Russia: Cox & Kings recommends using the visa service of VFS Global. They are a well-established company who will be able to process the application efficiently on your behalf. Visa applicants over the age of 12 must visit the application centres in London, Manchester or Edinburgh where biometric data (scanned fingerprints) will be collected. This applies to each Russian entry or transit visa application. For further information on application centres and the visa process, please speak to your tour consultant.

Vietnam: Until 30 June 2018, British Citizen passport holders travelling for tourism or business can enter Vietnam for up to a maximum of 15 days (inclusive of dates of entry and exit) without a visa.

If you require further information about obtaining a visa, Cox & Kings can recommend a reputable visa assistance company who can help with your application. Please contact your tour consultant for details. Neither Cox & Kings nor any visa assistance company can guarantee the granting of any visas as this is a matter outside of their control. If a visa is not granted through no fault of Cox & Kings or any visa assistance company, neither will accept any liability for the consequences. Therefore Cox & Kings reserves the right to pass on to you any costs incurred as a result, including cancellation charges.

INFORMATION

WW18 page 166-171 (Outros).indd 171 22/09/2017 10:06

Cox & Kings Travel Ltd , 6th F loor, 30 Mi l lbank, London SW1P 4EE

WW18 page 172 Back Cover (+UV page).indd 1 22/09/2017 10:12


Recommended